ML050050116: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot insert)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 19: Line 19:
=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ON THE SPOT CHANGE PRINTED 20041212 IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE USER T0 VERIFY REVISION, STATUS PRINTED 20041030 NC.DM-AP.ZZ-0002(Q)
{{#Wiki_filter:ON THE SPOT CHANGE PRINTED 20041212 IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE USER T0 VERIFY REVISION, STATUS PRINTED 20041030 NC.DM-AP.ZZ-0002(Q)
FORM-i ON-THE-SPOT-CHANGE (OTSC) FORM PROCEDURE NO:             I           P-A .             ozos.               OTSC No. _       _      _A OrderNo. 4vu;S-g rit03 -6Ops
FORM-i ON-THE-SPOT-CHANGE (OTSC) FORM PROCEDURE NO: I P-A.
_DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE: eCU- g _R leh                           I #S       1            'dL-L~
ozos.
REASON FOR CHANGE:                           reO12V7703 LIST PAGES CHANGED:                           /3 ;k Determinea Ifthe OT8C alters the intent -of the procedure.
OTSC No. _
_A OrderNo. 4vu;S-g rit03 -6Ops
_DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE: eCU-g
_R leh I
1
#S  
'dL-L~
REASON FOR CHANGE:
reO12V7703 LIST PAGES CHANGED:  
/3 ;k Determinea If the OT8C alters the intent -of the procedure.
Refer to Attachment 1, Change of Intent Criteria. 1ELANY of the statements In Attachment I are true, THEN the OTSC changes the Intent of the -procedure...
Refer to Attachment 1, Change of Intent Criteria. 1ELANY of the statements In Attachment I are true, THEN the OTSC changes the Intent of the -procedure...
NC & SH procedures: Salotn AM HC Op8 SMfCRS signatures required prior to use8 INITIATED:       F.A         LatC'cd                                                             /O.0.so      g Date APPROVED:Tlf*&A.                             Ofi2o         I-Lat                             /60 I&tL I  =     .          ,,
NC & SH procedures: Salotn AM HC Op8 SMfCRS signatures required prior to use8 INITIATED:
Supervisor (PrIn
F.A LatC'cd APPROVED:Tlf*&A. Ofi2o I-Lat
                                                              ,        Sf    ,,  .,
=
Si                           Date APPROVED: gENM                  7Nf
Sf I Supervisor (PrIn Si 7Nf P )4LAe 2B
                                            ,. .    .P   )4LAe           2B                             Z   Oa D t00 C/
/O.0.so g
(Hope Creek) Ops S8WCRS (Print AND Sign)                                       Date APPROVED:                                   ____
Date 0
(Salom) Ops SMICIRS (Print AND Sign)                                     Date SUPERVISOR/DESIGNEE:
/6 I&tL Date Z
            .1. InlUate a Notification to the responsible procedure group to perform the post-Implementation review of the OTSC upon final Ops SM/CRS approval.
D Oa t00 C/
Notincutlon No:       ;PC)a 2, Provide en approVed cM of tile OTSC Package (DM the work package) to TDR by 1to end ofshift.
Date Date APPROVED:
gENM (Hope Creek) Ops S8WCRS (Print AND Sign)
APPROVED:
(Salom) Ops SMICIRS (Print AND Sign)
SUPERVISOR/DESIGNEE:
.1. InlUate a Notification to the responsible procedure group to perform the post-Implementation review of the OTSC upon final Ops SM/CRS approval.
Notincutlon No:  
;PC)a 2, Provide en approVed cM of tile OTSC Package (DM the work package) to TDR by 1to end of shift.
: 3. Provide an approved = of the OTSC Package to the SponsortProcedure Writer by the end of swa.
: 3. Provide an approved = of the OTSC Package to the SponsortProcedure Writer by the end of swa.
: 4. When appIlcAble, provide an approved ¢ODY of the OTSC Package for the Control RoDm Console(s).
: 4. When appIlcAble, provide an approved ¢ODY of the OTSC Package for the Control RoDm Console(s).
: 6. Deliver the signed j2RIQINAL OTSC Package for use with the procedure.
: 6. Deliver the signed j2RIQINAL OTSC Package for use with the procedure.
{ fEnsure acopy of the completed procedure Including the OTSC Package iBsubmitted with the Work 4f Package, Iftha procedure was part oftheworkpack COMPLETED BY:                     _                _34_                                               _  /___/__   r Supervlsor/D!n~.               Exte~n~n         -------          F NUclear Cornmon                                         Pago 11 of 14                                         RevY. 2
{ fEnsure a copy of the completed procedure Including the OTSC Package iB submitted with the Work 4f Package, If tha procedure was part oftheworkpack COMPLETED BY:
_34_  
/___/__
r Supervlsor/D!n~.
Exte~n~n F
NUclear Cornmon Pago 11 of 14 RevY. 2


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG internal Use Only                                                                       Page I of I PSEG NUCLEAR L.L.C.
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG internal Use Only PSEG NUCLEAR L.L.C.
HOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION HIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q) - Rev. 25 OVERHEAD ANNUNCIATOR WINDOW BOX Cl USE CATEGORY:       If A.                                             Biennial Review performed     Yes _   No I     N/A B. Change Package(s) and Affected Document Number(s) incorporated into this revision.
HOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION HIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q) - Rev. 25 OVERHEAD ANNUNCIATOR WINDOW BOX Cl Page I of I USE CATEGORY: If A.
CP No'.                 CP Rev. No.     ADNo.                     AD Rev. No.       or None     v C. OTSC(s) incorporated into this revision:
Biennial Review performed Yes _
OTSC No(s)                                                                           or None     V REVISION  
No I N/A B. Change Package(s) and Affected Document Number(s) incorporated into this revision.
CP No'.
CP Rev. No.
ADNo.
AD Rev. No.
or None v
C. OTSC(s) incorporated into this revision:
OTSC No(s) or None V
REVISION  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
: 1. Order 70035925 - Modified Attachment E4 providing guidance on a "Radial Position" alarm.
: 1.
Order 70035925 - Modified Attachment E4 providing guidance on a "Radial Position" alarm.
Previously there was no guidance for Radial Position, yet Radial Position could cause this annunciator to alarm.
Previously there was no guidance for Radial Position, yet Radial Position could cause this annunciator to alarm.
: 2. Order 80066906 - Modified Attachment C2 providing guidance to re-perform a Fill and Vent should the "RWCU PUMP B SEAL CAVITY TEMP" come into alarm following a "Fill and Vent" of the system or leakby of valves used to perform the Fill and Vent.
: 2.
: 3. Department Reviewer Comments:
Order 80066906 - Modified Attachment C2 providing guidance to re-perform a Fill and Vent should the "RWCU PUMP B SEAL CAVITY TEMP" come into alarm following a "Fill and Vent" of the system or leakby of valves used to perform the Fill and Vent.
A.     Modified Attachment E4 Step 2 to state: "REFER to digital alarm response for Digital Point D5351 and/or D5352 of this attachment for controlling Reactor Recirculation Pump speed." This change is merely a rewording to clarify the digital responses control the reduction in Recire Pump Speed. This change is editorial in nature.
: 3.
B.     Added guidance to Attachment C2 for D3241 for A RWCU similar to B RWCU in Order 80066906.
Department Reviewer Comments:
IMPLEMENTATION RICQUIREMENTS                                             Effective date __   AV_
A.
None APPROVED:                                                                               5- 1~04 Date
Modified Attachment E4 Step 2 to state: "REFER to digital alarm response for Digital Point D5351 and/or D5352 of this attachment for controlling Reactor Recirculation Pump speed." This change is merely a rewording to clarify the digital responses control the reduction in Recire Pump Speed. This change is editorial in nature.
B.
Added guidance to Attachment C2 for D3241 for A RWCU similar to B RWCU in Order 80066906.
IMPLEMENTATION RICQUIREMENTS Effective date __
AV_
None APPROVED:
5-1~04 Date


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212Žnal Use Only                                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212Žnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
OVERHEAD ANNUNCIATOR MWINDOW BOX Cl TABLE OF ATTACHMENTS I               2                 3               4                 5 SLC TANK         RWCU         ADS/SAFETY       ADS CH.B         ADS CH D A-    LOW LEVEL       DIFF FLOW       RELIEF VLV       INITIATED         INITIATED PUMP TRIP             HI         NOT CLOSED Page 2         Page 5           Page 12         Page 17           Page 19 SLC         RWCU F/D       ADS MANUAL         ADS CH B         ADS CH D B-    PUMPNALVE           INLET         INITIATION     INITIATION       INITIATION O/PF         TEMP HI         SW ARMED         PENDING           PENDING.
OVERHEAD ANNUNCIATOR MWINDOW BOX Cl TABLE OF ATTACHMENTS I
Page 2l         Page28           Page 30         Page 35           Page 37 SLC SQUIB         RWCU               ADS         ADS CH B         ADS CH D C-  VLV LOSS OF       SYSTEM           ISOLATOR         OUT OF           OUT OF CONTINUITY       TROUBLE         CARD TRBL         SERVICE           SERVICE Page 39         Page 44           Page 62         Page 67           Page 73 SLC INJ VLV     RWCU FID         REACTOR         REACTOR           REACTOR STEM NOT         PANEL             RECIRC       RECIRC A         RECIRC B FULLY OPEN           10C076       PUMPS TRIP       TROUBLE           TROUBLE Page78         Page 81           Page 83         Page 86           Page 103 SLC TANK                         RX RECIRC       REACTOR               SRV TROUBLE                         PUMPS RPS     RECIRC PUMP         LO LO SET TRIP BYP         VIB HI           ARMED Page 120                         Page 127       Page 130         Page 133 SLC/RRCS       PROCESS       ADS DRYWELL     COMPUTER PT       COMPUTER PT F-    INITIATION       SAMPLE       PRESS BYPASS     RETURN TO               IN FAILURE       CNDCT HI         TIMER INIT       NORMAL             ALARM Page 136       Page 139         Page 144       Page 147         Page 149 Hopc Creek                               Page 1 of 162                           Rev. 25
2 3
4 5
A-B-
C-SLC TANK RWCU ADS/SAFETY ADS CH.B ADS CH D LOW LEVEL DIFF FLOW RELIEF VLV INITIATED INITIATED PUMP TRIP HI NOT CLOSED Page 2 Page 5 Page 12 Page 17 Page 19 SLC RWCU F/D ADS MANUAL ADS CH B ADS CH D PUMPNALVE INLET INITIATION INITIATION INITIATION O/PF TEMP HI SW ARMED PENDING PENDING.
Page 2l Page28 Page 30 Page 35 Page 37 SLC SQUIB RWCU ADS ADS CH B ADS CH D VLV LOSS OF SYSTEM ISOLATOR OUT OF OUT OF CONTINUITY TROUBLE CARD TRBL SERVICE SERVICE Page 39 Page 44 Page 62 Page 67 Page 73 SLC INJ VLV RWCU FID REACTOR REACTOR REACTOR STEM NOT PANEL RECIRC RECIRC A RECIRC B FULLY OPEN 10C076 PUMPS TRIP TROUBLE TROUBLE Page78 Page 81 Page 83 Page 86 Page 103 SLC TANK RX RECIRC REACTOR SRV TROUBLE PUMPS RPS RECIRC PUMP LO LO SET TRIP BYP VIB HI ARMED Page 120 Page 127 Page 130 Page 133 SLC/RRCS PROCESS ADS DRYWELL COMPUTER PT COMPUTER PT INITIATION SAMPLE PRESS BYPASS RETURN TO IN FAILURE CNDCT HI TIMER INIT NORMAL ALARM Page 136 Page 139 Page 144 Page 147 Page 149 F-Hopc Creek Page 1 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT Al SLC TANK LOW LEVEL                           Window Location       Cl-Al PUMP TRIP OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT Al SLC TANK LOW LEVEL PUMP TRIP Window Location Cl-Al OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. ENSURE SLC Tank level is low AND VERIFY SLC Pump have tripped.
: 1.
: 2. TURN OFF SLC Control Tank OT204 Electric Heaters IOE276 AND 10E277.
ENSURE SLC Tank level is low AND VERIFY SLC Pump have tripped.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirement of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 2.
TURN OFF SLC Control Tank OT204 Electric Heaters I OE276 AND 10E277.
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirement of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition             Automatic Action D2383             SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP A           SLC Pump AP208 tips TRIP                               IF running.
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2383 SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP A SLC Pump AP208 tips TRIP IF running.
D2384             SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP B           SLC Pump BP208 trips TRIP                               IF running.
D2384 SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP B SLC Pump BP208 trips TRIP IF running.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Crceek                                   Page 2 of 162                           Rev. 25
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Crceek Page 2 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nti Usc Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nti Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT Al DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2383 NOMENCLATURE             SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP A TRIP                     SETPOINT       260 gals DESCPJPTION             SLC Pump AP208 tripped due to a low-low               ORIGIN    LT-NOIOAIE level in SLC Control Tank OT204 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT Al DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2383 NOMENCLATURE SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP A TRIP SETPOINT 260 gals DESCPJPTION SLC Pump AP208 tripped due to a low-low level in SLC Control Tank OT204 ORIGIN LT-NOIOAIE AUTOMATIC ACTION:
SLC Pump AP208 trips IF running.
SLC Pump AP208 trips IF running.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     VERIFY Automatic Action.
: 1.
: 2.     TURN OFF SLC Control Tank 0T204 Electric Heaters IOE276 AND 10E277.
VERIFY Automatic Action.
: 3.     Under the direction of the Control Room Supervisor SEND an operator to restore the chemical level of SLC Control Tank OT204 in accordance wvith HC.OP-SO.BH-0003 (Q).
: 2.
: 4.     ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
TURN OFF SLC Control Tank 0T204 Electric Heaters I OE276 AND 10E277.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3.
: 1. Normal SLC Control Tank chemical             lA. NOTIFY the CRS of the situation useage.                                           AND initiate corrective action.
Under the direction of the Control Room Supervisor SEND an operator to restore the chemical level of SLC Control Tank OT204 in accordance wvith HC.OP-SO.BH-0003 (Q).
: 2. LT-NOl OA & LT-NOI OE INST Line Valve 2A. ENSURE drain valves 1-BH-V059 l-BH-V059 OR LT-NOlOB & LT-NOOF                   AND l-BH-V061 are closed INST Line Valve l-BII-V061 is open, or             AND drain line(s) are capped.
: 4.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Normal SLC Control Tank chemical lA. NOTIFY the CRS of the situation useage.
AND initiate corrective action.
: 2. LT-NOl OA & LT-NOI OE INST Line Valve 2A. ENSURE drain valves 1-BH-V059 l-BH-V059 OR LT-NOlOB & LT-NOOF AND l-BH-V061 are closed INST Line Valve l-BII-V061 is open, or AND drain line(s) are capped.
leaking through.
leaking through.
: 3. SLC Control Tank ruptured.                   3A. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 3.
SLC Control Tank ruptured.
3A. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-l J348-0, Sht. 2, Sht. 5 NUREG-0123 Hope Creek                                       Page 3 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-48-l J348-0, Sht. 2, Sht. 5 NUREG-0123 Hope Creek Page 3 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212'nal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212'nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT Al DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2384 NOMENCLATURE             SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP B TRIP                       SETPOINT     260 gals DESCRIPTION             SLC Pump BP208 tripped due to a low-low                 ORIGIN  LT-NOIOBIF level in SLC Control Tank OT204 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT Al DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2384 NOMENCLATURE SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP B TRIP SETPOINT 260 gals DESCRIPTION SLC Pump BP208 tripped due to a low-low level in SLC Control Tank OT204 ORIGIN LT-NOIOBIF AUTOMATIC ACTION:
SLC Pump BP208 trips IF running.
SLC Pump BP208 trips IF running.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     VE RIFY Automatic Action.
: 1.
: 2.     TURN OFF SLC Control Tank 0T204 Electric Heaters IOE276 and 1OE277.
VE RIFY Automatic Action.
: 3.     Under the direction of the Control Room Supervisor SEND an operator to restore the chemical level of SLC Control Tank 0T204 in accordance with HC.OP-SO.BH-OOOI(Q).
: 2.
: 4.     ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
TURN OFF SLC Control Tank 0T204 Electric Heaters I OE276 and 1 OE277.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3.
: 1. Normal SLC Control Tank chemical             1A. NOTIFY the CRS of the situation useage.                                           AND INITIATE corrective action.
Under the direction of the Control Room Supervisor SEND an operator to restore the chemical level of SLC Control Tank 0T204 in accordance with HC.OP-SO.BH-OOOI(Q).
: 2. LT-NOIOA & LT-NOlOE INST Line Valve 2A. ENSURE drain valves 1-BH-V059 I-BH-V059 OR LT-NOIOB & LT-NO1OF                 AND I-BH-V061 are closed INST Line Valve I-BH-V061 is open, or             AND drain line(s) are capped.
: 4.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Normal SLC Control Tank chemical 1A. NOTIFY the CRS of the situation useage.
AND INITIATE corrective action.
: 2. LT-NOIOA & LT-NOlOE INST Line Valve 2A. ENSURE drain valves 1-BH-V059 I-BH-V059 OR LT-NOIOB & LT-NO1OF AND I-BH-V061 are closed INST Line Valve I-BH-V061 is open, or AND drain line(s) are capped.
leaking through.
leaking through.
: 3. SLC Control Tank ruptured.                   3A. NOTIFY the CRS initiate corrective action.
: 3. SLC Control Tank ruptured.
3A. NOTIFY the CRS initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 2, Sht. 5 NUREG-0123 Hope Creek                                       Page 4 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 2, Sht. 5 NUREG-0123 Hope Creek Page 4 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTEDZQQ4j212!nal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTEDZQQ4j212!nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A2 RWCU DIFF FLOW                           Window Location         Cl-A2 Hi OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT A2 RWCU DIFF FLOW Hi Window Location Cl-A2 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. Observing NUMAC, MONITOR 10C609-Z1(ISKXR-11497) and 10C61 1-Z4 (ISKXR-1 1499),
: 1.
Observing NUMAC, MONITOR 10C609-Z1(ISKXR-11497) and 10C61 1-Z4 (ISKXR-1 1499),
VERIFY that RWCU HIGH DIFF CHANNEL A(B) setpoint has been reached.
VERIFY that RWCU HIGH DIFF CHANNEL A(B) setpoint has been reached.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the Isolation Actuation Instrumentation of Technical Specification 3.3.2.
: 2.
ENSURE compliance with the Isolation Actuation Instrumentation of Technical Specification 3.3.2.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition             Automatic Action D5872             RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CH A           RWCU System isolation NUMAC MONITORIOC609-ZI (I SKXR-1 1497)
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5872 RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CH A RWCU System isolation NUMAC MONITORIOC609-ZI (I SKXR-1 1497)
D5870             RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CH D           RWCU System isolation NUMAC MONITORlOC6I -Z4 (ISKXR-11499)
D5870 RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CH D RWCU System isolation NUMAC MONITORlOC6I -Z4 (ISKXR-11499)


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-0 PNI-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,s,9 Hopc Creek                                     Page 5 of 162                             Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-0 PNI-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,s,9 Hopc Creek Page 5 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212rnal Use Only                                                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212rnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D5870 NOMENCLATURE           RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CH D                           SETPOINT       >56gpm for > 45 secs DESCRIPTION           *High differential flow exists                           ORIGIN      NUMAC in the RWCU System                                                 10C611-Z4 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5870 NOMENCLATURE RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CH D SETPOINT
>56gpm for > 45 secs DESCRIPTION
* High differential flow exists in the RWCU System ORIGIN NUMAC 10C611-Z4 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
RWCU System Channel D isolation via closing of Outboard Isolation Valve 1-BG-HV-F004.
RWCU System Channel D isolation via closing of Outboard Isolation Valve 1-BG-HV-F004.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. Observing NUMAC, MONITOR I 0C61 1-Z41(I SKXR-1 1499),
: 1.
Observing NUMAC, MONITOR I 0C61 1-Z41(I SKXR-1 1499),
VERIFY that RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CHANNEL D setpoint has been reached, "(RWCU status = ISOL)".
VERIFY that RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CHANNEL D setpoint has been reached, "(RWCU status = ISOL)".
: 2. VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 2.
: 3. ENSURE compliance with the Isolation Actuation Instrumentation of Technical Specifications 3.3.2.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 4. REFER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q); Primary Containment.
: 3.
CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with the Isolation Actuation Instrumentation of Technical Specifications 3.3.2.
: 1. Excessive blowdown to the Main                 1A. REDUCE blowdown flow rate by closing Flow Condenser and/or the Equipment Drain               Control Valve I-BG-HV-F033 enough to Collection System.                                 prevent a RWCU System isolation.
: 4.
: 2. Pressure Relief Valve PSV-3879 of             2A. MONITOR CRW Sumps for an increase in level.
REFER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q); Primary Containment.
Regenerative Heat Exchanger CE207 or PSV-3880 of Regenerative Heat             2B. REQUEST the CRS to Exchanger AE207 stuck open.                       initiate corrective action.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. Excess Flow Check Valve XV-3884B             3A. REFER to Digital Point D5760 of and/or XV-3884D closed Attachment C3.             alarm response HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0013(Q),
: 1. Excessive blowdown to the Main 1A. REDUCE blowdown flow rate by closing Flow Condenser and/or the Equipment Drain Control Valve I-BG-HV-F033 enough to Collection System.
prevent a RWCU System isolation.
: 2. Pressure Relief Valve PSV-3879 of 2A. MONITOR CRW Sumps for an increase in level.
Regenerative Heat Exchanger CE207 or PSV-3880 of Regenerative Heat 2B. REQUEST the CRS to Exchanger AE207 stuck open.
initiate corrective action.
: 3. Excess Flow Check Valve XV-3884B 3A. REFER to Digital Point D5760 of and/or XV-3884D closed Attachment C3.
alarm response HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0013(Q),


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-0 PNI -B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek                                       Page 6 of 162                                 Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-0 PNI -B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek Page 6 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212-nal Usc Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-OOO8(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212-nal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-OOO8(Q)
ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D5870 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5870 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 4. Improper RWCU System valve line up     4A. ENSURE that the RWCU System is properly aligned IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-OOO.1
: 4. Improper RWCU System valve line up 4A. ENSURE that the RWCU System is properly aligned IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-OOO.1
: 5. RWCU System piping rupture             5A. MONITOR the Reactor Building for an increase in leakage rates.
: 5. RWCU System piping rupture 5A. MONITOR the Reactor Building for an increase in leakage rates.
5B. MONITOR Reactor Building Room temperatures and At's as indicated on the appropriate NUMARC.
5B. MONITOR Reactor Building Room temperatures and At's as indicated on the appropriate NUMARC.
5C. SEND an operator to locate the leak.
5C. SEND an operator to locate the leak.
Line 142: Line 209:


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-O PN1-B21-1050-0064 Slits, 1,8,9 Hope Creck                               Page 7 of 162                                     Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-O PN1-B21-1050-0064 Slits, 1,8,9 Hope Creck Page 7 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 2004 1?12 nal Use Only                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 2004 1?12 nal Use Only ATTACHMENT A2 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A2 INPUTS IOC611-Z4 (1SKXR-11499)
INPUTS IOC611-Z4 (1SKXR-11499)
NUMAC CHANNEL             Nomenclature/Condition         Automatic Action RWCU RI                   RWCU INLET - N035               TIMER INITIATED RWCU #2                   CAVS FLOW - 11479               TIMERINITIATED RWCU #3                   RWCU DISCHARGE - N040           TIMER INITIATED RWCU #4                   RWCU BLOW DOWN - NO11           TIMER INITIATED
NUMAC CHANNEL Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action RWCU RI RWCU INLET - N035 TIMER INITIATED RWCU #2 CAVS FLOW - 11479 TIMERINITIATED RWCU #3 RWCU DISCHARGE - N040 TIMER INITIATED RWCU #4 RWCU BLOW DOWN - NO11 TIMER INITIATED


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-0 PNI-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek                                 Page 8 of 162                   Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-0 PNI-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek Page 8 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212inal Use Only                                                       BC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212inal Use Only BC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D5872 NOMENCLATURE           RWCU HIIGH DIFF FLOW CH A                       SETPOINT         > 56 gpm for > 45 secs DESCR1IPTION           High differential flow exists                       ORIGIN          NUMAC in the RWCU System                                                 I 0C609-ZI AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5872 NOMENCLATURE RWCU HIIGH DIFF FLOW CH A SETPOINT
> 56 gpm for > 45 secs NUMAC I 0C609-ZI DESCR1IPTION High differential flow exists in the RWCU System ORIGIN AUTOMATIC ACTION:
RWCU System isolation via closing of Inboard Isolation Valve HV-FOO1.
RWCU System isolation via closing of Inboard Isolation Valve HV-FOO1.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. OBSERVE NUMAC, MONITOR 10C609-Zl(SKXR-1 1497),
: 1.
OBSERVE NUMAC, MONITOR 10C609-Zl(SKXR-1 1497),
VERIFY that RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CHANNEL A setpoint has been reached "(RWCU status ISOL)".
VERIFY that RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CHANNEL A setpoint has been reached "(RWCU status ISOL)".
: 2. VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 2.
: 3. ENSURE compliance with the Isolation Actuation Instrumentation of Technical Specifications 3.3.2.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 4. REFER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q); Primary Containment.
: 3.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with the Isolation Actuation Instrumentation of Technical Specifications 3.3.2.
: 1. Excessive blowdown to the Main                 1A. REiDUCE blowdown flow rate by closing Condenser and/or the Equipment                     Flow Control Valve I-BG-HV-F033 enough to Drain Collection System.                           prevent a RWCU System isolation.
: 4.
: 2. Pressure Relief Valve PSV-3879 of             2A. MONITOR CRW Sumps for an increase in level.
REFER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q); Primary Containment.
Regenerative Heat Exchanger CE207 or PSV-3880 of Regenerative Heat             2B. REQUEST the CRS to Exchanger AE207 stuck open.                       INITIATE corrective action.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. Excess Flow Check Valve XV-3884A             3A. REFER to digital point D5824 of alarm response and/or XV-3884C closed.                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0013(Q), Attachment C3.
: 1. Excessive blowdown to the Main 1A. REiDUCE blowdown flow rate by closing Condenser and/or the Equipment Flow Control Valve I-BG-HV-F033 enough to Drain Collection System.
prevent a RWCU System isolation.
: 2. Pressure Relief Valve PSV-3879 of 2A. MONITOR CRW Sumps for an increase in level.
Regenerative Heat Exchanger CE207 or PSV-3880 of Regenerative Heat 2B. REQUEST the CRS to Exchanger AE207 stuck open.
INITIATE corrective action.
: 3. Excess Flow Check Valve XV-3884A 3A. REFER to digital point D5824 of alarm response and/or XV-3884C closed.
HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0013(Q), Attachment C3.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-104,-a PN1-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek                                       Page 9 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-104,-a PN1-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek Page 9 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212flal Use Unly                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212flal Use Unly HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5872 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5872 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 4. Improper RWCU System valve line         4A. ENSURE that the RWCU System is properly up IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001.                     aligned
: 4. Improper RWCU System valve line up IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001.
: 5. RWCU System piping rupture.           SA. MONITOR the Reactor Building for an increase in leakage rates.
: 5. RWCU System piping rupture.
4A. ENSURE that the RWCU System is properly aligned SA. MONITOR the Reactor Building for an increase in leakage rates.
5B. MONITOR Reactor Building room temperatures and At's as indicated on the appropriate NUMARC.
5B. MONITOR Reactor Building room temperatures and At's as indicated on the appropriate NUMARC.
SC. SEND an operator to locate the leak.
SC. SEND an operator to locate the leak.
Line 179: Line 255:


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-O PNI-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek                               Page 10 of 162                                   Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-O PNI-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek Page 10 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212iial Usc OQU'                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212iial Usc OQU' HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A2 INPUTS 10C609-ZI (I SKXR-1 1497)
ATTACHMENT A2 INPUTS 10C609-ZI (I SKXR-1 1497)
NUMAC CHANNEL             Nomenclature/Condition           Automatic Action RWCU #1                   RWCU INLET - N035               TIMER INITIATED RWCU #2                   CAVS FLOW - 11479               TIMER INITIATED RWCU #3                   RWCU DISCHARGE - N040           TIMER INITIATED IRWCU #4                 RWCU BLOW DOWN - NOl I           TIMER INITIATED
NUMAC CHANNEL Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action RWCU #1 RWCU INLET - N035 TIMER INITIATED RWCU #2 CAVS FLOW - 11479 TIMER INITIATED RWCU #3 RWCU DISCHARGE - N040 TIMER INITIATED IRWCU #4 RWCU BLOW DOWN - NOl I TIMER INITIATED


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht 9 J-1 04,-O PN1-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hop~e Creek                               Page 11 of 162                   Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht 9 J-1 04,-O PN1-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hop~e Creek Page 11 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212rnal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212rnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A3 ADS/SAFETY RELIEF VLY                             Window Location           C1-A3 NOT CLOSED OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT A3 ADS/SAFETY RELIEF VLY NOT CLOSED Window Location C1-A3 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     IF ADS OR SRV valve(s) are open, REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0006(Q).
: 1.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the Safety/Relief Valve requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.2.
IF ADS OR SRV valve(s) are open, REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0006(Q).
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
: 2.
: 4.     ENSURE compliance with the Torus to Drywell Vacuum Breaker requirements of Technical Specification 4.6.4.1 .b. [CR 981117102]
ENSURE compliance with the Safety/Relief Valve requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.2.
: 5. ENSURE compliance with the Accident Monitoring Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specification 3.3.7.5. (Safety/Relief Valve Position Indicator)
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
: 4.
ENSURE compliance with the Torus to Drywell Vacuum Breaker requirements of Technical Specification 4.6.4.1.b. [CR 981117102]
: 5.
ENSURE compliance with the Accident Monitoring Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specification 3.3.7.5. (Safety/Relief Valve Position Indicator)
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition                   Automatic Action OPEN Relief Vlv             ADS or SAFETY VLV not                   Alarm only positions                   reseated OPEN SRV/ADS               ADS or SAFETY VLV leaking               Alarm only VALVES
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action OPEN Relief Vlv ADS or SAFETY VLV not Alarm only positions reseated OPEN SRV/ADS ADS or SAFETY VLV leaking Alarm only VALVES


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41 -0, Sht. 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hope Creek                                       Page 12 of 162                             Rev. 25
E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41 -0, Sht. 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hope Creek Page 12 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212rnal Use OnIl                                                       I-IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212rnal Use OnIl I-IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A3 NOMENCLATURE             ADS OR SAFETY VLV NOT RESEATED                 SETPOINT         Various DESCRIPTION             OPEN RELIEF VLV POSITIONS                           ORIGIN        Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT A3 NOMENCLATURE ADS OR SAFETY VLV NOT RESEATED SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION OPEN RELIEF VLV POSITIONS AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. IFADS OR SRV valve(s) are open, REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0006(Q)
: 1.
IFADS OR SRV valve(s) are open, REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0006(Q)
(requires action within two minutes).
(requires action within two minutes).
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) automatically     lA. RESPOND according to opened on reactor high pressure                 HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).
: 1. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) automatically opened on reactor high pressure of 1108 psig (4 valves),
of 1108 psig (4 valves),
1120 psig (5 valves),
1120 psig (5 valves),                     11. ENSURE any SRV and/or ADS valve that 1130 psig (5 valves)                            opened has closed WHEN no longer required to be open.
1130 psig (5 valves)
: 2. ADS Valve automatically open                2A. RESPOND according to on ADS actuation.                              HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).
: 2. ADS Valve automatically open on ADS actuation.
lA. RESPOND according to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).
: 11. ENSURE any SRV and/or ADS valve that opened has closed WHEN no longer required to be open.
2A. RESPOND according to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).
2B. WHEN ADS is no longer required, under the direction of the CRS RESET the ADS initiation.
2B. WHEN ADS is no longer required, under the direction of the CRS RESET the ADS initiation.
2C. ENSURE any ADS valve that opened has closed WHEN no longer required to be open.
2C. ENSURE any ADS valve that opened has closed WHEN no longer required to be open.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-41-l, Sht. l;Sht.2 PJ800Q-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht 8 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hope Creek                                     ePage 13 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-41-l, Sht. l;Sht.2 PJ800Q-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht 8 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hope Creek ePage 13 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20Q4J212-nal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20Q4J212-nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A3 CONDITION ADS OR SAFETY VLV NOT RESEATED CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT A3 CONDITION ADS OR SAFETY VLV NOT RESEATED CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) did not             3A. ATTEMPT to close the SRV/ ADS valve(s) reseat properly upon closing                     according to operating procedures and or failed open.                                 guidelines under the direction of the CRS.
: 3. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) did not 3A. ATTEMPT to close the SRV/ ADS valve(s) reseat properly upon closing according to operating procedures and or failed open.
guidelines under the direction of the CRS.
3B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 4. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) are leaking by       4A. DO NOT cycle valve to clear. alarm.
: 4. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) are leaking by 4A. DO NOT cycle valve to clear. alarm.
(indicated by high tailpipe temperature).       High tailpipe temperature could be due
(indicated by high tailpipe temperature).
[CD-782A]                                       to leaking pilot valve.
High tailpipe temperature could be due
[CD-782A]
to leaking pilot valve.
4B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
4B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-41-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 PJ800Q-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht 8 PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hop~e Creek                                     Page 14 of 162                                 Rev. 25
M-41-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 PJ800Q-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht 8 PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hop~e Creek Page 14 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A3 NOMENCLATURE             ADS OR SAFETY VLV LEAKING                       SETPOINT       Various DESCRIPTION             OPEN SRV/ADS VALVES                                 ORIGIN      Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT A3 NOMENCLATURE ADS OR SAFETY VLV LEAKING SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION OPEN SRV/ADS VALVES AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
I. IF ADS OR SRV valve(s) are open, REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0006(Q)
I.
IF ADS OR SRV valve(s) are open, REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0006(Q)
(requires action within two minute)s.
(requires action within two minute)s.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. SRV and/or ADS valve(s)                     1A. RESPOND according to automatically opened on reactor                 HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).
: 1. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) 1A. RESPOND according to automatically opened on reactor HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).
high pressure of 1108 psig (4 valves),                       lB. ENSURE any SRV and/or ADS valve that 1120 psig (5 valves),                           opened has closed 1130 psig (5 valves).                           WHEN no longer required to be open.
high pressure of 1108 psig (4 valves),
: 2. ADS valve automatically open                 2A RESPOND according to on ADS actuation.                               HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101 (Q).
lB. ENSURE any SRV and/or ADS valve that 1120 psig (5 valves),
opened has closed 1130 psig (5 valves).
WHEN no longer required to be open.
: 2. ADS valve automatically open 2A RESPOND according to on ADS actuation.
HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101 (Q).
2B. WHEN ADS is no longer required, under the direction of the CRS, RESET the ADS initiation.
2B. WHEN ADS is no longer required, under the direction of the CRS, RESET the ADS initiation.
2C. ENSURE any ADS valve that opened has closed WHEN no longer required to be open.
2C. ENSURE any ADS valve that opened has closed WHEN no longer required to be open.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-41-1, Sht. I; Sht. 2 PJBOOQ-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht. 8 PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hope Creek                                       Page 15 of 162                           Rev. 25
M-41-1, Sht. I; Sht. 2 PJBOOQ-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht. 8 PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hope Creek Page 15 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 2QQ412.l2nal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 2QQ412.l2nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A3 CONDITION ADS OR SAFETY VLV LEAKING CAUSE                     I             CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT A3 CONDITION ADS OR SAFETY VLV LEAKING CAUSE I
: 3. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) did not reseat       3A. ATTEMPT to close the SRV/ADS valve(s) properly upon closing or failed open.            according to operating procedures and guidelines under the direction of the CRS.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) did not reseat properly upon closing or failed open.
: 4. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) are leaking by (indicated by high tailpipe temperature).
[CD-782A]
3A. ATTEMPT to close the SRV/ADS valve(s) according to operating procedures and guidelines under the direction of the CRS.
3B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 4. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) are leaking by      4A. DO NOT cycle valve to clear alarm.
4A. DO NOT cycle valve to clear alarm.
(indicated by high tailpipe temperature).        High tailpipe temperature could be due to
High tailpipe temperature could be due to leaking pilot valve.
[CD-782A]                                        leaking pilot valve.
4B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
4B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-41-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 PJ800Q-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht. 8 PNl-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 H~ope Creek                                     Page 16 of 162                                 Rev. 25
M-41-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 PJ800Q-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht. 8 PNl-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 H~ope Creek Page 16 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINT ED. 2DQ4i12.nal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINT ED. 2DQ4i12.nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A4 ADS CH B Window Location     Cl-A4 INITIATE D OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT A4 ADS CH B INITIATE D Window Location Cl-A4 OPERATOR ACTION:
I.     VE:RIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.
I.
: 2.     REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
VE:RIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
: 2.
REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D5319           ADS CHANNEL B INITIATED             ADS Valves HV-FO13AIB/CID/E open.
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5319 ADS CHANNEL B INITIATED ADS Valves HV-FO13AIB/CID/E open.
RE:FERE:NCES:           J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht.2 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. II Hope Creek                                       Page 17 of 162                         Rev. 25
RE:FERE:NCES:
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht.2 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. II Hope Creek Page 17 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nal Use Only                                                     HC.Ol'-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nal Use Only HC.Ol'-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT           D5319 NOMENCLATURE             ADS CHANNEL B INITIATED                       SETPOINT     Various DESCRIPTION           ADS blowdown actuated                             ORIGIN      Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT A4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5319 NOMENCLATURE ADS CHANNEL B INITIATED SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION ADS blowdown actuated AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ADS Valves I-IV-FO13AIB/C/DJE open.
ADS Valves I-IV-FO13AIB/C/DJE open.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.
: 1.
: 2. REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
: 2.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
: 1. The following ADS Logic B conditions         1A. Same as above.
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The following ADS Logic B conditions 1A. Same as above.
exist:
exist:
High Drywell pressure(Z 1.68 psig)
High Drywell pressure(Z 1.68 psig)
Line 281: Line 384:
AND ADS Logic B Actuation Timer (105 second) timed out AND RHR Pump B OR D running (discharge 2 125 psig)
AND ADS Logic B Actuation Timer (105 second) timed out AND RHR Pump B OR D running (discharge 2 125 psig)
OR Core Spray Pump B AND D running (discharge 2 145 psig).
OR Core Spray Pump B AND D running (discharge 2 145 psig).
REFERE NCE S:           J-41-0, Sht. 12 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Shts 4,5,7,11 Hop~e Creek                                       Page 18 of 162                         Rev. 25
REFERE NCE S:
J-41-0, Sht. 12 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Shts 4,5,7,11 Hop~e Creek Page 18 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212-nal Use Only                                                   -IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212-nal Use Only
ATTACHMENT A5 ADS CHD D Window Location     Cl-A5 INITIATED OPERATOR ACTION:
-IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
: 1. VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.
ATTACHMENT A5 ADS CHD D
: 2. REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
INITIATED Window Location Cl-A5 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 3. ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
: 1.
INPUTS Digital Pointl Indication               Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D5324           ADS CHANNEL D INITIATED             ADS Valves HV-FO13A/B/C/D/E open.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.
: 2.
REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
INPUTS Digital Pointl Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5324 ADS CHANNEL D INITIATED ADS Valves HV-FO13A/B/C/D/E open.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. 2 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht . 11 Hope Creek                                     Page 19 of 162                         Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. 2 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 19 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212inal Use Only                                                 HIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212inal Use Only HIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT A5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT           D5324 NOMENCLATURE           ADS CHANNEL D INITIATED                       SETPOINT     Various DESCRIPTION           -ADS blowdown actuated                           ORIGIN     Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT A5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5324 NOMENCLATURE ADS CHANNEL D INITIATED SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION
-ADS blowdown actuated ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ADS Valves HV-F01 3A/B/CIDIE open.
ADS Valves HV-F01 3A/B/CIDIE open.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.
: 1.
: 2. REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.
: 3. ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
: 2.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
: 1. The following ADS Logic D conditions         IA. Same as above.
: 3.
exist:
ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The following ADS Logic D conditions exist:
IA. Same as above.
High Drywell pressure(Ž 1.68 psig)
High Drywell pressure(Ž 1.68 psig)
OR High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) timed out AND RPV Level 1 (5 -129")
OR High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) timed out AND RPV Level 1 (5 -129")
Line 309: Line 422:
AND ADS Logic D Actuation Timer (105 second) timed out AND RHR Pump A OR C running (discharge 2 125 psig)
AND ADS Logic D Actuation Timer (105 second) timed out AND RHR Pump A OR C running (discharge 2 125 psig)
OR Core Spray Pump A AND C running (discharge ;t 145 psig).
OR Core Spray Pump A AND C running (discharge ;t 145 psig).
REFE RENCES:             J-41 -0, Sht. 12 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Shts 4,5,8,11 Hope Creek                                     Page 20 of 162                         Rev. 25
REFE RENCES:
J-41 -0, Sht. 12 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Shts 4,5,8,11 Hope Creek Page 20 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nalUse Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.Z7-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nalUse Only HC.OP-AR.Z7-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT BI Window Location       C1-B1 OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT BI Window Location C1-B1 OPERATOR ACTION:
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition           Automatic Action D3022             SLC INJ PMP AP208 TROUBLE         SLC Pump AP208 trips.
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D3022 SLC INJ PMP AP208 TROUBLE SLC Pump AP208 trips.
D3023             SLC INJ PMP BP208 TROUBLE         SLC Pump BP208 trips.
D3023 SLC INJ PMP BP208 TROUBLE SLC Pump BP208 trips.
D5697             SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-FO06A         SLC Injection Valve BH-HV-FO06A OPF                               becomes inoperative AND the OVLDJPWR FAIL light associated with BH-HV-FO06A cycles on and off.
D5697 SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-FO06A SLC Injection Valve BH-HV-FO06A OPF becomes inoperative AND the OVLDJPWR FAIL light associated with BH-HV-FO06A cycles on and off.
D5698             SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-F006B         SLC Injection Valve BH-HV-FO06B OPF                               becomes inoperative AND the OVLD/PWR FAIL light BH-HV-FO06B cycles on and off.
D5698 SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-F006B SLC Injection Valve BH-HV-FO06B OPF becomes inoperative AND the OVLD/PWR FAIL light BH-HV-FO06B cycles on and off.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hop~e Creek                                   Page 21 of 162                           Rev. 25
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hop~e Creek Page 21 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212*nal Use Univ                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212*nal Use Univ HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT BI DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D3022 NOMENCLATURE               SLC INJ PMP AP208 TROUBLE                         SETPOINT           N/A DESCRIPTION               Pump AP208 no longer operative.                       ORIGIN       MCC lOB2l2 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT BI DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3022 NOMENCLATURE SLC INJ PMP AP208 TROUBLE SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Pump AP208 no longer operative.
ORIGIN MCC lOB2l2 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
SLC Pump AP208 trips.
SLC Pump AP208 trips.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. SLC Injection Pump Motor AP208               IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212063 to inoperative due to:                                determine fault.
: 1. SLC Injection Pump Motor AP208 inoperative due to:
: a. breaker tripped                          IB. IF the breaker has tripped
: a. breaker tripped
: b. thermal overloads tripped                      OR thermal overloads have tripped
: b. thermal overloads tripped
: c. faulty control power fuse                      OR control fuse is blown,
: c. faulty control power fuse
: d. faulty control power transformer              INSPECT pump's motor for mechanical interference, low lube oil level, high motor temperature, etc.
: d. faulty control power transformer IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212063 to determine fault.
IB. IF the breaker has tripped OR thermal overloads have tripped OR control fuse is blown, INSPECT pump's motor for mechanical interference, low lube oil level, high motor temperature, etc.
IC. NOTIFY the CRS prior to resetting any breaker fault or IF any pump/motor problems are found.
IC. NOTIFY the CRS prior to resetting any breaker fault or IF any pump/motor problems are found.
Continued
Continued


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6050-0 348-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 I-lope Creek                                     Page 22 of 162                                   Rev. 25
E-6050-0 348-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 I-lope Creek Page 22 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212iial Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212iial Use Only ATTACHMENT B1 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D3022 CAUSE                                     CORRECTWE ACTION 4.
DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3022 CAUSE CORRECTWE ACTION 4.
: 1. SLC Injection Pump Motor AP208               ID. IF the breaker inoperative due to:                               OR thermal overloads trip OR the control power/fuse blows after being
: 1. SLC Injection Pump Motor AP208 inoperative due to:
: a. breaker tripped                               reset/replaced,
: a. breaker tripped
: b. thermal overloads tripped                     NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: b. thermal overloads tripped
: c. faulty control power fuse
: c. faulty control power fuse
: d. faulty control power transformer                                 NOTE Manually opening breaker 52-212063 will not cause this alarm to actuate.
: d. faulty control power transformer ID. IF the breaker OR thermal overloads trip OR the control power/fuse blows after being reset/replaced, NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
NOTE Manually opening breaker 52-212063 will not cause this alarm to actuate.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6050-0 J-48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 Hope Creek                                       Page 23 of 162                               Rev. 25
E-6050-0 J-48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 Hope Creek Page 23 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nai use unty                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nai use unty HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D3023 NOMENCLATURE             SLC INJ PMP BP208 TROUBLE                         SETPOINT         N/A DESCRIPTION             SLC Pump BP208 no longer operative.                   ORIGIN     MCC 10B222 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3023 NOMENCLATURE SLC INJ PMP BP208 TROUBLE SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION SLC Pump BP208 no longer operative.
ORIGIN MCC 10B222 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
SLC Pump BP208 trips.
SLC Pump BP208 trips.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. SLC Injection Pump Motor BP208                 lA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-222101 to inoperative due to:                               determine fault.
: 1. SLC Injection Pump Motor BP208 lA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-222101 to inoperative due to:
: a. breaker tripped                           1B. IF the breaker has tripped
determine fault.
: b. thermal overloads tripped                       OR thermal overloads have blown,
: a. breaker tripped 1B. IF the breaker has tripped
: c. faulty control power fuse                       INSPECT pump motor for mechanical
: b. thermal overloads tripped OR thermal overloads have blown,
: d. faulty control power transformer               interference, low lube oil level, high motor temperature, etc.
: c. faulty control power fuse INSPECT pump motor for mechanical
: d. faulty control power transformer interference, low lube oil level, high motor temperature, etc.
IC. NOTIFY the CRS prior to resetting any breaker fault or IF any pump/motor problems are found.
IC. NOTIFY the CRS prior to resetting any breaker fault or IF any pump/motor problems are found.
Continued
Continued


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6050-0 J48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 H~ope Cr-eek                                     Page 24 of 162                               Rev. 25
E-6050-0 J48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 H~ope Cr-eek Page 24 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D3023 CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3023 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. SLC Injection Pump Motor BP208             ID. IF the breaker inoperative due to:                             OR thermal overloads trip OR the control power/fuse blows
: 1. SLC Injection Pump Motor BP208 inoperative due to:
: a. breaker tripped                               after being reset/replaced,
: a. breaker tripped
: b. thermal overloads tripped                     NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: b. thermal overloads tripped
: c. faulty control power fuse
: c. faulty control power fuse
: d. faulty control power transformer NOTE Manually opening breaker 52-222101 will not cause this alarm to actuate.
: d. faulty control power transformer ID.
IF the breaker OR thermal overloads trip OR the control power/fuse blows after being reset/replaced, NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
NOTE Manually opening breaker 52-222101 will not cause this alarm to actuate.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6050-0 J48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 Hope Creek                                     Page 25 of 162                               Rev. 25
E-6050-0 J48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 Hope Creek Page 25 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only                                                       H C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only H C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT.                 D5697 NOMENCLATURE             SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-FO06A OPF                     SETPOINT           N/A DESCRIPTION             SLCS Isolation Valve stem INOP                       ORIGIN       MCC 10B212 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT.
D5697 NOMENCLATURE SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-FO06A OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION SLCS Isolation Valve stem INOP ORIGIN MCC 10B212 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
SLCS Isolation Valve HV-FO06A becomes inoperative AND the OVLD/PWR FAIL light associated with HV-F006A cycles on and off.
SLCS Isolation Valve HV-FO06A becomes inoperative AND the OVLD/PWR FAIL light associated with HV-F006A cycles on and off.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. MOV inoperative                               IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212202.
: 1. MOV inoperative
: a. breaker trip                              1B. IF breaker
: a. breaker trip
: b. thermal overload                                OR thermal overloads are tripped,
: b. thermal overload
: c. control power fuse blown                        NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: c. control power fuse blown
: d. control power transformer failure 1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: d. control power transformer failure IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212202.
1B. IF breaker OR thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6052-0 J-48-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0802 M-48-1 Hope Creek                                       Page 26 of 162                               Rev. 25
E-6052-0 J-48-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0802 M-48-1 Hope Creek Page 26 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT 11 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D5698 NOMENCLATURE             SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-FO06B OPF                   SETPOINT           N/A DESCRIPTION             SLCS Isolation Valve stem INOP                     ORIGIN       MCC 10B242 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT 11 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5698 NOMENCLATURE SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-FO06B OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION SLCS Isolation Valve stem INOP ORIGIN MCC 10B242 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
SLCS Isolation Valve HV-FO06B becomes inoperative AND the OVLDJPWR FAIL light associated with HV-PO06B cycles on and off.
SLCS Isolation Valve HV-FO06B becomes inoperative AND the OVLDJPWR FAIL light associated with HV-PO06B cycles on and off.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. MOV inoperative                             lA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242203.
: 1. MOV inoperative lA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242203.
: a. breaker trip                             lB. IF breaker
: a. breaker trip lB. IF breaker
: b. thermal overload                             OR thermal overloads are tripped,
: b. thermal overload OR thermal overloads are tripped,
: c. control power fuse blown                     NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: c. control power fuse blown NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
d control power transformer failure lC. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action
d control power transformer failure lC. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6052-0 J48-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0802 M-48-l Hope Creek                                     Page 27 of 162                               Rev. 25
E-6052-0 J48-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0802 M-48-l Hope Creek Page 27 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                               HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B2 RWVCU F/D INLET                       Window Location         C1-B12 TEMP 11 OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT B2 RWVCU F/D INLET TEMP 11 Window Location C1-B12 OPERATOR ACTION:
ENSURE RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve HV-F004 closes.
ENSURE RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve HV-F004 closes.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication             Nomenclature/Condition           Automatic Action D5357         RWCU FILTER INLET TEMP HI         RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5357 RWCU FILTER INLET TEMP HI RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve
                                                                .HV-F004 closes.
.HV-F004 closes.
NOTE Operating RWCU Pumps will trip on the HV-F004 close signal.
NOTE Operating RWCU Pumps will trip on the HV-F004 close signal.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-44-0, Sht. 4 PNI-G33-101 0-0098 HCGS Sys. Des. Vol. 3 Chap 16 Hope Creek                                 Page 28 of 162                           Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-44-0, Sht. 4 PNI-G33-101 0-0098 HCGS Sys. Des. Vol. 3 Chap 16 Hope Creek Page 28 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT 132 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D5357 NOMENCLATURE           RWCU FILTER INLET TEMP HI                           SETPOINT         140 0 F DESCRIPTION           Isolation to protect F/D resin                       ORIGIN     TE-N007 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT 132 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5357 NOMENCLATURE RWCU FILTER INLET TEMP HI SETPOINT 1400F DESCRIPTION Isolation to protect F/D resin ORIGIN TE-N007 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve HV-F004 closes.
RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve HV-F004 closes.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
I. VERIFY that the RWCU F/D INLET TEMP HI setpoint has been reached,
I.
: 2. VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
VERIFY that the RWCU F/D INLET TEMP HI setpoint has been reached,
: 1. Reduced                                       1A. INCREASE the RACS cooling flow to the OR loss of RWCU Non- Regenerative                 RWCU Non-Regenerative Heat Exchanger.
: 2.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Reduced 1A. INCREASE the RACS cooling flow to the OR loss of RWCU Non-Regenerative RWCU Non-Regenerative Heat Exchanger.
Heat Exchanger cooling from RACS.
Heat Exchanger cooling from RACS.
1B. REFER to HC.OP-AB.COOL-0003(Q), Reactor Auxiliary Cooling.
1B. REFER to HC.OP-AB.COOL-0003(Q), Reactor Auxiliary Cooling.
: 2. RWCU blowdown flow rate going to the         2A. STOP RWCU System blowdown Main Condenser and/or the Equip. Drain           AND REFER to HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q)
: 2. RWCU blowdown flow rate going to the 2A. STOP RWCU System blowdown Main Condenser and/or the Equip. Drain AND REFER to HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q)
Collection System is too high.                   RWCU System Operation for restoration of system.
Collection System is too high.
RWCU System Operation for restoration of system.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-44-0, Sht. 4 PNI-G33-1010-0098 HCGS Sys. Des. Vol. 3 Chap. 16 Hope Creek                                       Page 29 of 162                             Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-44-0, Sht. 4 PNI-G33-1010-0098 HCGS Sys. Des. Vol. 3 Chap. 16 Hope Creek Page 29 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B3 Window Location       CI-133 OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT B3 Window Location CI-133 OPERATOR ACTION:
DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming any of the ADS manual initiation circuits is warranted.
DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming any of the ADS manual initiation circuits is warranted.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition           Automatic Action D3083             ADS LOGIC B INIT SW S6B           Alarm only ARMED D2284             ADS LOGIC B INIT SW S6F           Alarm only ARMED D2478             ADS LOGIC D INIT SW S6D           Alarm only ARMED D2506             ADS LOGIC D INIT SW S6H           Alarm only ARMED
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D3083 ADS LOGIC B INIT SW S6B Alarm only ARMED D2284 ADS LOGIC B INIT SW S6F Alarm only ARMED D2478 ADS LOGIC D INIT SW S6D Alarm only ARMED D2506 ADS LOGIC D INIT SW S6H Alarm only ARMED


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J41-0, Sht. 11 J-0650-1, Sht. 8 Hope Creek                                   Page 30 of 162                         Rev. 25
J41-0, Sht. 11 J-0650-1, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 30 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D3083 NOMENCLATURE           ADS LOGIC B INIT SW S6B ARMED               SETPOINT           NIA.
ATTACHMENT B3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3083 NOMENCLATURE ADS LOGIC B INIT SW S6B ARMED SETPOINT NIA.
DESCRIPTION           ADS Logic B arming collar for                     ORIGIN    Panel 10C650C Logic Channel B armed.
DESCRIPTION ADS Logic B arming collar for Logic Channel B armed.
AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ORIGIN Panel 10C650C AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel B of ADS Logic B is warranted.
1.
: 2. NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
2.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel B of ADS Logic B is warranted.
: 1. The arming collar of ADS Logic B Logic   1A. DETERMINE IF the reason for arming Channel B turned ON.                         Logic Channel B of ADS Logic B is justified.
NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The arming collar of ADS Logic B Logic 1A. DETERMINE IF the reason for arming Channel B turned ON.
Logic Channel B of ADS Logic B is justified.
IF NOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.
IF NOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.
lB. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.
lB. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J41-0, Sht. 11 Hope Creek                                   Page 31 of 162                               Rev. 25
J41-0, Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 31 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT 133 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2284 NOMENCLATURE             ADS LOGIC B NIT SW S6FARMED                     SETPOINT           N/A DESCRIPTION           ADS Logic B arming collar for                         ORIGIN    Panel 10C650C Logic Channel F armed.
ATTACHMENT 133 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2284 NOMENCLATURE ADS LOGIC B NIT SW S6FARMED SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Logic B arming collar for Logic Channel F armed.
AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ORIGIN Panel 10C650C AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel F of ADS Logic F is warranted.
: 1.
: 2. NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel F of ADS Logic F is warranted.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
: 1. The manual arming collar of ADS Logic B 1A. DETERMINE Logic Channel F turned ON.                       IF the reason for arming Logic Channel F of ADS Logic B is justified.
NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The manual arming collar of ADS Logic B 1A. DETERMINE Logic Channel F turned ON.
IF the reason for arming Logic Channel F of ADS Logic B is justified.
IF NOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.
IF NOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.
IB. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.
IB. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. 11 Hope Creel,                                     Page 32 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 11 Hope Creel, Page 32 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)       I i
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B3 I
ATTACHMENT B3 I
i I
i I
DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2478 NOMENCLATURE             ADS LOGIC.D INIT SW S6D ARMED                   SETPOINT       ,. . N/A.
i I
II DESCRIPTION           ADS Logic D arming collar for                       ORIGIN    Panel 10C650C Logic Channel D armed.                                                           I i
DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2478 NOMENCLATURE ADS LOGIC.D INIT SW S6D ARMED SETPOINT  
AUTOMATIC ACTION:
,.. N/A.
I Alarm only I
ORIGIN Panel 10C650C DESCRIPTION ADS Logic D arming collar for Logic Channel D armed.
I OPERATOR ACTION:
II Ii AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.
DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel D of ADS Logic D is wanranted.
: 2.
NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
I I
I I
i CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The manual arming collar of ADS Logic D Logic Channel D turned ON.
IA. DETERMINE IF the reason for anning Logic Channel D of ADS Logic D is justified.
IF NOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.
1B. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.
ii I
I i
I i
: 1. DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel D of ADS Logic D is wanranted.
iIi III I
: 2. NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
i i
i CAUSE                                    CORRECTIVE ACTION                          i I
RE, ERENCES:
: 1. The manual arming collar of ADS Logic D IA. DETERMINE                                              I Logic Channel D turned ON.                      IF the reason for anning Logic Channel D of ADS Logic D is justified.
J-41-0, Sht. II Hope Creek Page 33 of 162 Rev. 25
IF NOT,                                              i DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.
i I
1B. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.                                              i III I
RE, ERENCES:             J-41-0, Sht. II i
i Hope Creek                                     Page 33 of 162                                 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2506 NOMENCLATURE             ADS LOGIC D INIT SW S6H ARMED                   SETPOINT           N/A DESCRIPTION             ADS Logic D anning collar for                       ORIGIN    Panel IOC650C Logic Channel H armed.
ATTACHMENT B3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2506 NOMENCLATURE ADS LOGIC D INIT SW S6H ARMED SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Logic D anning collar for Logic Channel H armed.
AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ORIGIN Panel IOC650C AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel H of ADS Logic D is warranted.
: 1.
: 2.     NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel H of ADS Logic D is warranted.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
: 1. The manual arming collar of ADS Logic D lA. DETERMINE Logic Channel H turned ON.                     IF the reason for arming Logic Channel H of ADS Logic D is justified.
NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
IFNOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The manual arming collar of ADS Logic D lA. DETERMINE Logic Channel H turned ON.
IF the reason for arming Logic Channel H of ADS Logic D is justified.
: IFNOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.
IB. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
IB. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. I I Hopec Crcek                                     Page 34 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. I I Hopec Crcek Page 34 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     JJCOP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only JJCOP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B4 ADS CH B INITIATION                             Window Location         C1-B4 PENDING OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT B4 ADS CH B INITIATION PENDING Window Location C1-B4 OPERATOR ACTION:
I. VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.
I.
: 2. RESET the ADS Logic B Actuation Timer (105 second)
VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.
: 2.
RESET the ADS Logic B Actuation Timer (105 second)
OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.
OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI -B21-1060-0063 Hope Creek                                       Page 35 of 162                         Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI -B21-1060-0063 Hope Creek Page 35 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT             D2161 NOMENCLATURE, ADS LOGIC B TIMER INITIATED                                 SETPOINT       Various DESCRIPTION             ADS initiation pending 105 second timer             ORIGIN     GE Panel timing out                                                    Hi 1-P628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT B4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2161 NOMENCLATURE, ADS LOGIC B TIMER INITIATED SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION ADS initiation pending 105 second timer timing out ORIGIN GE Panel Hi 1-P628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.
: 1.
: 2.     RESET the ADS Logic B Actuation Timer (105 second)
VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.
: 2.
RESET the ADS Logic B Actuation Timer (105 second)
OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.
OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The following ADS Logic B                     1A. RESPOND JAW HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),
: 1. The following ADS Logic B 1A. RESPOND JAW HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),
conditions exist:                                 HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0102(Q).
conditions exist:
HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0102(Q).
or HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
or HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
High Drywell pressure(Ž 1.68 psig)
High Drywell pressure(Ž 1.68 psig)
Line 531: Line 680:


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0,   Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063 Hope Creek                                         Page 36 of 162                         Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063 Hope Creek Page 36 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   . HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only
ATTACHMENT B5 Window Location       Cl-135 OPERATOR ACTION:
. HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
: 1. VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.
ATTACHMENT B5 Window Location Cl-135 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 2. RESET the ADS Logic D Actuation Timer (105 second)
1.
2.
VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.
RESET the ADS Logic D Actuation Timer (105 second)
OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.
OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D2034             ADSDLOGICTIMERINITIATED               Alarmonly
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2034 ADSDLOGICTIMERINITIATED Alarmonly


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 Hope Creek                                       Page 37 of 162                       Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 37 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT B5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2034 NOMENCLATURE             ADS D LOGIC TIMER INITIATED                     SETPOINT           Various DESCRIPTION             ADS initiation pending 105 second timer             ORIGIN         GE Panel timing out                                                        HlI-P631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT B5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2034 NOMENCLATURE ADS D LOGIC TIMER INITIATED SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION ADS initiation pending 105 second timer timing out ORIGIN GE Panel HlI-P631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.
: 1.
: 2.     RESET the ADS Logic D Actuation Timer (105 second)
VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.
: 2.
RESET the ADS Logic D Actuation Timer (105 second)
OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.
OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The following ADS Logic D                     1A. RESPOND IAW HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),
: 1. The following ADS Logic D 1A. RESPOND IAW HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),
conditions exist:                                 HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0102 (Q) or HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
conditions exist:
HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0102 (Q) or HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).
High Drywell pressure(2 1.68 psig)
High Drywell pressure(2 1.68 psig)
OR High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) timed out AND RPV Level 1 (5 -129")
OR High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) timed out AND RPV Level 1 (5 -129")
Line 559: Line 714:


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 2; Sht. 3, Sht. 4; Sht. 5, Sht. 11; Sht. 12 Hope Creek                                         Page 38 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 2; Sht. 3, Sht. 4; Sht. 5, Sht. 11; Sht. 12 Hope Creek Page 38 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-ARZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-ARZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C1 SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF                         Window Location       Cl-Cl CONTINUITY OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C1 SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTINUITY Window Location Cl-Cl OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. DETERMINE the reason for the SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTINUITY alarm.
: 1.
: 2. Under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump(s) AP208 and/or BP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
DETERMINE the reason for the SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTINUITY alarm.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 2.
Under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump(s) AP208 and/or BP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
INPUTS Digital Point!
INPUTS Digital Point!
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition             Automatic Action D3020             SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04A               Alarm only CONTINUITY D3021             SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04B               Alarm only CONTINUITY REFERE NCES:             J48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Creek                                     Page 39 of 162                       Rev. 25
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D3020 SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04A Alarm only CONTINUITY D3021 SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04B Alarm only CONTINUITY REFERE NCES:
J48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 39 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only                                                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3020 NOMENCLATURE             SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04A CONTINUITY                     SETPOI NT        N/A DESCRIPTION           Loss of Squib Valve XV-FO04A electrical continuity           ORI[GIN XY-M600A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04A CONTINUITY SETPOI DESCRIPTION Loss of Squib Valve XV-FO04A electrical continuity ORI D3020 NT N/A
[GIN XY-M600A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     DETERMINE the reason for the SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTUNITY alarm.
: 1.
: 2.       Under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump AP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
DETERMINE the reason for the SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTUNITY alarm.
: 3.       ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 2.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
Under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump AP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
: 1. SLC Pump AP208 manually started from       IA. Under the order of the CRS the 10C651 Panel.                               STOP SLC Pump AP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
: 3.
: 2. SLC Pump AP208 automatically started       2A. ENSURE that the RRCS SLCS due to RRCS initiation signal being             initiation signal is valid.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
present.                                         IF SLC injection is not required under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump AP208.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. SLC Pump AP208 breaker tripped.             3A. SEND an operator to MCC 10B212 to determine IF breaker 52-212063 has tripped.
: 1. SLC Pump AP208 manually started from IA. Under the order of the CRS the 10C651 Panel.
STOP SLC Pump AP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
: 2. SLC Pump AP208 automatically started 2A. ENSURE that the RRCS SLCS due to RRCS initiation signal being initiation signal is valid.
present.
IF SLC injection is not required under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump AP208.
: 3. SLC Pump AP208 breaker tripped.
3A. SEND an operator to MCC 10B212 to determine IF breaker 52-212063 has tripped.
IF so, RESET breaker 52-212063.
IF so, RESET breaker 52-212063.
Continued
Continued


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 1 Hope Creek                                     Page 40 of 162                                   Rev. 25
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 1 Hope Creek Page 40 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT Cl DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3020 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT Cl DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3020 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. SLC Pump AP208 breaker tripped             3B. IF breaker 52-212063 cannot be reset (Continued)                                      NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
: 3. SLC Pump AP208 breaker tripped (Continued)
: 4. Internal electrical malfunction of Squib Valve XV-F004A.
3B. IF breaker 52-212063 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
3C. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
3C. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 4. Internal electrical malfunction of Squib    4A. NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor Valve XV-F004A.                                  of the situation AND to initiate corrective action.
4A. NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor of the situation AND to initiate corrective action.
4B. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
4B. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. I Hope Creek                                     Page 41 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 41 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                    D3021 NOMENCLATURE           SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04B CONTINUITY                       SETPOINT          N/A DESCRIPTION         Loss of Squib Valve XV-FO04B electrical continuity           ORIGIN XY-M600B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C1 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04B CONTINUITY DESCRIPTION Loss of Squib Valve XV-FO04B electrical continuity POINT D3021 SETPOINT N/A ORIGIN XY-M600B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. DETERMINE the reason for the SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTUNITY alarm.
: 1.
: 2.     Under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump BP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
DETERMINE the reason for the SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTUNITY alarm.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 2.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
Under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump BP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
: 1. SLC Pump BP208 manually started from       1A. Under the order of the CRS, the 10C651 Panel.                               STOP SLC Pump BP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
: 3.
: 2. SLC Pump BP208 automatically started       2A. ENSURE that the RRCS SLCS due to RRCS initiation signal being             initiation signal is valid.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
present.                                         IF SLC injection is not required under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SILC Pump BP208.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. SLC Pump BP208 breaker tripped.           3A. SEND an operator to MCC 10B222 to determine IF breaker 52-222101 has tripped.
: 1. SLC Pump BP208 manually started from 1A. Under the order of the CRS, the 10C651 Panel.
STOP SLC Pump BP208 IF SLC injection is not required.
: 2. SLC Pump BP208 automatically started 2A. ENSURE that the RRCS SLCS due to RRCS initiation signal being initiation signal is valid.
present.
IF SLC injection is not required under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SILC Pump BP208.
: 3. SLC Pump BP208 breaker tripped.
3A. SEND an operator to MCC 10B222 to determine IF breaker 52-222101 has tripped.
IF so RE SET breaker 52-222101.
IF so RE SET breaker 52-222101.
Continued
Continued


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-1 J48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 3 Hope Creek                                     Page 42 of 162                                   Rev. 25,
M-48-1 J48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 3 Hope Creek Page 42 of 162 Rev. 25,


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Onl3                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Onl3 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3021 CAUSE                                     CORWECTIVE ACTION C
ATTACHMENT C1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3021 CAUSE C
I                _1
CORWECTIVE ACTION I
: 3. SLC Pump BP208 breaker tripped             3B. IF breaker 52-222101 cannot be reset (Continued)                                      NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
_1
: 3. SLC Pump BP208 breaker tripped (Continued)
: 4. Internal electrical malfunction of Squib Valve XV-F004B.
3B. IF breaker 52-222101 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
3C. ENSURE compliance with the Standby
3C. ENSURE compliance with the Standby
                                                            .Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
.Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 4. Internal electrical malfunction of Squib    4A. NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor Valve XV-F004B.                                  of the situation AND to initiate corrective action.
4A. NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor of the situation AND to initiate corrective action.
4B. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
4B. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 3 Hope Creekc                                   Page 43 of 162                               Rev.25
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 3 Hope Creekc Page 43 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                               HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 RWCU SYSTElM                         Window Location     C1-C2 TROUBLE OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C2 RWCU SYSTElM TROUBLE Window Location C1-C2 OPERATOR ACTION:
IF both RWCU Recirc Pumps are running, AND I trips, ENSURE system flow is within capacity of remaining RWCU Pump (pump runout leads to seal failure).
IF both RWCU Recirc Pumps are running, AND I trips, ENSURE system flow is within capacity of remaining RWCU Pump (pump runout leads to seal failure).
Computer Point A-2856 RWCU OUTLET FLOW TO FDW < 134 gpm.
Computer Point A-2856 RWCU OUTLET FLOW TO FDW < 134 gpm.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication             Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D3142         RWCU RTN/MN COND HV-F034             None OPF D3143         RWCU INBD ISLN HV-F001 OPF D3144         RWCU OUTBD ISLN HV-F004 OPF D3145         RWCU DR/EQPT DR TK HV-F035 OPF D3146         RWCU RTN TO REAC HV-F039 OPF D3147         RWCU TO CHEM W TK HV-3980 OPF D3241         RWCU PUMP A SEAL CAVITY TEMP D3242         RWCU PUMP B SEAL CAVITY TEMP
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D3142 RWCU RTN/MN COND HV-F034 None OPF D3143 RWCU INBD ISLN HV-F001 OPF D3144 RWCU OUTBD ISLN HV-F004 OPF D3145 RWCU DR/EQPT DR TK HV-F035 OPF D3146 RWCU RTN TO REAC HV-F039 OPF D3147 RWCU TO CHEM W TK HV-3980 OPF D3241 RWCU PUMP A SEAL CAVITY TEMP D3242 RWCU PUMP B SEAL CAVITY TEMP


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J44-0, Sht. 4 Hope Creek                                   Page 44 of 162                             Rev. 25
M-44-1 J44-0, Sht. 4 Hope Creek Page 44 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                             HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 INPUTS Digital Point!
ATTACHMENT C2 INPUTS Digital Point!
Indication             Nomenclature/Condition           Automatic Action D5356         RWCU DISCHARGE PRESSURE           Blowdown flow control valve I-IV-F033 closes D5358         RWCU PUMP AP221 MOTOR           AP221 trips MALE, D5359         RWCU PUMP BP221 MOTOR             BP221 trips MALF
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5356 RWCU DISCHARGE PRESSURE Blowdown flow control valve I-IV-F033 closes D5358 RWCU PUMP AP221 MOTOR AP221 trips
: MALE, D5359 RWCU PUMP BP221 MOTOR BP221 trips MALF


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J44-0, Sht. 4 Hope Creek                               Page 45 of 162                         Rev. 25
M-44-1 J44-0, Sht. 4 Hope Creek Page 45 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3142 NOMENCLATURE             RWCU RTINIMN COND HV-F034 OPF                     SETPOINT             N/A     _
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3142 NOMENCLATURE RWCU RTINIMN COND HV-F034 OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN NIA AUTOMATIC ACTION:
DESCRIPTION             Overload/power failure                                 ORIGIN           NIA AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
IF OVLD/PWR FAIL for HV-F034 RWCU RTN TO CNDSR (I OC651C) is flashing, DETE RMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
IF OVLD/PWR FAIL for HV-F034 RWCU RTN TO CNDSR (I OC65 1 C) is flashing, DETE RMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. MOV inoperative                                 1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212211
: 1. MOV inoperative
: a. breaker trip                               1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
: a. breaker trip
: b. thermal overload                               NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: b. thermal overload
: c. control power fuse blown
: c. control power fuse blown
: d. control power transformer failure           IC. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: d. control power transformer failure 1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212211 1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
IC. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4;Sht. 8 Hopec Creek                                       Page 46 of 162                                 Rev. 25
M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4;Sht. 8 Hopec Creek Page 46 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3143 NOMENCLATURE             RWCU INBD ISLN HV-FO01 OPF   _
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3143 NOMENCLATURE RWCU INBD ISLN HV-FO01 OPF I.
I.       SE TPOINT           N/A DESCRIPTION             Overload/power failure                             ORIGIN           N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
SE TPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     VERIFY HV-FOO1 PUMP SUCTCONTINBD (IOC651C).
: 1.
VERIFY HV-FOO1 PUMP SUCTCONTINBD (IOC651C).
IF position indication is available AND OVLDIPWR FAIL is flashing, thermal overloads have tripped.
IF position indication is available AND OVLDIPWR FAIL is flashing, thermal overloads have tripped.
PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
: 2.     IF position indication is lost AND OVLD/PWR FAIL is flashing, DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
: 2.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Technical Specification 3/4.6.3.
IF position indication is lost AND OVLD/PWR FAIL is flashing, DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3.
: 1. MOV inoperative                             IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212021
ENSURE compliance with the Technical Specification 3/4.6.3.
: a. breaker trip                             IB. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: b. thermal overload                             NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: 1. MOV inoperative IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212021
: a. breaker trip IB. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
: b. thermal overload NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: c. control power fuse blown
: c. control power fuse blown
: d. control power transformer failure       1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: d. control power transformer failure 1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0, J44-0, Sht. 8 Hrope Creek                                     Page 47 of 162                                 Rev. 25
M-44-0, J44-0, Sht. 8 Hrope Creek Page 47 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3144 NOMENCLATURE             RWCU OUTBD ISLN HV-F004 OPF                   SETPOINT             N/A' DESCRIPTION             Overload/power failure                             ORIGIN           N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3144 NOMENCLATURE RWCU OUTBD ISLN HV-F004 OPF SETPOINT N/A' DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     VERIFY HV-F004 PUMP SUCT CONT OUTBD (IOC651C).
: 1.
VERIFY HV-F004 PUMP SUCT CONT OUTBD (IOC651C).
IF position indication is available AND OVLDIPWR FAIL is flashing, thermal overloads have tripped.
IF position indication is available AND OVLDIPWR FAIL is flashing, thermal overloads have tripped.
PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
: 2. IF position indication is lost AND OVLD/PWR FAIL is flashing, DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
: 2.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Technical Specification 3/4.6.3.
IF position indication is lost AND OVLD/PWR FAIL is flashing, DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3.
: 1. MOV inoperative                           IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242081
ENSURE compliance with the Technical Specification 3/4.6.3.
: a. breaker trip                           IB. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: b. thermal overload                             NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: 1. MOV inoperative IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242081
: a. breaker trip I B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
: b. thermal overload NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: c. control power fuse blown
: c. control power fuse blown
: d. control power transformer failure       1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: d. control power transformer failure 1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek                                     Page 4S of 162                                 Rev. 25
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 4S of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3145 NOMENCLATURE             RWCU DR/EQPT DR TK HV-F035 OPF                 SETPOINT             N/A DESCRIPTION             Overload/power failure                             ORIGIN           NIA AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3145 NOMENCLATURE RWCU DR/EQPT DR TK HV-F035 OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN NIA AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
IF OVLDJPWR FAIL for HV-F035 RWCU TO EQPT DRN is flashing (10C651C),
IF OVLDJPWR FAIL for HV-F035 RWCU TO EQPT DRN is flashing (10C651C),
DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
CAUSE                               - CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. MOV inoperative                           1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242084
: 1. MOV inoperative 1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242084
: a. breaker trip                           1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
: a. breaker trip 1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
: b. thermal overload                             NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: b. thermal overload NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: c. control power fuse blown
: c. control power fuse blown
: d. control power transformer failure       1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: d. control power transformer failure 1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek                                     Page 49 of 162                                 Revs 25
M44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 49 of 162 Revs 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3146 NOMENCLATURE               RWCU RTN TO REAC HV-F039 OPF                   SETPOINT           . N/A DESCRIPTION               Overload/power failure                             ORIGIN             N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3146 NOMENCLATURE RWCU RTN TO REAC HV-F039 OPF SETPOINT  
. N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
IF OVLD/PWR FAIL for HV-F039 RWCU RTNTORPV is flashing (1OC651C),
IF OVLD/PWR FAIL for HV-F039 RWCU RTNTORPV is flashing (1OC651C),
DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. MOV inoperative                             1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242161
: 1. MOV inoperative
: a. breaker trip                           lB. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
: a. breaker trip
: b. thermal overload                             NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: b. thermal overload
: c. control power fuse blown
: c. control power fuse blown
: d. control power transformer failure       I C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: d. control power transformer failure 1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242161 lB. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
I C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek                                       Page 50 of 162                                 Rev. 25
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 50 of 162 Rev. 25
      -------- ---      ..I----
..I----


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20D41212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20D41212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3147 NOMENCLATURE           RWCU TO CHEM W TK HV-3980 OPF                     SETPOINT             N/A DESCRIPTION             Overload/power failure                               ORIGIN           N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3147 NOMENCLATURE RWCU TO CHEM W TK HV-3980 OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACT-ION:
None OPERATOR ACT-ION:
IF OVLD/PWR FAIL for HIV-3980 RWCU RTN TO CHEM WASTE TK is flashing (1OC651C),
IF OVLD/PWR FAIL for HIV-3980 RWCU RTN TO CHEM WASTE TK is flashing (1OC651C),
DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.
                                                      *I.
*I.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION 4.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 4.
: 1. MOV inoperative                               1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242124
: 1. MOV inoperative
: a. breaker trip                               1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
: a. breaker trip
: b. thermal overload                               NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: b. thermal overload
: c. control power fuse blown
: c. control power fuse blown
: d. control power transformer failure         IC. IF OVLD/PWRFAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: d. control power transformer failure 1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242124 1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
IC. IF OVLD/PWRFAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek                                     Page 51 of 162                                 Rev. 25
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 51 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP.AR.Z7,0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP.AR.Z7,0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                D3241 NOMENCLATURE             RWCU PUMP A SEAL CAVITY TEMP                       SETPOINT       2500 F DESCRIPTION             High temperature seal cavity                           ORIGIN  TISH-NO02A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RWCU PUMP A SEAL CAVITY TEMP POINT D3241 SETPOINT 2500F ORIGIN TISH-NO02A DESCRIPTION High temperature seal cavity AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     IF AP221 is OFF, SEND an operator to verify shut IBG-V004.
: 1.
IF AP221 is OFF, SEND an operator to verify shut IBG-V004.
IF necessary, SHUT 1BG-V003, IF open.
IF necessary, SHUT 1BG-V003, IF open.
: 2.       IF AP221 is ON, SEND an operator to check for seal leakage and to ENSURE RACS is available to the RWCU Pump.
: 2.
IF AP221 is ON, SEND an operator to check for seal leakage and to ENSURE RACS is available to the RWCU Pump.
Note Pumps should not be tripped except for a plant condition which demands the pump shutdown. There Is no pump related reason for tripping a pump unless it has failed mechanically. Thus, the pump should not be tripped by an RTD signal, since the seal of the tripped pump will not be cooled.
Note Pumps should not be tripped except for a plant condition which demands the pump shutdown. There Is no pump related reason for tripping a pump unless it has failed mechanically. Thus, the pump should not be tripped by an RTD signal, since the seal of the tripped pump will not be cooled.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Seal leakage OR failure                     IA. CHECK the pump seal for leakage (water or steam).
: 1. Seal leakage OR failure IA. CHECK the pump seal for leakage (water or steam).
IF leakage is present, REMOVE AP221from service IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-000 1(Q).
IF leakage is present, REMOVE AP221from service IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-000 1(Q).
Continued
Continued


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-13-1 M-44-1 Hope Crock                                       Page 52 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-13-1 M-44-1 Hope Crock Page 52 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only                                                         IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D3241 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3241 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Improper valve lineup from RACS             2A. ENSURE the following RACS valves arc open:
: 2. Improper valve lineup from RACS
IED-Vl47, IED-V148, 1ED-V149, IED-V150, 1ED-V151, lED-V152, IED-VO16, 1ED-V086 (throttled), 1ED-V081,
.3. Loss of RACS.
        .3. Loss of RACS.                                3A IF a loss of RACS has occurred, RWCU (BG) will isolate due to high temperature outlet of NRHX.
: 4. Voids in system following fill and vent OR leakby of valves used to fill and vent.
2A. ENSURE the following RACS valves arc open:
IED-Vl47, IED-V148, 1ED-V149, IED-V150, 1ED-V151, lED-V152, IED-VO16, 1ED-V086 (throttled), 1ED-V081, 3A IF a loss of RACS has occurred, RWCU (BG) will isolate due to high temperature outlet of NRHX.
REFER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q)
REFER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q)
AND HC.OP-SO.BG0001(Q) for returning RWCU to service following an isolation.
AND HC.OP-SO.BG0001(Q) for returning RWCU to service following an isolation.
: 4. Voids in system following fill and vent    4A. WITH IBG-V004 CLOSED, OR leakby of valves used to fill and vent.        RE-PERFORM Fill and Vent IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-O00l(Q), Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation PRIOR to opening 1BG-V004 and starting the RWCU Pump.
4A. WITH IBG-V004 CLOSED, RE-PERFORM Fill and Vent IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-O00l(Q), Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation PRIOR to opening 1BG-V004 and starting the RWCU Pump.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-13-1 M-44-1 Hope Creek                                       Page 53 of 162                                   Rev. 25
M-13-1 M-44-1 Hope Creek Page 53 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 P'SEG Internal Use Only                                                         H-C.OP-AILZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 P'SEG Internal Use Only H-C.OP-AILZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D3242 NOMENCLATURE             RWCU PUMP B SEAL CAVITY TEMP                     SETPOI *NT       250 0 F
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RWCU PUMP B SEAL CAVITY TEMP SETPOI D3242
      . DESCRIPTION               High temperature seal cavity                         'ORIC,,IN  TJSH-N002B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
*NT 2500F
,IN TJSH-N002B
. DESCRIPTION High temperature seal cavity
'ORIC, AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.       IF BP221 is OFF, SE:ND an operator to verify shut IBG-VO08.
: 1.
IF BP221 is OFF, SE:ND an operator to verify shut IBG-VO08.
IF necessary, SHUT 1BG-V007, IF open.
IF necessary, SHUT 1BG-V007, IF open.
: 2.       IF BP221 is ON, SEND an operator to check for seal leakage AND ENSURE RACS is available to the RWCU Pump.
: 2.
IF BP221 is ON, SEND an operator to check for seal leakage AND ENSURE RACS is available to the RWCU Pump.
NOTE Pumps should not be tripped except for a plant condition which demands the pump shutdown. There is no pump related reason for tripping a pump unless it has failed mechanically. Thus, the pump should not be tripped by an RTD signal, since the seal of the tripped pump will not be cooled.
NOTE Pumps should not be tripped except for a plant condition which demands the pump shutdown. There is no pump related reason for tripping a pump unless it has failed mechanically. Thus, the pump should not be tripped by an RTD signal, since the seal of the tripped pump will not be cooled.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Seal leakage or failure                       1A. CHECK the pump seal for leakage (water or steam).
: 1. Seal leakage or failure 1A. CHECK the pump seal for leakage (water or steam).
IF leakage is present, REMOVE BP221 from service IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001 (Q).
IF leakage is present, REMOVE BP221 from service IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001 (Q).
Continued next page REERENCES:                 M-13-1 M-44-1 I-lopec Creek                                     Page 54 of 162                               Rev. 25
Continued next page REERENCES:
M-13-1 M-44-1 I-lopec Creek Page 54 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
_  .  . _  =  _  ,                                                      HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D3242 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION I
=
: 2. Improper valve lineup from RACS               2A. ENSURE the following RACS valves are open:
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3242 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION I
1ED-V153,   IED-V154, JED-V155,   IED-V156, IED-V157,   1ED-V158, lED-V015,   IED-V087 (throttled),
: 2. Improper valve lineup from RACS
IED-V080
: 3. Loss of RACS
: 3. Loss of RACS                                  3A. IF a loss of RACS has occurred, RWCU (BG) will isolate due to high temperature outlet of NRHX. -
: 4. Voids in system following fill and vent OR leakby of valves used to fill and vent.
2A. ENSURE the following RACS valves are open:
1ED-V153, IED-V154, JED-V155, IED-V156, IED-V157, 1ED-V158, lED-V015, IED-V087 (throttled),
IED-V080 3A. IF a loss of RACS has occurred, RWCU (BG) will isolate due to high temperature outlet of NRHX. -
RE FlPER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q)
RE FlPER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q)
AND HC.OP-SO.BG-OOO1(Q) for returning RWCU to service following an isolation.
AND HC.OP-SO.BG-OOO1(Q) for returning RWCU to service following an isolation.
: 4. Voids in system following fill and vent      4A. WITH lBG-VO08 CLOSED, OR leakby of valves used to fill and vent.      RE-PERFORM Fill and Vent LAW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001 (Q), Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation PRIOR to opening IBG-V008 and starting the RWCU Pump.
4A. WITH lBG-VO08 CLOSED, RE-PERFORM Fill and Vent LAW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001 (Q), Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation PRIOR to opening IBG-V008 and starting the RWCU Pump.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-13-1 M-44-1 Hope Crock                                     Page 55 of 162                                 Rev. 25
M-13-1 M-44-1 Hope Crock Page 55 of 162 Rev. 25


; USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES I PRINTED 20041212 i       PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
; USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES I PRINTED 20041212 i
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5356 NOMENCLATURE           RWCU DISCHARGE PRESSURE                             SETPO] INT         < S psig
PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
                                                                                                        >140 psig DESCRIPTION           RWCU Discharge Hi/Lo pressure at HV-FO33                 ORIGIN         PSH-N014 PSL-N013 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RWCU DISCHARGE PRESSURE SETPO]
D5356 INT  
< S psig DESCRIPTION RWCU Discharge Hi/Lo pressure at HV-FO33
>140 psig ORIGIN PSH-N014 PSL-N013 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Blowdown Valve HV-F033 fails closed.
Blowdown Valve HV-F033 fails closed.
OPE RATOR ACTION:
OPE RATOR ACTION:
: 1.     PRESS HIC R606 DR FL CONT DECREASE PB until POSITION DEMAND indicates 0.
: 1.
PRESS HIC R606 DR FL CONT DECREASE PB until POSITION DEMAND indicates 0.
(IOC651C)
(IOC651C)
: 2.     CHECK A2947 RWCU COND PMP FLOW indicates 0 gpm.
: 2.
: 3.     CHECK A2950 RWCU REGEN HX INLET PRESS to determine system pressure.
CHECK A2947 RWCU COND PMP FLOW indicates 0 gpm.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3.
: 1. Low pressure upstream of blowdo           wn   IA. VERIFY RWCU valve lineup on 10C651C valve                                             to ensure all valves are in correct position required for the evolution in progress.
CHECK A2950 RWCU REGEN HX INLET PRESS to determine system pressure.
NOTE IB. WHEN proper lineup has been established, This isolation prevents                             AND pressure upstream of HV-F033 *> 5 psig, the operator from draining                         SV-F033 re-energizes, allowing HIC-R606 RWCU from an isolated system                       DR FL CONT to position HV-F033.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Low pressure upstream of blowdo wn IA. VERIFY RWCU valve lineup on 10C651C valve to ensure all valves are in correct position required for the evolution in progress.
NOTE IB. WHEN proper lineup has been established, This isolation prevents AND pressure upstream of HV-F033 * > 5 psig, the operator from draining SV-F033 re-energizes, allowing HIC-R606 RWCU from an isolated system DR FL CONT to position HV-F033.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-1 J-44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4 Hope Creek                                         Page 56 of 162                                   Rev. 25
M-44-1 J-44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4 Hope Creek Page 56 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT C2 IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D5356 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5356 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. High pressure downstream of blowdown valve 2A. IF blowing down to the Main Condenser, VIERIFY open HV-FO34, RWCU RTN TO COND. (IOC651C)
: 2. High pressure downstream of blowdown valve 2A. IF blowing down to the Main Condenser, VIERIFY open HV-FO34, RWCU RTN TO COND. (IOC651C)
NOTE 2B. IF blowing down to Radwaste, This isolation prevents                           VERIFY open HV-F035, BLDG.
NOTE 2B. IF blowing down to Radwaste, This isolation prevents VERIFY open HV-F035, BLDG.
overpressurization of blowdown                   TO EQUIP DRN COL (IOC651 C-)
overpressurization of blowdown TO EQUIP DRN COL (IOC651 C-)
piping.
piping.
2C. IF I-IV-F034 OR F035 is in correct position, REQUEST Radwaste Operator to verify his lineup to Waste Collector or Waste Surge Tanks is correct.
2C. IF I-IV-F034 OR F035 is in correct position, REQUEST Radwaste Operator to verify his lineup to Waste Collector or Waste Surge Tanks is correct.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4 Hopse Creek                                     Page 57 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4 Hopse Creek Page 57 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT C2 IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5358 NOMENCLATURE            RWCU PUMP AP221 MOTIORMALF                          SETPOINT             N/A DESCRIPTION            Motor malfunction                                      ORIGIN           N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
NOMENCLATURE RWCU PUMP AP221 MOTI DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5358 ORMALF SETPOINT N/A ORIGIN N/A DESCRIPTION Motor malfunction AUTOMATIC ACTION:
RWCU Recirc Pump AP221 will trip.
RWCU Recirc Pump AP221 will trip.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
I. Loss of a RWCU Pump, WHEN in two pump operation, can cause pump runout.
I.
Loss of a RWCU Pump, WHEN in two pump operation, can cause pump runout.
Flow must be reduced immediately by throttling HV-F042, REGEN HX RTN ISLN, until Chemistry can remove a Filter/Demin from service.
Flow must be reduced immediately by throttling HV-F042, REGEN HX RTN ISLN, until Chemistry can remove a Filter/Demin from service.
: 2. IF both F/D were in service, REMOVE 1 F/D from service 1AW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q);
: 2.
IF both F/D were in service, REMOVE 1 F/D from service 1AW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q);
Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation.
Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation.
: 3. IF both RWCU Pumps were ON, WITH 0 or 1 FID in service, ADJUST HV-044 as necessary to maintain system flow at 134 gpm.
: 3.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
IF both RWCU Pumps were ON, WITH 0 or 1 FID in service, ADJUST HV-044 as necessary to maintain system flow at 134 gpm.
: l. Low suction flow (<70 gpm                   1A. ENSURE a flow path exists.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
for 30 seconds)                                   IF draining from the vessel is in progress without return to vessel, ENSURE minimum blowdown flow of 70 gpm is maintained.
: l. Low suction flow (<70 gpm 1A. ENSURE a flow path exists.
for 30 seconds)
IF draining from the vessel is in progress without return to vessel, ENSURE minimum blowdown flow of 70 gpm is maintained.
1B. PRESS LOW SUCTION FLOW PB on RWCU Pump AP221. (1OC651C)
1B. PRESS LOW SUCTION FLOW PB on RWCU Pump AP221. (1OC651C)
IC. REFER to HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q); RWCU System Operation for procedure to return tripped RWCU Pump to service.
IC. REFER to HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q); RWCU System Operation for procedure to return tripped RWCU Pump to service.
Line 840: Line 1,050:


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4 Hope Creek                                       Pngge 58 of 162                                   Rcv. 25
M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4 Hope Creek Pngge 58 of 162 Rcv. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT C2 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5358 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5358 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Loss of control power                         2A. IF the STOP is flashing, the RWCU Recirc Pump has tripped due to loss of control power.
: 2. Loss of control power 2A. IF the STOP is flashing, the RWCU Recirc Pump has tripped due to loss of control power.
2B. IF the STOP is lost, the RWCU Recirc Pump is unavailable for service due to loss of control power.
2B. IF the STOP is lost, the RWCU Recirc Pump is unavailable for service due to loss of control power.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4; Sht. 8 Hope Creek                                     Page 59 of 162                                     Rev. 25
M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4; Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 59 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHME NT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                    D5359 NOMENCLATURE           RWCU PUMP BP221 MOTOR MALF                           SETPOINT           N/A DESCRIPTION            Motor malfunction                                      ORIGIN           N /A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHME NT C2 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RWCU PUMP BP221 MOTOR MALF POINT D5359 SETPOINT N/A ORIGIN N /A DESCRIPTION Motor malfunction AUTOMATIC ACTION:
RWCU Recirc Pump BP221 will trip.
RWCU Recirc Pump BP221 will trip.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. Loss of a RWCU Pump, WHEN in two pump operation, can cause pump runout.
: 1.
Loss of a RWCU Pump, WHEN in two pump operation, can cause pump runout.
Flow must be reduced immediately by throttling HV-F042, REGEN HX RTN ISLN, until Chemistry can remove a Filter/Demin from service.
Flow must be reduced immediately by throttling HV-F042, REGEN HX RTN ISLN, until Chemistry can remove a Filter/Demin from service.
: 2. IF both F/D were in service, REMOVE 1 F/D from service 1AW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q);
: 2.
IF both F/D were in service, REMOVE 1 F/D from service 1AW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q);
Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation.
Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation.
: 3. IF both RWCU Pumps were ON, WITH 0 or I F/D in service; ADJUST HV-044 as necessary to maintain system flow at 134 gpm.
: 3.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
IF both RWCU Pumps were ON, WITH 0 or I F/D in service; ADJUST HV-044 as necessary to maintain system flow at 134 gpm.
: 1. Low suction flow (< 70 gpm for               1A. ElNSURE a flow path exists 30 seconds)                                       IF draining from the vessel is in progress without return to vessel, ENSURE minimum blowdown flow of 70 gpm is maintained.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Low suction flow (< 70 gpm for 1A. ElNSURE a flow path exists 30 seconds)
IF draining from the vessel is in progress without return to vessel, ENSURE minimum blowdown flow of 70 gpm is maintained.
1B. PRESS LOW SUCTION FLOW PB on RWCU Pump BP221. (IOC651C)
1B. PRESS LOW SUCTION FLOW PB on RWCU Pump BP221. (IOC651C)
IC. REFER to HC.OP-SO.BG-000l (Q); RWCU System Operation for procedure to return
IC. REFER to HC.OP-SO.BG-000l (Q); RWCU System Operation for procedure to return tripped RWCU Pump to service.
__                      tripped RWCU Pump to service.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4; Sht. 8 Hope Creekc                                     Page 60 of 162                                   Rev. 25
M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4; Sht. 8 Hope Creekc Page 60 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D5359 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5359 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Loss of control power                         2A. IF the STOP is flashing, the RWCU Recirc Pump has tripped due to loss of control power.
: 2. Loss of control power 2A. IF the STOP is flashing, the RWCU Recirc Pump has tripped due to loss of control power.
2B. IF the STOP is lost, the RWCU Recirc Pump is unavailable for service due to loss of control power.
2B. IF the STOP is lost, the RWCU Recirc Pump is unavailable for service due to loss of control power.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4;Sht. 8 Hope C~reek                                     Page 61 of 162                                   Rev. 25
M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4;Sht. 8 Hope C~reek Page 61 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C3 Window Location C1-C3 OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C3 Window Location C1-C3 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. MONITOR drywell pressure, Reactor water level AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.
: 1.
: 2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
MONITOR drywell pressure, Reactor water level AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.
: 2.
REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
INPUTS
INPUTS


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6765-0, Sht. A NI-B21-63, Sht. 11 J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hope Creekc                                 Page 62 of 162                 Rev. 25
E-6765-0, Sht. A NI-B21-63, Sht. 11 J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hope Creekc Page 62 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5314 NOMENCLATURE           ADS B ISOLATER INPUT CARD OUT                       SETPO] INT          N/A DESCRIPTION             Division 2 alarm indicators lost                       ORIKGIN        GE Panel 1OC628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE ADS B ISOLATER INPUT CARD OUT SETPO]
DESCRIPTION Division 2 alarm indicators lost ORIK D5314 INT N/A GIN GE Panel 1OC628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
MONITOR drywell pressure, Reactor water level AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.
MONITOR drywell pressure, Reactor water level AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Digital isolator AT2's 2 Amp fuse F49,       iA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 1. Digital isolator AT2's 2 Amp fuse F49, iA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
located in GE Panel I OC618, faulty.
located in GE Panel I OC618, faulty.
: 2. Digital isolator AT2's power supply PSlB       2A. Same as above.
: 2. Digital isolator AT2's power supply PSlB 2A. Same as above.
10 Amp fuse, F41B, located in GE Panel IOC618 is faulty.
10 Amp fuse, F41B, located in GE Panel IOC618 is faulty.
: 3. Loss of powerto digital isolator AT2's         3A. SEND an operator tol20VAC Panel IBJ481 to inverter PSlB.                                     DETERMINE IF breaker 18 has tripped.
: 3. Loss of powerto digital isolator AT2's 3A. SEND an operator tol20VAC Panel IBJ481 to inverter PSlB.
DETERMINE IF breaker 18 has tripped.
IF so under the order of the Control Room Supervisor have the dispatched operator RESET Breaker 18.
IF so under the order of the Control Room Supervisor have the dispatched operator RESET Breaker 18.
: 4. ADS Div. 2 digital isolator A12, located       4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 4. ADS Div. 2 digital isolator A12, located 4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
in GE Panel 1OC618, has at least one input logic card out of file.
in GE Panel 1 OC618, has at least one input logic card out of file.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hope Creek                                       CPage 63 of 162                                 Rev. 25
PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hope Creek CPage 63 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATrACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5316 NOMENCLATURE           ADS D ISOLATERINPUT CARD OUT                     SETPOI INT          N/A DESCRIPTION           ADS Division 4 alarm indicators lost                   ORIC 1IN       GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATrACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE ADS D ISOLATERINPUT CARD OUT SETPOI DESCRIPTION ADS Division 4 alarm indicators lost ORIC D5316 INT N/A 1IN GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
MONITOR Drywell pressure, Reactor water level, AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.
MONITOR Drywell pressure, Reactor water level, AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION Y
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION Y
: 1. Digital isolator AT2's 2 Amp fuse F47,     1A. REQUEST the CRSto initiate corrective action.
: 1. Digital isolator AT2's 2 Amp fuse F47, located in GE Panel 10C640, faulty.
located in GE Panel 10C640, faulty.
: 2. Digital isolator ATI's power supply PSID 10 Amp fuse, P41D, located in GE Panel 10C640 is faulty.
: 2. Digital isolator ATI's power supply PSID   2A. Same as above.
: 3. Loss of power to digital isolator AT1 's inverter PSID.
10 Amp fuse, P41D, located in GE Panel 10C640 is faulty.
: 4. ADS Div. 4 digital isolator ATI, located in GE Panel 10C631, has at least one input logic card out of file.
: 3. Loss of power to digital isolator AT1 's   3A. SEND an operator toI20VAC Panel lDJ481 to inverter PSID.                                    determine IF breaker 20 has tripped.
1A. REQUEST the CRSto initiate corrective action.
2A. Same as above.
3A. SEND an operator toI20VAC Panel lDJ481 to determine IF breaker 20 has tripped.
IF so under the order of the Control Room Supervisor have the dispatched operator RESET breaker 20.
IF so under the order of the Control Room Supervisor have the dispatched operator RESET breaker 20.
: 4. ADS Div. 4 digital isolator ATI, located    4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
in GE Panel 10C631, has at least one input logic card out of file.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hope Creek                                     rage 64 of 162                                   Rev.25
PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hope Creek rage 64 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 rshuA internal Use Only                                                   }IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 rshuA internal Use Only
ATTACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D5755
}IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
      . NOMENCLATURE             ADS B ISOLATER OUT CARD OUT                 SETPOINT I
ATTACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5755
NIA DESCRIPTION             ADS Division 2 alarm indicators lost             ORIGIN       GE Panel 10C628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
. NOMENCLATURE ADS B ISOLATER OUT CARD OUT SETPOINT NIA I
Alarm only                                                                   .,
DESCRIPTION ADS Division 2 alarm indicators lost ORIGIN GE Panel 10C628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
MONITOR drywell pressure, reactor water level AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.
MONITOR drywell pressure, reactor water level AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. ADS Div. 2 digital isolator AT2, located     IA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 1. ADS Div. 2 digital isolator AT2, located in GE Panel 10C628, has at least one output logic card out of file.
in GE Panel 10C628, has at least one output logic card out of file.
IA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 6A PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hop~e Creek                                     Page 65 of 162                             Rev. 25
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 6A PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hop~e Creek Page 65 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D5756 NOMENCLATURE             ADS D ISOLATER OUT CARD OUT                   SETPOINT           N/A DESCRIPTION             ADS Division 4 alarm indicators lost             ORIGIN         GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5756 NOMENCLATURE ADS D ISOLATER OUT CARD OUT SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Division 4 alarm indicators lost ORIGIN GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
MONITOR Drywell pressure, Reactor water level and ADS/Safety Valve positions.
MONITOR Drywell pressure, Reactor water level and ADS/Safety Valve positions.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. ADS Div. 4 digital isolator ATI,             IA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 1. ADS Div. 4 digital isolator ATI, located in GE Panel 10C63 I, has at least one output logic card out of file.
located in GE Panel 10C63 I, has at least one output logic card out of file.
IA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
REFERE,NCES:             PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15
REFERE, NCES:
      ]Hope Creek                                     Page 66 of 162                             Rev. 25
PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15
]Hope Creek Page 66 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C4 ADS CII B OUT OF                           Window Location       C1-C4 SERVICE OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C4 ADS CII B OUT OF SERVICE Window Location C1-C4 OPERATOR ACTION:
I. ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
I.
: 2. ENSURE compliance 'with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.5.1.
ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
: 2.
ENSURE compliance 'with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.5.1.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication               Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D5315           ADS CH B LOGIC OUT OF               Alarm only SERVICE D5320           ADS CH B FAULTY TEST                 Alarm only PROCEDURE
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5315 ADS CH B LOGIC OUT OF Alarm only SERVICE D5320 ADS CH B FAULTY TEST Alarm only PROCEDURE


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6765-0, Sht. A PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 J-41-0, Sht. 12 Hopec Creek                                     Page 67 of 162                           Rev. 25
E-6765-0, Sht. A PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 J-41-0, Sht. 12 Hopec Creek Page 67 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE iFOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE iFOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                D5315 NOMENCLATURE             ADS CII B LOGIC OUT OF^SERVICE                     SETPOINT         N/A DESCRIPTION            Testlfault occurring within Al)S Logic Train B       ORIGIN'     GE Panel 10C628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C4 NOMENCLATURE ADS CII B LOGIC OUT OF DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5315
^ SERVICE SETPOINT N/A
)S Logic Train B ORIGIN' GE Panel 10C628 DESCRIPTION Testlfault occurring within Al AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
: 1.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.
ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
: 1. ADS Logic Train B undergoing test at         IA. DETERMINE IF the testing of GE Panel 10C628.                                  ADS Logic Train B is legitimate.
ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. ADS Logic Train B undergoing test at GE Panel 10C628.
: 2. The B LOGIC POWER MONITOR TEST pushbutton of the ADS, located on the 10C650 Panel, depressed.
: 3. The LOGIC B OUT OF SERVICE ALARMS ON pushbutton of the ADS, located on the I 0C650 Panel, depressed.
IA. DETERMINE IF the testing of ADS Logic Train B is legitimate.
IF not, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
IF not, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 2. The B LOGIC POWER MONITOR TEST                2A. DETERMINE IF the reason for pushbutton of the ADS, located on the              pressing the B LOGIC POWER 10C650 Panel, depressed.                          MONITOR TEST PB is legitimate.
2A. DETERMINE IF the reason for pressing the B LOGIC POWER MONITOR TEST PB is legitimate.
IF not, ENSURE that the pushbutton is released.
IF not, ENSURE that the pushbutton is released.
: 3. The LOGIC B OUT OF SERVICE                    3A. DETERMINE IF the reason for pressing ALARMS ON pushbutton of the ADS,                  the ON pushbutton is legitimate.
3A. DETERMINE IF the reason for pressing the ON pushbutton is legitimate.
located on the I 0C650 Panel, depressed.          IF not, PRESS the LOGIC B OUT OF SERVICE NORM Switch.
IF not, PRESS the LOGIC B OUT OF SERVICE NORM Switch.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PN-1B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1; Sht. 4, Sht. 8; Sht. 11 Hope Creek                                       Page 68 of 162                               Rev. 25
PN-1B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1; Sht. 4, Sht. 8; Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 68 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                                 IIC.OP-ARhZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only ATTACHMENT C4 IIC.OP-ARhZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D5315 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5315 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 4. ADS Logic B Power Supply IOA fuse           4A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 4. ADS Logic B Power Supply I OA fuse FIB OR F2B, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
FIB OR F2B, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
: 5. ADS Valve F013A 125V DC Power Supply I OA fuse F3A OR F4A, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
: 5. ADS Valve F013A 125V DC Power               SA. Same as 4A above.
: 6. ADS Valve F013B 125V DC Power Supply I OA fuse F3B OR F4B, located in GE Panel 1 0C628, faulty.
Supply IOA fuse F3A OR F4A, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
: 7. ADS Valve FOI3C 125V DC Power Supply 1OA fuse F3C OR F4C, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
: 6. ADS Valve F013B 125V DC Power               6A. Same as 4A above.
B. ADS Valve FO13D 125V DC Power Supply 1 OA fuse F3D OR. F4D, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
Supply IOA fuse F3B OR F4B, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
: 9. ADS Valve FOI3E 125V DC Power Supply 1 OA fuse F3E OR F4E, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
: 7. ADS Valve FOI3C 125V DC Power               7A. Same as 4A above.
4A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
Supply 1OA fuse F3C OR F4C, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
SA. Same as 4A above.
B. ADS Valve FO13D 125V DC Power               8A. Same as 4A above.
6A. Same as 4A above.
Supply 1OA fuse F3D OR.F4D, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
7A. Same as 4A above.
: 9. ADS Valve FOI3E 125V DC Power               9A. Same as 4A above.
8A. Same as 4A above.
Supply 1OA fuse F3E OR F4E, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
9A. Same as 4A above.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1, Slit. 8, Slit. II E-0009-1, Sht. 2 Hope Creek                                     Pagc 69 of 162                           Rev. 25
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1, Slit. 8, Slit. II E-0009-1, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Pagc 69 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5315 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5315 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 10. Loss of power to GE Panel 1OC628          10A. SEND an operator to 125V DC due to Breaker 12 to of 125V DC                 Distribution Panel IBD417 to determine Distribution Panel 1BD417 tripping               IF breaker 12 has tripped.
: 10. Loss of power to GE Panel 1 OC628 10A. SEND an operator to 125V DC due to Breaker 12 to of 125V DC Distribution Panel IBD417 to determine Distribution Panel 1BD417 tripping IF breaker 12 has tripped.
iF so, under the order of CRS have the dispatched operator reset breaker 12.
iF so, under the order of CRS have the dispatched operator reset breaker 12.
1OB. IF Breaker 12 cannot be reset, REQQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
1OB. IF Breaker 12 cannot be reset, REQQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 11. Trip Unit E21-N655B, El I-N655B,           I IA. INVESTIGATE why the trip unit(s) is in CAL.
: 11. Trip Unit E21-N655B, El I-N655B, I IA. INVESTIGATE why the trip unit(s) is in CAL.
ElI-N656B, E21-N655F, E1I-N656F, El1-N655F and/or B21-N695B,               1lB. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
ElI-N656B, E21-N655F, E1I-N656F, El 1-N655F and/or B21-N695B, 1 lB. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
located in GE Panel IOC618 Panel in CAL OR has failed.
located in GE Panel IOC618 Panel in CAL OR has failed.
: 12. Trip Unit B21-N691B OR B21-N691F,         12A. DETE RMINE why the trip unit has been located in GE Panel 1OC618, removed             removed from its file.
: 12. Trip Unit B21-N691B OR B21-N691F, 12A. DETE RMINE why the trip unit has been located in GE Panel 1OC618, removed removed from its file.
from file Z4B.
from file Z4B.
: 13. The 10 Amp fuse, F13B, to Trip Unit       13A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 13. The 10 Amp fuse, F13B, to Trip Unit 13A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
Card Z4B, faulty.
Card Z4B, faulty.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1; Sht. 4, Sht. 7; Sht. 9, Sht. 10; Slit. 11 PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6; Sht. 10 E-0009-1, Sht. 2 Hope Creek                                   Page 70 of 162                                 Rey. 25
PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1; Sht. 4, Sht. 7; Sht. 9, Sht. 10; Slit. 11 PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6; Sht. 10 E-0009-1, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 70 of 162 Rey. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5315 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION Note 14 & 15 Re-energization of the ECCS Trip Units will result in an ESF actuation, NOTIFY I&C to disable the trip units prior to re-energization.
ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5315 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION Note 14 & 15 Re-energization of the ECCS Trip Units will result in an ESF actuation, NOTIFY I&C to disable the trip units prior to re-energization.
: 14. Fuse F9B(20 Amp) AC to DC Power           14A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 14. Fuse F9B(20 Amp) AC to DC Power 14A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
Supply blown.                                 REPLACE Fuse.
Supply blown.
: 15. Loss of power to Trip Unit Card Z4B       15A. SEND an operator to 120VAC Distribution due to byeakerl 8 of 12OVAC                   Panel 1BJ481 to determine Distribution Panel IlBJ481 tripping.           IF Breaker 18 has tripped.
REPLACE Fuse.
: 15. Loss of power to Trip Unit Card Z4B 15A. SEND an operator to 120VAC Distribution due to byeakerl 8 of 12OVAC Panel 1BJ481 to determine Distribution Panel IlBJ481 tripping.
IF Breaker 18 has tripped.
IF so under the order of CRS, have the dispatched operator reset Breakerl 8.
IF so under the order of CRS, have the dispatched operator reset Breakerl 8.
Hope Creek                                   Page 71 of 162                                 Rev. 25
Hope Creek Page 71 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ.0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ.0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D5320 NOMENCLATURE               ADS CH B FAULTY TEST PROCEDURE                   SETPOINT     ,    N/A DESCRIPTION               ADS Logic Train B undergoing test                   ORIGIN       GE Panel 10C628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5320 NOMENCLATURE ADS CH B FAULTY TEST PROCEDURE SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Logic Train B undergoing test ORIGIN GE Panel 10C628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
: 1.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.
ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
: 1. More than one ADS Logic Train B test         1A. INVESTIGATE why more than one test plug plug is being used disabling the CSIRHR           is being used to test ADS Logic Train B within Pump inputs to the ADS Logic Train B               GE Panel 10C628.
ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. More than one ADS Logic Train B test 1A. INVESTIGATE why more than one test plug plug is being used disabling the CSIRHR is being used to test ADS Logic Train B within Pump inputs to the ADS Logic Train B GE Panel 10C628.
initiation circuitry.
initiation circuitry.
I
I


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 4; Sht. 5, Sht. 7 Hope Creek                                       Page 72 of 162                                 Rev. 25
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 4; Sht. 5, Sht. 7 Hope Creek Page 72 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C5 Window Location       Cl-Cs OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C5 Window Location Cl-Cs OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
: 1.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.5.1.
ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
: 2.
ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.5.1.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication               Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D5317           ADS CH D LOGIC OUT OF               Alarm only SERVICE                                                                 I D5325           ADS CH D FAULTY TEST                 Alarm only PROCEDURE
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5317 ADS CH D LOGIC OUT OF Alarm only SERVICE I
D5325 ADS CH D FAULTY TEST Alarm only PROCEDURE


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. II J-41-0, Sht. 12 Hope Creek                                     Page 73 of 162                           Rev. 25
E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. II J-41-0, Sht. 12 Hope Creek Page 73 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                             HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT CS DIGITAL ALARM POINT                    D5317 NOMENCLATURE             ADS CH D LOGIC OUT OF SERVICE                         SETPOINT         N/A DESCRIPTION           -
ATTACHMENT CS DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE ADS CH D LOGIC OUT OF SERVICE POINT D5317 SETPOINT N/A ORIGIN GE Panel 10C631 DESCRIPTION Test/fault occurring within ADS Logic Train D AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Test/fault occurring within ADS Logic Train D ORIGIN    GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
: 1.
: 2.       ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.
ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
: 1. ADS Logic Train D undergoing test at         1A. DETERMINE IF the testing of GE Panel 10C63 1.                                   ADS Logic Train D is legitimate.
ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. ADS Logic Train D undergoing test at 1A. DETERMINE IF the testing of GE Panel 10C63 1.
ADS Logic Train D is legitimate.
IF not, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
IF not, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 2. The D LOGIC POWER MONITOR TEST 2A. DETERMINE IF the reason for pressing pushbutton of the ADS, located on the               the D LOGIC POWER 10C650 Panel, depressed.                           MONITOR TEST pushbutton is legitimate.
: 2. The D LOGIC POWER MONITOR TEST 2A. DETERMINE IF the reason for pressing pushbutton of the ADS, located on the the D LOGIC POWER 10C650 Panel, depressed.
MONITOR TEST pushbutton is legitimate.
IF not, ENSURE that the pushbutton is released.
IF not, ENSURE that the pushbutton is released.
: 3. The LOGIC D OUT OF SERVICE                     3A. DETERMINE, IF the reason for pressing ALARMS ON pushbutton of the ADS,                   the ON pushbutton is legitimate.
: 3. The LOGIC D OUT OF SERVICE 3A. DETERMINE, IF the reason for pressing ALARMS ON pushbutton of the ADS, the ON pushbutton is legitimate.
located on the 10C650 Panel, depressed.             IF not, TURN OFF the LOGIC D OUT OF SERVICE ALARMS Switch.
located on the 1 0C650 Panel, depressed.
IF not, TURN OFF the LOGIC D OUT OF SERVICE ALARMS Switch.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1; Sht. 4, Sht. 8; Sht. 11 Hope Creek                                         Page 74 of 162                               Rev. 25
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1; Sht. 4, Sht. 8; Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 74 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         IIC.01-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.01-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5317 CAUSE                                       CORRE CTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT C5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5317 CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION
: 4. ADS Logic D Power Supply IQOAfuse           4A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 4. ADS Logic D Power Supply IQOAfuse FID or F2D, located in GE Panel IOC631, faulty.
FID or F2D, located in GE Panel IOC631, faulty.
: 5. ADS Valve F013A 125V DC power supply 1OA fuse F7A or F8A, located in GE Panel I OC63 ],faulty.
: 5. ADS Valve F013A 125V DC power               SA. Same as 4A above.
: 6. ADS Valve F013B 125V DC Power Supply IOA fuse F7B or F8B, located in GE Panel IOC631, faulty.
supply 1OA fuse F7A or F8A, located in GE Panel IOC63 ],faulty.
: 7. ADS Valve FO13C 125V DC Power Supply IOA fuse F7C or F8C, located in GE Panel I OC63 1, faulty.
: 6. ADS Valve F013B 125V DC Power                 6A. Same as 4A above.
: 8. ADS Valve FOI3D 125V DC Power Supply I OA fuse F7D or F8D, located in GE Panel 1 OC63 1, faulty.
Supply IOA fuse F7B or F8B, located in GE Panel IOC631, faulty.
: 9. ADS Valve F013E 125V DC Power Supply IOA fuse F7E or F8E, located in GE Panel I OC631, faulty.
: 7. ADS Valve FO13C 125V DC Power                 7A. Same as 4A above.
: 10. Loss of power to GE Panel 1Oc631 due to breaker 12 of 125V DC Distribution Panel IDD417 tripping.
Supply IOA fuse F7C or F8C, located in GE Panel I OC63 1, faulty.
4A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 8. ADS Valve FOI3D 125V DC Power                 8A. Same as 4A above.
SA. Same as 4A above.
Supply I OA fuse F7D or F8D, located in GE Panel 1OC63 1, faulty.
6A. Same as 4A above.
: 9. ADS Valve F013E 125V DC Power                 9A. Same as 4A above.
7A. Same as 4A above.
Supply IOA fuse F7E or F8E, located in GE Panel I OC631, faulty.
8A. Same as 4A above.
: 10. Loss of power to GE Panel 1Oc631 due       1OA. SEND an operator tol 25V DC Distribution to breaker 12 of 125V DC Distribution            Panel lDD417 to determine Panel IDD417 tripping.                            IF breaker 12has tripped.
9A. Same as 4A above.
1 OA. SEND an operator tol 25V DC Distribution Panel lDD417 to determine IF breaker 12has tripped.
IF so, under the order of CRS have the dispatched operator reset breaker 12.
IF so, under the order of CRS have the dispatched operator reset breaker 12.
1OB. IF breaker 12 cannot be reset, REQUE:ST CRS to initiate corrective action.
1OB. IF breaker 12 cannot be reset, REQUE:ST CRS to initiate corrective action.
Line 1,076: Line 1,316:


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1 E-0009-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 Hop~e Creelc                                     Paec 75 of 162                                   Rev. 25;
PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1 E-0009-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 Hop~e Creelc Paec 75 of 162 Rev. 25;


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D5317 CAUSE                       ICORRECTIVE                       ACTION
ATTACHMENT C5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5317 CAUSE ICORRECTIVE ACTION
: 11. Trip Unit E21-N655D, Ell-N655D,             11A. INVESTIGATE why trip unit(s) in CAL.
: 11. Trip Unit E21-N655D, Ell-N655D, Eli -N656D, E21-N655H, El I-N656H, El I-N655H and/or B21-N695D located in GE Panel 10C640 Panel in CAL OR has failed.
Eli -N656D, E21-N655H, El I-N656H, El I-N655H and/or B21-N695D located in GE Panel 10C640 Panel in         I 1B. REQUE ST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 12. Trip Unit B21-N691D orB21-N961H, located in GE Panel 1 0C640, removed from file Z4D.
CAL OR has failed.
: 13. The 10 Amp filse, F1SD, to trip unit card Z4D, faulty.
: 12. Trip Unit B21-N691D orB21-N961H,           12A. DETERMINE why the trip unit has been located in GE Panel 10C640, removed              removed from its file.
: 14. Fuse F9D(20 Amp) AC to DC Power Supply blown.
from file Z4D.
: 15. Loss of power to Trip Unit Card Z4B due to breaker 20 of 120VAC Distribution Panel IDJ481 tripping.
: 13. The 10 Amp filse, F1SD, to trip unit card   13A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
11A. INVESTIGATE why trip unit(s) in CAL.
Z4D, faulty.
I 1B. REQUE ST CRS to initiate corrective action.
12A. DETERMINE why the trip unit has been removed from its file.
13A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
Note 14& 15 Re-energization of the ECCS Trip Units will result in an ESF actuation, NOTIFY I&C to disable the trip units prior to re-energization.
Note 14& 15 Re-energization of the ECCS Trip Units will result in an ESF actuation, NOTIFY I&C to disable the trip units prior to re-energization.
: 14. Fuse F9D(20 Amp) AC to DC Power            14A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action Supply blown.                                    Replace Fuse..
14A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action Replace Fuse..
: 15. Loss of power to Trip Unit Card Z4B due    15A. SEND an operator to120VAC Distribution to breaker 20 of 120VAC Distribution              Panel 1DJ481 to determine Panel IDJ481 tripping.                            IF breaker 20 has tripped.
15A. SEND an operator to120VAC Distribution Panel 1DJ481 to determine IF breaker 20 has tripped.
IF so under the order of CRS, have the dispatched operator reset Breaker 20.
IF so under the order of CRS, have the dispatched operator reset Breaker 20.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 6 PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A Hope Creek                                     Page 76 of 162                                 'Rev. 25
PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 6 PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A Hope Creek Page 76 of 162
'Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Onlv                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Onlv HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT C5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D5325 NOMENCLATURE             ADS CH D FAULTY TEST PROCEDURE                   SETPOINT..       . N/A DESCRIPTION             ADS Logic Train D undergoing test.                   ORIGIN       GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT C5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5325 NOMENCLATURE ADS CH D FAULTY TEST PROCEDURE SETPOINT..  
. N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Logic Train D undergoing test.
ORIGIN GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.
ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.
CAUSE                                     CORRE CTIVE ACTION.
: 2.
: 1. More than one ADS Logic Train D test         IA. INVESTIGATE why more than one test plug is plug is being used disabling the CS/RHR          being used to test ADS Logic Train D within pump inputs to the ADS                          GE Panel 10C631.
ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.
Logic Train D initiation circuitry.
CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION.
REFEURENCES:             PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 4; Sht. 5; Sht. 7 Hope Creek                                     Page 77 of 162                               Rev.25
: 1. More than one ADS Logic Train D test plug is being used disabling the CS/RHR pump inputs to the ADS Logic Train D initiation circuitry.
IA. INVESTIGATE why more than one test plug is being used to test ADS Logic Train D within GE Panel 10C631.
REFEURENCES:
PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 4; Sht. 5; Sht. 7 Hope Creek Page 77 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D1 SLC INJ VLV STEM NOT                           Window Location       CI-D1 FULLY OPEN OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D1 SLC INJ VLV STEM NOT FULLY OPEN Window Location CI-D1 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. Attempt to OPEN SLC Isolation Valve(s) HV-FO06A and/or HV-F006B fully from the 10C651 Panel.
: 1.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
Attempt to OPEN SLC Isolation Valve(s) HV-FO06A and/or HV-F006B fully from the 10C651 Panel.
: 2.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                   Nomenclature/Condition           Automatic Action D2220             SLCS VLV A NOT 100% OPEN         Alarm only D2222             SLCS VLV B NOT 100% OPEN         Alarm only
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2220 SLCS VLV A NOT 100% OPEN Alarm only D2222 SLCS VLV B NOT 100% OPEN Alarm only


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Creek                                     Page 78 of 162                           Rev. 25
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 78 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                             IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT DI DIGITAL ALARM POINT                  D2220 NOMENCLATURE             SLCS VLV A NOT 100% OPEN                             SETIPOINT   <100% open DESCRIPTION           SLC Injection Valve HV-FO06A not fully open.               ORIGIN    ZS-F006A-12 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT DI DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE SLCS VLV A NOT 100% OPEN POINT D2220 SETIPOINT  
<100% open ORIGIN ZS-F006A-12 DESCRIPTION SLC Injection Valve HV-FO06A not fully open.
AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. ATTEMPT to open SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06A fully from the 10C651 Panel.
: 1.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5 and 3.6.3.
ATTEMPT to open SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06A fully from the 10C651 Panel.
1 CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
: 1. SLCS Isolation Valve BH-I-IV-FO06A not         1A. OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06A fully opened initially.                              I 00% from the I 0C651 Panel.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5 and 3.6.3.
: 2. SLC Isolation Valve breaker tripped while      2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 10B212 attempting to open valve.                            to determine IF breaker 52-212202 has tripped.
1
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. SLCS Isolation Valve BH-I-IV-FO06A not fully opened initially.
: 2. SLC Isolation Valve breaker tripped while attempting to open valve.
: 3. SLCS Isolation Valve jammed 1A. OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06A I 00% from the I 0C651 Panel.
2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 10B212 to determine IF breaker 52-212202 has tripped.
IF so, RESET brcaker52-212202..
IF so, RESET brcaker52-212202..
2B. IF breaker 52-212202 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
2B. IF breaker 52-212202 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
2C. IF directed by SM/CRS, DISPATCH an operator to manually OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006A.
2C. IF directed by SM/CRS, DISPATCH an operator to manually OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006A.
: 3. SLCS Isolation Valve jammed                    3A. SEND an operator to manually attempt to unjam SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006A.
3A. SEND an operator to manually attempt to unjam SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006A.
IF SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06A cannot be unjammed NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
IF SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06A cannot be unjammed NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 6 Hop~e Creek                                         Page 79 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 6 Hop~e Creek Page 79 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                             HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                       D2222 NOMENCLATURE             SLCS VLV B NOT 100% OPEN                             SETPOI]NT       < 100% open DESCRIPTION             SLC Injection Valve HV-FO06B nqt fully open.         _    ORIRGIN    ZS-FO06B-12 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE SLCS VLV B NOT 100% OPEN SETPOI]
D2222 NT  
< 100% open GIN ZS-FO06B-12 DESCRIPTION SLC Injection Valve HV-FO06B nqt fully open.
ORIR AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. Attempt to OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006B fully from the IOC651 Panel.
1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5 and 3.6.3.
2.
CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION-.
Attempt to OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006B fully from the I OC651 Panel.
: 1. SLCS Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006B               1A. OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FP06B not fully opened initially.                        100% from the 1OC651 Panel.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5 and 3.6.3.
: 2. SLC Isolation Valve breaker tripped            2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 1OB242 while attempting-to open valve.                    to determine IF Breaker 52-242203 has tripped.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION-.
: 1. SLCS Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006B not fully opened initially.
: 2. SLC Isolation Valve breaker tripped while attempting-to open valve.
: 3. SLCS Isolation Valve jammed.
1A. OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FP06B 100% from the 1OC651 Panel.
2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 1 OB242 to determine IF Breaker 52-242203 has tripped.
IF so, reset Breaker 52-242203.
IF so, reset Breaker 52-242203.
2B. IF Breaker 52-242203 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
2B. IF Breaker 52-242203 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
2C. IF directed by SM/CRS, DISPATCH an operator to manually OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06B.
2C. IF directed by SM/CRS, DISPATCH an operator to manually OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06B.
: 3. SLCS Isolation Valve jammed.                  3A. SEND an operator to manually attempt to unjam SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FOo6B.
3A. SEND an operator to manually attempt to unjam SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FOo6B.
IF SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06B cannot be unjammed NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
IF SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06B cannot be unjammed NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 6 Hop~e Creek                                       Page 80 of 162                                   Rev. 25
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 6 Hop~e Creek Page 80 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D2 RWCU FID PANEL                           Window Location       C1-D2 10C076 OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D2 RWCU FID PANEL 10C076 Window Location C1-D2 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. SEND a Chemistry Technician to RWCU F/D Local Panel I0C076 to investigate cause of alarm.
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
SEND a Chemistry Technician to RWCU F/D Local Panel I 0C076 to investigate cause of alarm.
: 2.
ENSURE compliance with the Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition           Automatic Action D5456             RWCU F/D POWDEX SYSTEM           Various
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5456 RWCU F/D POWDEX SYSTEM Various


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-45-0, Sht. 1 J-0650-1, Sht. 9 Hope Creek                                     Page 81 of 162                         RevY. 25
J-45-0, Sht. 1 J-0650-1, Sht. 9 Hope Creek Page 81 of 162 RevY. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                                   HC. OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC. OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT             D5456 NOMENCLATURE             RWCU F/D POWDEX SYSTEM                       SETPOINT       Various DESCRIPTION             Alarm condition existing at RWCU F/D           ORIGIN        Various Local Panel 10C076 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5456 NOMENCLATURE RWCU F/D POWDEX SYSTEM SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION Alarm condition existing at RWCU F/D Local Panel 10C076 ORIGIN Various AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Various OPERATOR ACTION:
Various OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. SEND a Chemistry Technician to RWCU FID Local Panel IOC076 to investigate cause of alarm.
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
SEND a Chemistry Technician to RWCU FID Local Panel I OC076 to investigate cause of alarm.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION .
: 2.
: 1. RWCU F/D Powdex System Local                 IA. Same as OPERATOR ACTION above.
ENSURE compliance with the Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION.
: 1. RWCU F/D Powdex System Local IA. Same as OPERATOR ACTION above.
Panel 10C076 in an alarm state.
Panel 10C076 in an alarm state.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-45-0, Sht. I Hope Creek                                       Page 82 of 162                         Rtev. 25
J-45-0, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 82 of 162 Rtev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE:G Internal Use Only                                                   IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE:G Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D3 Window Location           C1-D3 OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D3 Window Location C1-D3 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. REFER to the HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q); Recirculation System AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q); Reactor Power Oscillations.
: 1.
: 2. ElNSURE compliance with of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.
REFER to the HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q); Recirculation System AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q); Reactor Power Oscillations.
: 3. NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
: 2.
ElNSURE compliance with of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.
: 3.
NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication             Nomenclature/Condition                 Automatic Action D2155         RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM A               Reactor Recirc Pumps AP201 and BP201 trip.
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2155 RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM A Reactor Recirc Pumps AP201 and BP201 trip.
D2156         RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM B               Reactor Recire Pumps AP21O and BP201 trip.
D2156 RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM B Reactor Recire Pumps AP21O and BP201 trip.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PN1-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 19 E-6794-0, Sht. A H~ope Crechk                               Page 83 of 162                               Rev. 25
PN1-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 19 E-6794-0, Sht. A H~ope Crechk Page 83 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               . D2155 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM A                         SETPOINT       Various DESCRIPTION             EOC-RPT Breakers AN205                               ORIGIN     GE Panel and BN205 tripped                                                10C609 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2155 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM A SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION EOC-RPT Breakers AN205 and BN205 tripped ORIGIN GE Panel 10C609 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Reactor Recirc Pumps AP201 and BP201 trip.
Reactor Recirc Pumps AP201 and BP201 trip.
OPERATOR ACJION:
OPERATOR ACJION:
: 1.     REFER to the HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003 (Q); Recirculation System AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q); Reactor Power Oscillations.
: 1.
: 2.       ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.4.1.
REFER to the HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003 (Q); Recirculation System AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q); Reactor Power Oscillations.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
: 1. Turbine Control Valves CV-1               IA. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q);
ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.4.1.
AND CV-2 fast closure coincident              Recirculation Pump Malfunction WITH Turbine Stop Valves MSV-1                  and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
AND MSV-3 less than 90% open AND Reactor power greater than 30%        1B. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective (as indicated by Turbine first stage            action.
: 1. Turbine Control Valves CV-1 AND CV-2 fast closure coincident WITH Turbine Stop Valves MSV-1 AND MSV-3 less than 90% open AND Reactor power greater than 30%
pressure > 135.7 psig).
(as indicated by Turbine first stage pressure > 135.7 psig).
IA. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q);
Recirculation Pump Malfunction and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
1B. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 8; Sht. 9; Sht. 10; Sht. 15; Sht. 20 E-6794-0, Sht. A Hope Creek                                     Page 84 of 162                             Rev. 25
PNI-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 8; Sht. 9; Sht. 10; Sht. 15; Sht. 20 E-6794-0, Sht. A Hope Creek Page 84 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEIG Intcrnal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEIG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2156 NOMENCLATURE           RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM B                         SETPOINT     Various DESCRIPTION             EOC-RPT breakers CN205                               ORIGIN    GE Panel and DN205 tripped.                                               10C611 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2156 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM B SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION EOC-RPT breakers CN205 and DN205 tripped.
      *Reactor Recirc Pumps AP201 and BP201 trip.
ORIGIN GE Panel 10C611 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
* Reactor Recirc Pumps AP201 and BP201 trip.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     REFER to the HC.OP-AB.RPV.0003(Q); Recirculation System AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q); Reactor Power Oscillations.
: 1.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.4.1.
REFER to the HC.OP-AB.RPV.0003(Q); Recirculation System AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q); Reactor Power Oscillations.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
: 1. Turbine Control Valves CV-3               1A. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q);
ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.4.1.
AND CV-4 fast closure coincident               Recirculation Pump Malfunction with Turbine Stop Valves MSV-2                 and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Turbine Control Valves CV-3 1A. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q);
AND CV-4 fast closure coincident Recirculation Pump Malfunction with Turbine Stop Valves MSV-2 and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
AND MSV-4 less than 90% open AND Reactor power greater than 30%
AND MSV-4 less than 90% open AND Reactor power greater than 30%
(as indicated by Turbine first stage       lB. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.
(as indicated by Turbine first stage lB. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.
pressure > 135.7 psig).
pressure > 135.7 psig).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 8; Sht. 9; Sht. 10; Sht. 15; Sht. 20 E-6794-0, Sht. A Hope Creeks                                   Page 85 of 162                             Rev. 25
PNI-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 8; Sht. 9; Sht. 10; Sht. 15; Sht. 20 E-6794-0, Sht. A Hope Creeks Page 85 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 1'SEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 1'SEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 REACTOR RE CIRC A                             Window Location         C1-D4 TROUBLE
ATTACHMENT D4 REACTOR RE CIRC A TROUBLE Window Location C1-D4
      . OPERATOR ACTION:
. OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. IF Reactor Recirculation Pump trips, RERFORM actions JAW EIC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q).
: 1.
: 2. NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
IF Reactor Recirculation Pump trips, RERFORM actions JAW EIC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q).
: 2.
NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D2668             RECIRC PMP A SEAL/PRG SPLY           Alarm only VLV D5342             RECIRC PUMP A CIRCUIT                 1. Rx Recirc. Pump AP201 Trip.
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2668 RECIRC PMP A SEAL/PRG SPLY Alarm only VLV D5342 RECIRC PUMP A CIRCUIT
                                  .BREAKERS                             2. Alarm only for D5342 CAUSE 2
: 1. Rx Recirc. Pump AP201 Trip.
__                                AND 3.
.BREAKERS
D2917             RECIRC MG DRIVE MOTOR A               Rx Recirc. Pump AP201 trips from BRKR                                 breaker opening OR failure to close.
: 2. Alarm only for D5342 CAUSE 2 AND 3.
D2865             RECIRC MG A LUBOIL PUMP 1             1. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump OPF                                     AlP120 trips due to reasons listed in D2865 CAUSE 1.
D2917 RECIRC MG DRIVE MOTOR A Rx Recirc. Pump AP201 trips from BRKR breaker opening OR failure to close.
: 2. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2P120 auto- starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
D2865 RECIRC MG A LUBOIL PUMP 1
: 1. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump OPF AlP120 trips due to reasons listed in D2865 CAUSE 1.
: 2. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-41OD GESIL361 Hopse Creek                                       Page 86 of 162                               .Rev. 25 mm
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-41OD GESIL361 Hopse Creek Page 86 of 162
.Rev. 25 mm


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal TJse Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal TJse Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 INPUTS Digital Point/
ATTACHMENT D4 INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication             Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D2867         RECIRC MG A LUBOIL PUMP2             1. Rx Recire Lube Oil Pump OPF.                                     A2P 120 trips due to reasons listed in D2867 CAUSE 1.
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2867 RECIRC MG A LUBOIL PUMP2
: 2. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump AlP120 auto- starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
: 1. Rx Recire Lube Oil Pump OPF.
D5340         RECIRC MG A DRIVE/LUBOIL             Emergency Lube Oil Pump AP1 13 PRESS                                 auto-starts
A2P 120 trips due to reasons listed in D2867 CAUSE 1.
: 2. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump AlP120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
D5340 RECIRC MG A DRIVE/LUBOIL Emergency Lube Oil Pump AP1 13 PRESS auto-starts


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-410D GESIL361 Hope Creek                                     Page 87 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-410D GESIL361 Hope Creek Page 87 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                             HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2668 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC PMP A SEAL/PRG SPLY VLV                         SETPOINT             N/A DESCRIPTION             MOV HV-3800A no longer operative                         ORIGIN           MCC 10B242 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2668 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PMP A SEAL/PRG SPLY VLV SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION MOV HV-3800A no longer operative ORIGIN MCC 10B242 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     IF valve position indication is still available, CHECK thermal overload for cause of trouble.
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the Containment Isolation Valves requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.3.
IF valve position indication is still available, CHECK thermal overload for cause of trouble.
CAUSE                                           CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
: 1. Motor operated valve inoperative due to:           1A. SEND an operator to Breaker 52-242013
ENSURE compliance with the Containment Isolation Valves requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.3.
: a. breaker 52-242013 tripped.                   1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: b. thermal overloads tripped                         NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting
: 1. Motor operated valve inoperative due to:
: c. control power fuse faulty
1A. SEND an operator to Breaker 52-242013
: d. control power transformer faulty             1C. IF OVLDIPWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
: a. breaker 52-242013 tripped.
1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
: b. thermal overloads tripped NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting
: c.
control power fuse faulty
: d. control power transformer faulty 1C. IF OVLDIPWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-43-1, Sht. I J-43-0, Sht. 6; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 J-00-0, Sht. 3 Hope Creek                                           Page 88 of 162                                   Rev. 25
M-43-1, Sht. I J-43-0, Sht. 6; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 J-00-0, Sht. 3 Hope Creek Page 88 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D5342 NOMENCLATURE, RECIRC PUMP A CIRCUIT BREAKERS                                 SETPC LINT   Various DESCRIPTION               Ckt brkr AN205/CN205 tripped/ malfuriction           ORI 'GIN  Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE, RECIRC PUMP A CIRCUIT BREAKERS SETPC D5342 LINT Various
: 1.     Reactor Recirc. EOC-RPT breaker AN205 and/or CN205 trip due to reasons listed in CAUSE 1 below.
'GIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Ckt brkr AN205/CN205 tripped/ malfuriction ORI AUTOMATIC ACTION:
: 2.     Alarm only for CAUSE 2 or 3 below.
: 1.
Reactor Recirc. EOC-RPT breaker AN205 and/or CN205 trip due to reasons listed in CAUSE 1 below.
: 2.
Alarm only for CAUSE 2 or 3 below.
OPE RATOR ACTION:
OPE RATOR ACTION:
I.     REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q)
I.
REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q)
AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event a Reactor Recirc Pump trip occurs.
AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event a Reactor Recirc Pump trip occurs.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.1 3.4.1.1, 3.3.4.2 and 3.4.1.3.
: 2.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.1 3.4.1.1, 3.3.4.2 and 3.4.1.3.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Reactor Recirc. Pump AP201 EOC-RPT breaker(s)
: 1. Reactor Recirc. Pump AP201 EOC-RPT breaker(s)
(1)52-AN2051(1)52-CN205 tripped due to:
(1)52-AN2051(1)52-CN205 tripped due to:
1   RRCS Recire Pump trip input signal         1A.1 REFERtoHC.OP-EO.ZZ-0l01(Q).
1 RRCS Recire Pump trip input signal
(-38" OR 1071 psig).
(-38" OR 1071 psig).
: 2. RPS Recirc. Pump trip input signal           1A2. REFERtoHC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q)
: 2.
(Turbine Control Valves CV-1, CV-2               and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) fast closure) AND Turbine Stop Valves MSV-1, MSV-3 < 90% open WHEN RX power is > 30%.
RPS Recirc. Pump trip input signal (Turbine Control Valves CV-1, CV-2 fast closure) AND Turbine Stop Valves MSV-1, MSV-3 < 90% open WHEN RX power is > 30%.
1A.1 REFERtoHC.OP-EO.ZZ-0l01(Q).
1A2. REFERtoHC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q)
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0,, Sht. 9         J-OOA-O, Sht. 3 E-3043-0                E-6016-0, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 E-0009-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 Hope Creek                                       Page 89 of 162                           Rev. 25
J-43-0,, Sht. 9 E-3043-0 J-OOA-O, Sht. 3 E-6016-0, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 E-0009-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 89 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT D4 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5342 CAUSE                       (             CORRECTIVE ACTION
DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5342 CAUSE
(
CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Reactor Recirc Pump AP201 EOC-RPT breaker(s) (1)52-AN20S/
: 1. Reactor Recirc Pump AP201 EOC-RPT breaker(s) (1)52-AN20S/
(1)52-CN205 tripped due to:
(1)52-CN205 tripped due to:
(Continued)
(Continued)
: 3. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.                   IA3. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q)
: 3. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.
CST (1)52-AN205/(1)52-CN205 in                and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
CST (1)52-AN205/(1)52-CN205 in TRIP OR PULL TO LOCK position.
TRIP OR PULL TO LOCK position.
: 4. Overcurrent relay (1)50A (senses high current in electrical conductors between breakers(1)52-AN205, (1)52-CN205 AND Pump AP201) tripped.
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
: 1. For breaker (1)52-AN205, breaker 23 of Class IE 125VDC Dist. Panel 1AD417 tripped.
IA3. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
1B3. SEND an operator to tripped breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the breaker switch position.
1B3. SEND an operator to tripped breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the breaker switch position.
IC3. ENSURE compliance with Tech Spec 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
IC3. ENSURE compliance with Tech Spec 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 4. Overcurrent relay (1)50A (senses          IA4. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003 (Q) high current in electrical conductors          and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
IA4. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003 (Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
between breakers(1)52-AN205, (1)52-CN205 AND Pump AP201)                1B4. ENSURE compliance with Tech Spec3.4.1.1 tripped.                                        and 3.4.1.3.
1B4. ENSURE compliance with Tech Spec3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
1C4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
1C4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
2A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 1. For breaker (1)52-AN205, breaker          2A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective 23 of Class IE 125VDC Dist. Panel              action.
1AD417 tripped.
2B 1. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.42 and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
2B 1. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.42 and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
Continued next page Hope Creek                                       Page 90 of 162                                 Rev. 25
Continued next page Hope Creek Page 90 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5342 CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5342 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
(Continued)
(Continued)
: 2. For breaker (1)52-AN205, breaker       2A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective 72-41023 of Class IE 125VDC                 action.
: 2. For breaker (1)52-AN205, breaker 72-41023 of Class IE 125VDC Switchgear 10D410 tripped.
Switchgear 10D410 tripped.
: 3. For breaker (1)52-CN20S, breaker 23 of Class 1E125VDC Dist Panel I CD417 tripped.
: 4. For breaker (1)52-CN205, breaker 72-42023 of Class 1E 125VDC Switchgear 10D420 tripped.
: 5. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.
CST (1)52-AN205 or(l)52-CN205 placed in PULL TO LOCK position.
: 6. Breaker (1)52-AN205 or (1)52-CN205125VDC control power circuitl5A fuse(s) faulty.
2A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
2B2. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
2B2. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
: 3. For breaker (1)52-CN20S,                2A3. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective breaker 23 of Class 1E125VDC                action.
2A3. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
Dist Panel I CD417 tripped.
2B3. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
2B3. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
: 4. For breaker (1)52-CN205, breaker        2A4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective 72-42023 of Class 1E 125VDC                  action.
2A4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
Switchgear 10D420 tripped.
2B4. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
2B4. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
: 5. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.                2A5. SEND an operator to the breaker(s) to CST (1)52-AN205 or(l)52-CN205                investigate the reason for the switch placed in PULL TO LOCK position.            Position.
2A5. SEND an operator to the breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the switch Position.
: 6. Breaker (1)52-AN205 or                  2A6. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (1)52-CN205125VDC control power              action.
2A6. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
circuitl5A fuse(s) faulty.
Continued next page Hopse Creek Page 91 of 162 Rev. 25
Continued next page Hopse Creek                                   Page 91 of 162                                 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D5342 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5342 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
(Continued)
(Continued)
: 7. Breaker (1)52-AN205 OR                   2A7. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (1)52-CN205 not racked in to the               action.
: 7. Breaker (1)52-AN205 OR (1)52-CN205 not racked in to the "CONN' position.
                "CONN' position.
: 8. EOC-RPT breaker(1)52-AN205 OR (1)52-CN205 open.
: 8. EOC-RPT breaker(1)52-AN205 OR           2A8. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q)
(1)52-CN205 open.                            and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
: 3. Spring charging device not charged due to:
: 3. Spring charging device not charged due to:
: 1. Loss of breaker(1)52-AN205 OR           3AL. REFER to CORRECTIVE ACTION 2AI and (1)52-CN205 125VDC control power.             21 I, 2A2 and 222, 2A3 and 2B3 or 2A4 and 2B4
: 1. Loss of breaker(1)52-AN205 OR (1)52-CN205 125VDC control power.
: 2. Faulty breaker(1)52-AN205 OR           3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (1)52-CN20S SPRING CHARGING                   action.
2A7. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
DEVICE 15A fuse(s).
2A8. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
IHopc Creek                                     Page 92 of 162                             Rev. 25
3AL. REFER to CORRECTIVE ACTION 2AI and 21 I, 2A2 and 222, 2A3 and 2B3 or 2A4 and 2B4 3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 2. Faulty breaker(1)52-AN205 OR (1)52-CN20S SPRING CHARGING DEVICE 15A fuse(s).
IHopc Creek Page 92 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                           IIHC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIHC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2917 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC MG DRIVE MOTOR A BRKR                         SETPOINT         Various DESCRIPTION               Recirc Drive Motor IAG120 fault                         ORIGIN        Multiple  . . .
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2917 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG DRIVE MOTOR A BRKR SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Recirc Drive Motor IAG120 fault AUTOMATIC ACTION:
AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Reactor Recirc Pump AP20 trips for numerous reasons and/or alarm only, OPERATOR ACTION:
Reactor Recirc Pump AP20 trips for numerous reasons and/or alarm only, OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Recirc. Pump trip occurs.
: 1.
: 2.     -ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3,4.1.3, 3.4.1.1, 3.3.4.1 and 3.3.4.2.
REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Recirc. Pump trip occurs.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.  
: 1. MG Set Drive Motor IAG120 manually             IA. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) tripped from Control Room.                          and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Recirc Pump trip occurs.
-ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3,4.1.3, 3.4.1.1, 3.3.4.1 and 3.3.4.2.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. MG Set Drive Motor IAG120 manually tripped from Control Room.
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the drive motor control power circuit due to:
: 1. Loss of "normal" 125VDC control power to 7.2KV switchgear 1OAI 10.
: 2. Breaker (2)52-11002 not in the CONN position.
IA. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Recirc Pump trip occurs.
lB. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
lB. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the drive motor control power circuit due to:
2A1. SWAP to alternate control power source.
: 1. Loss of "normal" 125VDC control            2A1. SWAP to alternate control power source.
7.2KV SWITCHGEAR No. IOAI 10 AUX.
power to 7.2KV switchgear 1OAI 10.                  7.2KV SWITCHGEAR No. IOAI 10 AUX.
COMP.
COMP.
: 2. Breaker (2)52-11002 not in the              2A2. REQUE ST the CRS to initiate corrective CONN position.                                  action.
2A2. REQUE ST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43 -0, Sht. 9,                     J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht 3 E-3043-0,                            E-6001-0, Sht. 1 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht. 8 Hope Creek                                         Page 93 of 162                                 Rev. 25
J-43 -0, Sht. 9, E-3043-0, PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht. 8 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht 3 E-6001-0, Sht. 1 Hope Creek Page 93 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only                                                     IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D2917 CAUSE                       I             CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2917 CAUSE I
CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the drive motor control power circuit due to:
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the drive motor control power circuit due to:
(Continued)
(Continued)
: 3. Breaker (2)52-11002ICST in TRIP OR PULL TO LOCK position.                2A3. Same as 2A2 above.
: 3. Breaker (2)52-11002ICST in TRIP OR PULL TO LOCK position.
: 4. Faulty 15A fuse in Drive Motor           2A4. Same as 2A2 above.
: 4. Faulty 15A fuse in Drive Motor IAG1 20 control power circuit.
IAG1 20 control power circuit.
: 3. Closing spring not charged due to:
: 3. Closing spring not charged due to:
: 1. Spring charging device POWER             3A1. ENSURE the switch is in the ON position.
: 1. Spring charging device POWER CONTROL SWITCH in the OFF position.
CONTROL SWITCH in the OFF position.
: 2. Faulty fuse in the 15A FUSE BREAKER CHG. MOTOR circuitry.
: 2. Faulty fuse in the 15A FUSE               3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective BREAKER CHG. MOTOR circuitry.                  action.
: 3. Faulty spring charging device.
: 3. Faulty spring charging device.            3A3. Same as 3A2 above.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Recire Drive Motor lAG120.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input to the       4A. Same as 3A2 above.
2A3. Same as 2A2 above.
motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Recire Drive Motor lAG120.
2A4. Same as 2A2 above.
3A1. ENSURE the switch is in the ON position.
3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3A3. Same as 3A2 above.
4A. Same as 3A2 above.
Note Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.
Note Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.
Continued next page H~ope Creek                                     Page 94 of 162                               Rev. 25
Continued next page H~ope Creek Page 94 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     1C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only 1C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D2917 CAUSE
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2917 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION I
* CORRECTIVE ACTION I
: 5. Recire Drive Motor IAG120 7.2Kv breaker (2)52-11002 tripped due to:
: 5. Recire Drive Motor IAG120 7.2Kv breaker (2)52-11002 tripped due to:
: 1. Suction Valve HV-F023A less             5Al. INVESTIGATE position of valve.
: 1. Suction Valve HV-F023A less than 90% open.
than 90% open.
: 2. Discharge Valve HV-FO3IA less than 90% open.
: 3. Lube oil pressure less than 30 psig for greater than 6 seconds.
: 4. Lube oil temp greater than 21 00F.
5Al. INVESTIGATE position of valve.
5B11. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
5B11. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 2. Discharge Valve HV-FO3IA less            5A2. Same as 5Al above.
5A2. Same as 5Al above.
than 90% open.
5B2. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
5B2. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 3. Lube oil pressure less than              5A3. REFER to digital alarm point D2865 30 psig for greater than 6 seconds.            Attachment D4.
5A3. REFER to digital alarm point D2865 Attachment D4.
5B3. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
5B3. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 4. Lube oil temp greater than 21 00 F.      5A4. ENSURE TACS is properly aligned to the Lube Oil Cooler.
5A4. ENSURE TACS is properly aligned to the Lube Oil Cooler.
5B4. ENSURE, compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
5B4. ENSURE, compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
Continued Hope Creek                                     Page 95 of 162                             Rev. 25
Continued Hope Creek Page 95 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ.0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ.0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D2917 CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2917 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
                                                    *1
*1
: 5. Phase Overcurrent Relay (2)50/51       5A5. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective Phase A(B)(C) tripped.                       action.
: 5. Phase Overcurrent Relay (2)50/51 Phase A(B)(C) tripped.
: 6. Bus Undervoltage Relay (2)27AX1 (2)-i 10 tripped.
: 7. Bus Differential Lockout Relay (2)86D-11002 tripped.
: 8. Reverse-Phase/Phase Balance Relay (2)46 tripped.
: 9. Bus Overcurrent Lockout Relay (2)860C1-l 10 tripped.
: 10. Feeder ground overcurrent relay (2)50G tripped.
5A5. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
5B5. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
5B5. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 6. Bus Undervoltage Relay                  5A6. Same as 5A6 above.
5A6. Same as 5A6 above.
(2)27AX1 (2)-i 10 tripped.
5A7. Same as 5A6 above.
: 7. Bus Differential Lockout Relay          5A7. Same as 5A6 above.
5A8. Same as SA6 above.
(2)86D-11002 tripped.
5A9. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 8. Reverse-Phase/Phase Balance            5A8. Same as SA6 above.
Relay (2)46 tripped.
: 9. Bus Overcurrent Lockout Relay          5A9. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (2)860C1-l 10 tripped.                      action.
5B9. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
5B9. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 10. Feeder ground overcurrent relay      5AIO. Same as 5A9 above.
5AIO. Same as 5A9 above.
(2)50G tripped.
Hope Creek Page 96 of 162 Rev. 25
Hope Creek                                   Page 96 of 162                             Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
A'ITACHIMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2865 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC MG A LUBOIL PUMP I OPF                         SETPC)TNT       Various DESCRIPTION             -
A'ITACHIMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG A LUBOIL PUMP I OPF SETPC D2865
RX Recirc. Lube Oil Pump AIP120 Malfunction .
)TNT Various IGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION RX Recirc. Lube Oil Pump AIP120 Malfunction OR AUTOMATIC ACTION:
OR IGIN    Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
: 1.
: 1.     RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump AIP120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE I below.
RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump AIP120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE I below.
: 2.     RX Recire Lube Oil Pump A2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
: 2.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.
RX Recire Lube Oil Pump A2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 1.
: 2.     IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc Pump AP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump API 13 auto starts.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
CAUSE,                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc Pump AP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump API 13 auto starts.
: CAUSE, CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Reactor Recirc Lube Oil Pump AlP120 tripped due to:
: 1. Reactor Recirc Lube Oil Pump AlP120 tripped due to:
: 1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.             AL. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.
: 2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M tripped.             IA2. Same as above.
AL. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 3. Breaker 52-13031 not racked to             1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of breaker.
: 2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M tripped.
IA2. Same as above.
: 3. Breaker 52-13031 not racked to 1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of breaker.
the CONN position.
the CONN position.
: 4. Breaker 52-13031 Control Switch             1A4. SEND operator to investigate position of turned to TRIP AND breaker racked               breaker.
: 4. Breaker 52-13031 Control Switch 1A4. SEND operator to investigate position of turned to TRIP AND breaker racked breaker.
to TEST position.
to TEST position.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9           J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0                          PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek                                         Page 97 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 E-6406-0 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 97 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2865 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2865 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. MG Set Drive Motor AG120 running             2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump A2P120 is in AUTO.
: 2. MG Set Drive Motor AG120 running with Lube Oil Pump A2P120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
with Lube Oil Pump A2P120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
: 3. Loss of control power to breaker 52-13031 dueto:
: 3. Loss of control power to breaker 52-13031 dueto:
1.Faulty 15A or 6A fuse in the             3A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective breaker's control power circuit.                action.
: 1. Faulty 15A or 6A fuse in the breaker's control power circuit.
: 2. Loss of 125VDC control power             3A2. SWITCH to alternate source.
: 2. Loss of 125VDC control power to Unit Substation 1OB130.
to Unit Substation 1OB130.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump AIP120.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input           4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective to the motor malfunction detection logic           action.
: 5. Loss of spring charged dummy input to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump AIP120.
circuit of Lube Oil Pump AIP120.
2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump A2P120 is in AUTO.
3A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3A2. SWITCH to alternate source.
4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
NOTE Loss of the control power dummy Input causes a false alarm.
NOTE Loss of the control power dummy Input causes a false alarm.
: 5. Loss of spring charged dummy input            5A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective to the circuit breaker malfunction                action.
5A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump AIP120.
NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.
NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9           J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0                        PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek                                       Page 98 of 162                             Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 E-6406-0 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 98 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                             HC. OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC. OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2867 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC MG A LUB OIL PUMP 2 OPF                         SETP( )INT     Various DESCRIPTION               Rpl 5Recirc, Lube Oil Pump A2P120 malfunction   .
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG A LUB OIL PUMP 2 OPF SETP(
OR ]GIN    Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
D2867
: 1.     RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2P120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE I below.
)INT Various
: 2.     RX Recire Lube Oil Pump AIP120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
]GIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Rpl AUTOMATIC ACTION:
5Recirc, Lube Oil Pump A2P120 malfunction OR
: 1.
RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2P120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE I below.
: 2.
RX Recire Lube Oil Pump AIP120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 1.
: 2.     IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc. Pump AP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump AP I13 auto starts.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.
: 2.
CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION
IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc. Pump AP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump AP I13 auto starts.
: 1. Reactor Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2P 120
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Reactor Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2P 120
: 1. Reac~tor Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2Pl20 tripped due to:
: 1. Reac~tor Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2Pl20 tripped due to:
: 1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.              IAl. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.
: 2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M tripped.            1A2. Same as above.
: 2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M tripped.
: 3. Breaker 52-14031 not racked to the         1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of CONN position.                                    breaker.
: 3. Breaker 52-14031 not racked to the CONN position.
: 4. Breaker 52-14031 control switch             I A4. SEND operator to investigate position of turned to TRIP AND breaker racked                breaker.
: 4. Breaker 52-14031 control switch turned to TRIP AND breaker racked to TEST position.
to TEST position.
IAl. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
1A2. Same as above.
1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of breaker.
I A4. SEND operator to investigate position of breaker.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9             J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0                          PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek                                         Page 99 of 162                                 Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 E-6406-0 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 99 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHME NT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2867 CAUSE                       I   T         CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHME NT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2867 CAUSE I T CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. MG Set Drive Motor AG120 running               2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump AlP120 is in AUTO.
: 2. MG Set Drive Motor AG120 running with Lube Oil Pump AlP120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
with Lube Oil Pump AlP120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
: 3. Loss of control power to Breaker 52-14031 due to:
: 3. Loss of control power to Breaker 52-14031 due to:
: 1. Faulty 15A OR 6A fuse in the               3AL. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective breaker's control power circuit.               action,
: 1. Faulty 1 5A OR 6A fuse in the breaker's control power circuit.
: 2. Loss of 125VDC Control Power               3A2. SWITCH to Alternate Source.
: 2. Loss of 125VDC Control Power to Unit Substation 1OB 140.
to Unit Substation 1OB 140.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump A2P120.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input to the     4A. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 5. Loss of spring charged dummy input to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump A2P120.
motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump A2P120.
2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump AlP120 is in AUTO.
3AL. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective
: action, 3A2. SWITCH to Alternate Source.
4A. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
o NOTE Loss of the control power dummy Input causes a false alarm.
o NOTE Loss of the control power dummy Input causes a false alarm.
J
J SA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 5. Loss of spring charged dummy input to the SA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump A2P120.
NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.
NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9           J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0                        PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Crock                                       Page 100 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 E-6406-0 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Crock Page 100 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                             HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACIIMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                  D5340 NOMENCLATURE               RECIRC MG A DRIVE/LUB OIL PRESS                     SETPOINT       < 10 psig.
ATTACIIMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG A DRIVE/LUB OIL PRESS POINT D5340 SETPOINT  
for> 6 sec DESCRIPTION               RX MG Set A lube oil pressure low                       ORIGIN      PSL-8302A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
< 10 psig.
for> 6 sec ORIGIN PSL-8302A DESCRIPTION RX MG Set A lube oil pressure low AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Emergency Lube Oil Pump API 13 auto-starts.
Emergency Lube Oil Pump API 13 auto-starts.
OPERATOR ACIION:
OPERATOR ACIION:
: 1. At the discretion of the SMICRS, VERIFY low Recirc MG Set A lube oil header pressure [locally]
: 1.
At the discretion of the SMICRS, VERIFY low Recirc MG Set A lube oil header pressure [locally]
OR TRIP the Recirc MG Set IF still operating.
OR TRIP the Recirc MG Set IF still operating.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specification 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.
: 2.
T CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specification 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.
: 1. RX Recire Lube Oil Pump(s) AlPI20                 IA. STARTPumpAIP120 AND A2P120 stopped.                                  ORA2PI20.
T CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Improper process piping alignment.               2A. ENSURE the process piping is properly aligned.
: 1. RX Recire Lube Oil Pump(s) AlPI20 AND A2P120 stopped.
: 3. Lube Oil Header Pressure Control Valve            3A. MANUALLY POSITION valve to obtain the PCV-8280A malfunction.                                required lube oil header pressure.
: 2. Improper process piping alignment.
: 3. Lube Oil Header Pressure Control Valve PCV-8280A malfunction.
IA. STARTPumpAIP120 ORA2PI20.
2A. ENSURE the process piping is properly aligned.
3A. MANUALLY POSITION valve to obtain the required lube oil header pressure.
3B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-43-1, Sht. 2 J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3;Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek                                           Page 101 of 162                               locavl 25
M-43-1, Sht. 2 J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3;Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 101 of 162 locavl 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internl Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.Zz-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internl Use Only ATTACHMENT D4 HC.OP-AR.Zz-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D5340 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5340 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 4. Process piping line rupture                     4A. RE QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 4. Process piping line rupture 4A. RE QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 5. Lube Oil Filter LF-173A is clogged.           5A. SWITCH to alternate filter.
: 5. Lube Oil Filter LF-173A is clogged.
5A. SWITCH to alternate filter.
IF header pressure is still low, REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
IF header pressure is still low, REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 6. Lube.Oil Pumps Safety Valve                   6A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective I-BB-PSV-8279A is open.                           action.
: 6. Lube.Oil Pumps Safety Valve 6A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective I-BB-PSV-8279A is open.
: 7. MG Set lube oil leakage into TACS due to 7A. ISOLATE TACS to oil cooler by closing Hydraulic Oil Cooler 1AE126 tube                   TACS Valves 1-EG-V355 and I-EG-V356.
action.
: 7. MG Set lube oil leakage into TACS due to 7A. ISOLATE TACS to oil cooler by closing Hydraulic Oil Cooler 1AE126 tube TACS Valves 1-EG-V355 and I-EG-V356.
rupture.
rupture.
7B. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
7B. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M43-l, Sht. 2 J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3;Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek                                       Page 102 of 162                             Rev. 25
M43-l, Sht. 2 J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3;Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 102 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTCHMENT D5 REACTOR RECIRC B                             Window Location             C1-D5 TROUBLE OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTCHMENT D5 REACTOR RECIRC B TROUBLE Window Location C1-D5 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. IF Reactor Recirculation Pump trips, RESPOND LAW HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-A13.RPV-0002(Q).
: 1.
: 2. NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
IF Reactor Recirculation Pump trips, RESPOND LAW HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-A13.RPV-0002(Q).
: 2.
NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication               Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D2886           RECIRC PMP B SEAL/PRG                 Alarm only SPLY VLV D5343           RECIRC PUMP B CIRCUIT                 1. Reactor Recirc Pump BP201 trip.
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2886 RECIRC PMP B SEAL/PRG Alarm only SPLY VLV D5343 RECIRC PUMP B CIRCUIT
BREAKERS                             2. Alarm only for D5343 CAUSE 2 AND 3.
: 1. Reactor Recirc Pump BP201 trip.
D2918           RECIRC MG DRIVR MOTOR B               Reactor Recire Pump BP201 trips BRKR                                 from breaker opening OR failure to close.
BREAKERS
D2866           RECIRC MG B LUBOIL PUMP               1. Rx Rccirc Lube Oil Pump B1P12O 1 OPF                                   trips due to reasons listed in D2866 CAUSE 1.
: 2. Alarm only for D5343 CAUSE 2 AND 3.
: 2. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 auto- starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
D2918 RECIRC MG DRIVR MOTOR B Reactor Recire Pump BP201 trips BRKR from breaker opening OR failure to close.
D2866 RECIRC MG B LUBOIL PUMP
: 1. Rx Rccirc Lube Oil Pump B1P12O 1 OPF trips due to reasons listed in D2866 CAUSE 1.
: 2. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht, 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-410D GE SIL 361 Hopse Creek                                     Page 203 of 162                                   Rcev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht, 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-410D GE SIL 361 Hopse Creek Page 203 of 162 Rcev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 INPUTS Digital Point/
ATTACHMENT D5 INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication             Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D2868         RECIRC MG B LUBOIL PUMP               3.Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump "      2P 120 2 OPF                                   trips due to reasons listed in D2868 CAUSE 1.
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2868 RECIRC MG B LUBOIL PUMP
: 2. RxRecirc Lube Oil Pump BIP120 auto- starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
: 3. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump 2P 120 2 OPF trips due to reasons listed in D2868 CAUSE 1.
D5341         RECIRC MG B DRIVE/ILUBOIL             Emergency Lube Oil Pump BP113 PRESS                                 auto-starts
: 2. RxRecirc Lube Oil Pump BIP120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
D5341 RECIRC MG B DRIVE/ILUBOIL Emergency Lube Oil Pump BP113 PRESS auto-starts


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-410D GE SIL 361 Hope Creek                                     Page 104 of 162                                     Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-410D GE SIL 361 Hope Creek Page 104 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES
. PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only                                                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
. PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2886 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC PMP B SEAL/PRG SPLY VLV                       SETPOINT           N/A DESCRIPTION             MOY HV-3800B no longer operable                         ORIGIN         MCC 1OB242 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2886 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PMP B SEAL/PRG SPLY VLV SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION MOY HV-3800B no longer operable ORIGIN MCC 1 OB242 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only' OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only' OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     IF valve position indication is still available, CHECK thermal overloads for cause of trouble.
: 1.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the Containment Isolation Valves requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.3.
IF valve position indication is still available, CHECK thermal overloads for cause of trouble.
_.        _    .                  .I CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
                                                              +
ENSURE compliance with the Containment Isolation Valves requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.3.
: 1. Motor operated valve inoperative due to:           1A. SEND an operator to Breaker 52-242162
.I CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: a. breaker 52-242 162 tripped                      lB. IF breaker
+
: b. thermal overloads tripped                          OR thermal overloads are tripped, C. control power fuse faulty                          NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
: 1. Motor operated valve inoperative due to:
: d. control power transformer faulty 1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REaQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.
a.
b.
C.
d.
breaker 52-242 162 tripped thermal overloads tripped control power fuse faulty control power transformer faulty 1A. SEND an operator to Breaker 52-242162 lB. IF breaker OR thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REaQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-43-1, Sht. I, J-43-0, Sht. 6; Sht. 9; Sht. 10, J-00-0, Sht. 3, Hope Crcek                                           Page 105 of 162                             Rev. 25
M-43-1, Sht. I, J-43-0, Sht. 6; Sht. 9; Sht. 10, J-00-0, Sht. 3, Hope Crcek Page 105 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D5343 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC PUMP B CIRCUIT BREAKERS                     SETPO 1INT   Various DESCRIPTION               Ckt brkr BN205/DN205 tripped/ malfunction             ORI GIN  Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PUMP B CIRCUIT BREAKERS SETPO D5343 1INT Various GIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Ckt brkr BN205/DN205 tripped/ malfunction ORI AUTOMATIC ACTION:
: 1. Reactor Recirc. EOC-RPT breaker BN205 and/or DN205 trip due to reasons listed in CAUSE 1 below.
: 1.
: 2. Alarm only for CAUSE 2 or 3 below.
Reactor Recirc. EOC-RPT breaker BN205 and/or DN205 trip due to reasons listed in CAUSE 1 below.
: 2.
Alarm only for CAUSE 2 or 3 below.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Reactor Recirc. Pump trip occurs.
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1, 3.4.1.3, 3.3.4.1 and 3.4.4.2.
REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Reactor Recirc. Pump trip occurs.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2.
ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1, 3.4.1.3, 3.3.4.1 and 3.4.4.2.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Reactor Recirc. Pump BP201 EOC-RPT breaker(s) (1)52-BN205/
: 1. Reactor Recirc. Pump BP201 EOC-RPT breaker(s) (1)52-BN205/
(1)52-DN205 tripped due to:
(1)52-DN205 tripped due to:
: 1. RRCS Recirc Pump trip input               lAI. REFERto HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0ll(Q).
: 1. RRCS Recirc Pump trip input lAI. REFERto HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0ll(Q).
signal (-38' or- 071 psig).
signal (-38' or- 071 psig).
: 2. RPS Recirc Pump trip input signal         1A2. REFER to HC.0P-AB.RPV-0003(Q).
: 2. RPS Recirc Pump trip input signal 1A2. REFER to HC.0P-AB.RPV-0003(Q).
(Turbine Control Valves CV-3, CV-4               and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
(Turbine Control Valves CV-3, CV-4 and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
fast closure) AND Turbine Stop Valves MSV-2, MSV4 < 90% open WHEN RX power is > 30%.
fast closure) AND Turbine Stop Valves MSV-2, MSV4 < 90% open WHEN RX power is > 30%.
Continued RIE FERENCE S:           J43-0, Sht. 9             J-OOA-0, Sht. 3 E-3043-0                   E-6016-0, Sht. 1; Sbt. 2 E-0009-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 Hope Creek                                         Page 106 of 162                         Rtev. 25
Continued RIE FE RENCE S:
J43-0, Sht. 9 E-3043-0 E-0009-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 J-OOA-0, Sht. 3 E-6016-0, Sht. 1; Sbt. 2 Hope Creek Page 106 of 162 Rtev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                                           IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5343 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5343 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.                   IA3. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q)
: 3. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.
CST (1)52-BN205/(1)52-DN205 in                  and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
CST (1)52-BN205/(1)52-DN205 in TRIP OR PULL TO LOCK position.
TRIP OR PULL TO LOCK position.
: 4. Overcurrent Relay (l)50A(senses high current in electrical conductors between breakers(1)52-BN20S, (1)52-DN205 AND Pump BP201) tripped.
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
: 1. For breaker (1)52-BN205, breaker 23 of Class IEl25VDC Dist. Panel IAD417 tripped.
: 2. For breaker (1)52-BN205, breaker 72-41023 of Class 1E 125VDC Switchgear I 0D410 tripped.
IA3. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
1B3. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
1B3. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
1C3. SEND an operator to tripped breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the breaker switch position.
1 C3. SEND an operator to tripped breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the breaker switch position.
: 4. Overcurrent Relay (l)50A(senses            IA4. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q).
IA4. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q).
high current in electrical conductors            and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
between breakers(1)52-BN20S, (1)52-DN205 AND Pump BP201)                1B4. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs tripped.                                        3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
1B4. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
1C4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
1 C4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
2A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
1.For breaker (1)52-BN205, breaker          2A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective 23 of Class IEl25VDC Dist. Panel                action.
IAD417 tripped.
2B 1. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP SYSTEM Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2 and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
2B 1. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP SYSTEM Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2 and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
: 2. For breaker (1)52-BN205, breaker          2A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective 72-41023 of Class 1E 125VDC                    action.
2A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
Switchgear I 0D410 tripped.
2B2. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
2B2. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
Continued next page Hope Creek                                       Page 107 of 162                                 Rev. 25
Continued next page Hope Creek Page 107 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D5343 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5343 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
(Continued)
(Continued)
: 3. For breaker (1)52-DN205,                 2A3. RE QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective breaker 23of Class IEI25VDC Dist.            action.
: 3. For breaker (1)52-DN205, breaker 23of Class IEI25VDC Dist.
Panel 1CD417 tripped.                    2B3. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Ptunp Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
Panel 1CD417 tripped.
: 4. For breaker (1)52-DN205, breaker 72-42023 of Class 1E 125VDC Switchgear 1 0D420 tripped.
: 5. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.
CST (1)52-BN205 OR (1)52-DN205 placed in PULL TO LOCK position,
: 6. Breaker (1)52-BN205 OR (1)52-DN205 125VDC control power circuit 15A fuse(s) faulty.
: 7. Breaker (1)52-BN205 OR (1)52-CN205 not racked in to the "CONN" position.
: 8. EOC-RPT brcak-er(1)52-BN205 OR (l)52-DN205 open.
2A3. RE QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
2B3. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Ptunp Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
: 4. For breaker (1)52-DN205, breaker        2A4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective 72-42023 of Class 1E 125VDC                  action.
2A4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
Switchgear 10D420 tripped.
2B4. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2 and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
2B4. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2 and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.
: 5. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.                2A5. SEND an operator to the breaker(s) to CST (1)52-BN205 OR (1)52-DN205                investigate the reason for the switch placed in PULL TO LOCK position,              position.
2A5. SEND an operator to the breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the switch position.
: 6. Breaker (1)52-BN205 OR                  2A6. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (1)52-DN205 125VDC control power              action.
2A6. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
circuit 15A fuse(s) faulty.
2A7. RE, QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 7. Breaker (1)52-BN205 OR                  2A7. RE,QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (1)52-CN205 not racked in to the              action.
2A8. REFER to I-IC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
                "CONN" position.
Continued next page Hope Creek Page 108 of 162 Rev. 25
: 8. EOC-RPT brcak-er(1)52-BN205 OR          2A8. REFER to I-IC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q)
(l)52-DN205 open.                  _  .
and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).
Continued next page Hope Creek                                     Page 108 of 162                                 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D5343 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5343 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. Spring charging device not charged due to:
: 3. Spring charging device not charged due to:
: 1. Loss of breaker(l)52-BN205 OR           3A1. R1FER to CORRECTIVE ACTION 2A1 and (1)52-DN205 125VDC control power.             2BI, 2A2 and 2B2, 2A3 and 2B3 or 2A4 and 2B4
: 1. Loss of breaker(l)52-BN205 OR 3A1. R1FER to CORRECTIVE ACTION 2A1 and (1)52-DN205 125VDC control power.
: 2. Faulty breaker(1)52-AN205 OR             3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (1)52-CN205 SPRING CHARGING                   action.
2BI, 2A2 and 2B2, 2A3 and 2B3 or 2A4 and 2B4
: 2. Faulty breaker(1)52-AN205 OR 3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (1)52-CN205 SPRING CHARGING action.
DEVICE 15A fuse(s).
DEVICE 15A fuse(s).
Hope Creek                                     Page 109 of 162                           Rev. 25
Hope Creek Page 109 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D2918 NOMENCLATURE               RECIRC MG DRIVE MOTOR B BRKR                         SETPOPINT    Various DESCRIPTION               Recirc. Drive Motor 1BGI 20 fault                     ORI GIN    Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG DRIVE MOTOR B BRKR SETPO D2918 PINT Various GIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Recirc. Drive Motor 1BGI 20 fault ORI AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Reactor Recirc Pump BP201 trip for numerous reasons and/or alarm only.
Reactor Recirc Pump BP201 trip for numerous reasons and/or alarm only.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Recirc. Pump trip.
: 1.
      .2.     ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.3, 3.4.1.1, 3.3.4.1 and 3.3.4.2.
REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Recirc. Pump trip.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
.2.
: 1. MG Set Drive Motor lBG120                       lA. REFER to HC.OP-ABRPV-0003(Q) manually tripped from control room.                   and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) lB. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1. and 3.4.1.3.
ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.3, 3.4.1.1, 3.3.4.1 and 3.3.4.2.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. MG Set Drive Motor lBG120 lA. REFER to HC.OP-ABRPV-0003(Q) manually tripped from control room.
and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) lB. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1. and 3.4.1.3.
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the drive motor control power circuit due to:
: 2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the drive motor control power circuit due to:
: 1. Loss of "normal" 125VDC Control             2AL. SWITCH to alternate control power source at Power to 7.2Kv Switchgear 10A120.                 7.2KV SWITCHGEAR No. 10A120 AUX.
: 1. Loss of "normal" 125VDC Control 2AL. SWITCH to alternate control power source at Power to 7.2Kv Switchgear 10A120.
7.2KV SWITCHGEAR No. 10A120 AUX.
COMP.
COMP.
: 2. Breaker (2)52-12002 not in the             2A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective CONN position.                                   action.
: 2. Breaker (2)52-12002 not in the 2A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective CONN position.
: 3. Breaker (2)52-120021CST in TRIP           2A3. Same as 2A2 above.
action.
: 3. Breaker (2)52-120021CST in TRIP 2A3. Same as 2A2 above.
OR PULL TO LOCK position.
OR PULL TO LOCK position.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 9             J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 B-3042-0,                  E-6001-0, Sht. I PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.c Hope Creek                                         Page 110 of 162                             Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 9 B-3042-0, PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.c J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6001-0, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 110 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2918 CAUSE                                     CORRE CTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2918 CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION
            . Fy       A
. Fy A
: 4. Faulty 15A fulse in Drive Motor           2A4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective IB0120 control power circuit,                 action.
: 4. Faulty 15A fulse in Drive Motor IB0120 control power circuit,
: 3. Closing spring not charged due to:
: 3. Closing spring not charged due to:
: 1. Spring Charging Device POWER             3A1. ENSURE the switch is in the ON position.
: 1. Spring Charging Device POWER CONTROL SWITCH in the OFF position.
CONTROL SWITCH in the OFF position.
: 2. Faulty fuse in the ISA FUSE BREAKER CHG. MOTOR circuitry.
: 2. Faulty fuse in the ISA FUSE               3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective BREAKER CHG. MOTOR circuitry.                  action.
: 3. Faulty spring charging device.
: 3. Faulty spring charging device.            3A3. Same as 3A2 above.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor nialfunction detection logic circuit of Recirc Drive Motor IBG120.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input         4A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective to the motor nialfunction detection           action.
logic circuit of Recirc Drive Motor IBG120.                                                      Note Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.
: 5. Recirc Drive Motor lBG1207.2KV breaker (2)52-12002 tripped due to:
: 5. Recirc Drive Motor lBG1207.2KV breaker (2)52-12002 tripped due to:
: 1. Suction Valve HV-F023B less             5A1. INVESTIGATE position of valve.
: 1. Suction Valve HV-F023B less than 90% open.
than 90% open.
: 2. Discharge Valve HV-F031B less than 90% open.
2A4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3A1. ENSURE the switch is in the ON position.
3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3A3. Same as 3A2 above.
4A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
Note Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.
5A1. INVESTIGATE position of valve.
5B2. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
5B2. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 2. Discharge Valve HV-F031B less            5A2. INVESTIGATE position of valve.
5A2. INVESTIGATE position of valve.
than 90% open.
SB2. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
SB2. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
Continued next page Hope Creek                                       Page 111 of 162                             Rev. 25
Continued next page Hope Creek Page 111 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2918 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2918 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 5. Recirc Drive Motor 1BG120 7.2Kv Breaker (2)52-12002 tripped due to:
: 5. Recirc Drive Motor 1BG120 7.2Kv Breaker (2)52-12002 tripped due to:
(Continued)
(Continued)
: 3. Lube oil pressure less than 30 psig       5A3. REFER to digital alarm point D2866 for greater than 6 seconds.                    Attachment D5.
: 3. Lube oil pressure less than 30 psig for greater than 6 seconds.
: 4. Lube oil temp. greater than 210 0F.       5A4. ENSURE TACS is properly aligned to the lube oil cooler.
: 4. Lube oil temp. greater than 210 0F.
: 5. Phase Overcurrent Relay(2)50/51 Phase A(B)(C) tripped.
: 6. Bus Undervoltage Relay (2)27AX1 (2)-120 tripped.
5A3. REFER to digital alarm point D2866 Attachment D5.
5A4. ENSURE TACS is properly aligned to the lube oil cooler.
5B4. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
5B4. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 5. Phase Overcurrent Relay(2)50/51            5A5. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective Phase A(B)(C) tripped.                          action.
5A5. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
5B5 ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
5B5 ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 6. Bus Undervoltage Relay                     5A6. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (2)27AX1 (2)-120 tripped.                      action.
: 7. Bus Differential Lockout Relay (2)86D-12002 tripped.
5A6. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 7. Bus Differential Lockout Relay            5A7. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (2)86D-12002 tripped.                          action.
5A7. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
Continued next page Hope Creek                                       Page 112 of 162                             Rev. 25
Continued next page Hope Creek Page 112 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT D5 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D2918 CAUSE                                 CORRECTIVE ACTION
DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2918 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 8. Reverse-Phase/Phase Balance         5A8. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective Relay (2)46 tripped.                      action.
: 8. Reverse-Phase/Phase Balance Relay (2)46 tripped.
: 9. Bus Overcurrent Lockout Relay (2)860C1-120 tripped.
: 10. Feeder Ground Overcurrent Relay (2)50G tripped.
5A8. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 9. Bus Overcurrent Lockout Relay        5A9. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (2)860C1-120 tripped.                    action.
5A9. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 10. Feeder Ground Overcurrent Relay    5A10. Same as 5A9 above.
5A10. Same as 5A9 above.
(2)50G tripped.
Hope Creekc Page 113 of 162 Rev. 25
Hope Creekc                               Page 113 of 162                             Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                             HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT DS DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2866 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC MG B LUB OIL PUMP 1 OPF                       SETPOINT       Various DESCRIPTION             RX Recirc. Lube Oil Pump BIP120 malfunction                 ORIGIN     Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT DS DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2866 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG B LUB OIL PUMP 1 OPF SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION RX Recirc. Lube Oil Pump BIP120 malfunction ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
: 1. RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump BlP120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE 1 below.
: 1.
: 2.     RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump BlP120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE 1 below.
: 2.
RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
I. VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
I.
: 2.     IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc Pump BP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump BPI 13 auto starts.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3A.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc MG set is tripped.
: 2.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIYE ACTION
IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc Pump BP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump BPI 13 auto starts.
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3A.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc MG set is tripped.
CAUSE CORRECTIYE ACTION
: 1. Reactor Recirc. Lube Oil Pump BIP120 tripped due to:
: 1. Reactor Recirc. Lube Oil Pump BIP120 tripped due to:
: 1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.             IAl. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.
: 2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M tripped.           1A2. Same as IAI above.
IAl. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 3. Breaker 52-13021 not racked to             1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of the CONN position.                             breaker.
: 2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M tripped.
: 4. Breaker 52-13021 control switch           IA4. SEND an operator to investigate turned to TRIP AND breaker racked               position of breaker.
1A2. Same as IAI above.
: 3. Breaker 52-13021 not racked to 1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of the CONN position.
breaker.
: 4. Breaker 52-13021 control switch IA4. SEND an operator to investigate turned to TRIP AND breaker racked position of breaker.
to TEST position.
to TEST position.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9,           J-00-0, Slit. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0,                        PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 I-ope Crock                                       Page 114 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9, E-6406-0, J-00-0, Slit. 2; Sht. 3 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 I-ope Crock Page 114 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 P'SEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 P'SEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHME NT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D2866 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHME NT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2866 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. MG Set Drive Motor BG120 running               2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump B2P1120 is in AUTO.
: 2. MG Set Drive Motor BG120 running WITH Lube Oil Pump B22P120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
WITH Lube Oil Pump B22P120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
: 3. Loss of control power to breaker 52-13031 due to:
: 3. Loss of control power to breaker 52-13031 due to:
: 1. Faulty 15A OR 6A fuse in the               3A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective breaker's control power circuit.                action.
: 1. Faulty 15A OR 6A fuse in the breaker's control power circuit.
: 2. Loss of 125VDC control power to             3A2 SWITCH to alternate source.
: 2. Loss of 125VDC control power to Unit Substation IOB 130.
Unit Substation IOB 130.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump BlP120.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input               4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective to the motor malfunction detection logic           action.
: 5. Loss of spring charged dummy input to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump BIP120.
circuit of Lube Oil Pump BlP120.
2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump B2P1120 is in AUTO.
3A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3A2 SWITCH to alternate source.
4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
NOTE Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.
NOTE Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.
: 5. Loss of spring charged dummy input              5A. Same as above.
5A. Same as above.
to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil                                  NOTE Pump BIP120.
NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.
Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek                                       Page 115 of] C62                           Rev. 25'
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 115 of] C62 Rev. 25'


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212
]       PSEG Internal Use Only                                                           IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
]
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                  D2868 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC MG B LUB OIL PUMP 2 OPF                     SETPOINT         Various DESCRIPTION               RN'Recire. Lube Oil Pump B2P 120 malfunction               ORIGIN    Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
: 1.     RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE I below.
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG B LUB OIL PUMP 2 OPF POINT D2868 SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION RN AUTOMATIC ACTION:
: 2.      RX Recire Lube Oil Pump BlPI20 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
'Recire. Lube Oil Pump B2P 120 malfunction 1.
2.
RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE I below.
RX Recire Lube Oil Pump BlPI20 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 1.
: 2.     IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc Pump BP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump BPI 13 auto starts.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
: 3.     ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recire. MG set is tripped.
: 2.
I CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc Pump BP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump BPI 13 auto starts.
: 3.
ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recire. MG set is tripped.
I CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Reactor Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 tripped due to:
: 1. Reactor Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 tripped due to:
: 1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.              lAI. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.
: 2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M                     1A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M
: 3. Breaker 52-14021 not racked                 1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of to the CONN position.                            breaker.
: 3. Breaker 52-14021 not racked to the CONN position.
: 4. Breaker 52-14021 control switch             1A4. SEND operator to investigate position of turned to TRIP AND breaker racked                breaker.
: 4. Breaker 52-14021 control switch turned to TRIP AND breaker racked to TEST position.
to TEST position.
lAI. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
1A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
1A3. SE ND operator to investigate position of breaker.
1 A4. SEND operator to investigate position of breaker.
Continued
Continued


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9,           J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0,                        PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek                                         Page 116 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9, E-6406-0, J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 116 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                             BC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only BC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2868 CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION I
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2868 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION I
: 2. MG Set Drive Motor BG120 running               2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump BlPI20 is in AUTO.
: 2. MG Set Drive Motor BG120 running WITH Lube Oil Pump B1P120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
WITH Lube Oil Pump B1P120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
: 3. Loss of control power to Breaker 52-14021 due to:
: 3. Loss of control power to Breaker 52-14021 due to:
: 1. Faulty 1SA OR 6A fuse in the             3A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective breaker's control power circuit.                action.
: 1. Faulty 1SA OR 6A fuse in the breaker's control power circuit.
: 2. Loss of 125VDC control power to           3A2. SWITCH to alternate source.
: 2. Loss of 125VDC control power to Unit Substation IOB 140.
Unit Substation IOB 140.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump B2P120.
: 4. Loss of control power dummy input             4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective to the motor malfunction detection logic           action.
: 5. Loss of spring charged dummy input to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump B2P120.
circuit of Lube Oil Pump B2P120.
2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump BlPI20 is in AUTO.
3A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3A2. SWITCH to alternate source.
4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
NOTE Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.
NOTE Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.
: 5. Loss of spring charged dummy input            5A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
5A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil                                      NOTE Pump B2P120.
NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.
Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9,             J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0,                          PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek                                       Page 117 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9, E-6406-0, J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 117 of 162 Rev. 25 mm
                                                                  .---                                          mm


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACIIMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                  D5341 NOMENCLATURE               RECIRC MG B DRIVE/LUB OIL PRESS                     SETPOINT       < 10psig for> 6 sec.
ATTACIIMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG B DRIVE/LUB OIL PRESS POINT D5341 SETPOINT  
DESCRIPTION             RX MG Set B lube oil pressure low                       ORIGIN      PSL-8302B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
< 10psig for> 6 sec.
ORIGIN PSL-8302B DESCRIPTION RX MG Set B lube oil pressure low AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Emergency Lube Oil Pump BPI 13 auto-starts.
Emergency Lube Oil Pump BPI 13 auto-starts.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
I. At the discretion of the SM/CRS, VERIFY low Recirc MG Set B lube oil header pressure [locally]
I.
At the discretion of the SM/CRS, VERIFY low Recirc MG Set B lube oil header pressure [locally]
OR TRIP the Recirc MG Set IF still operating.
OR TRIP the Recirc MG Set IF still operating.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.
: 2.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.
: 1. RXRecirc. Lube Oil Pump(s)                     IA. START Pump B1P120 B 1P120 AND B2P120 stopped.                         OR B2P120.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Improper process piping alignment.             2A. ENSURE, the process piping -is properly aligned.
: 1. RXRecirc. Lube Oil Pump(s)
: 3. Lube Oil Header Pressure Control Valve         3A. MANUALLY POSITION valve to obtain the PCV-8280B malfunction.                               required lube oil header pressure.
IA. START Pump B1P120 B 1P120 AND B2P120 stopped.
OR B2P120.
: 2. Improper process piping alignment.
2A. ENSURE, the process piping -is properly aligned.
: 3. Lube Oil Header Pressure Control Valve 3A. MANUALLY POSITION valve to obtain the PCV-8280B malfunction.
required lube oil header pressure.
3B. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
3B. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-43-l, Sht. 2 J43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PN I -B31-1030-0024 Sht. 12 Hope Creek                                         Page 118 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-43-l, Sht. 2 J43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PN I -B31-1030-0024 Sht. 12 Hope Creek Page 118 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                           HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D5341 CAUSE                                         CORRE CTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5341 CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION
: 4. Process piping line rupture.                   4A. RE,QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 4. Process piping line rupture.
: 5. Lube Oil Filter LF-173B is clogged.             5A. SWITCH to alternate filter.
4A. RE, QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 5. Lube Oil Filter LF-173B is clogged.
5A. SWITCH to alternate filter.
IF header pressure is still low, REQUE ST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
IF header pressure is still low, REQUE ST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: 6. Lube Oil Pumps Safety Valve                     6A. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective BB-PSV-8279B is open.                           action.
: 6. Lube Oil Pumps Safety Valve 6A. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective BB-PSV-8279B is open.
: 7. MG Set lube oil leakage into TACS               7A. ISOLATE TACS to Oil Cooler by closing due to Hydraulic Oil Cooler                         TACS Valves 1EG-V357 and I-EG-V358.
action.
: 7. MG Set lube oil leakage into TACS 7A. ISOLATE TACS to Oil Cooler by closing due to Hydraulic Oil Cooler TACS Valves 1EG-V357 and I-EG-V358.
IBE126 tube rupture.
IBE126 tube rupture.
7B. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
7B. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-43-1, Sht. 2 J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek                                       Page 119 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-43-1, Sht. 2 J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 119 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                                   IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT El SLC TANK Windowv Location         Cl-El TROUBLE OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT El SLC TANK TROUBLE Windowv Location Cl-El OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 1.
: 2. MAINTAIN the SLCS Control Tank solution temperature abovethe sodium pentaborate saturation temperature of 70DF.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 3. MAINTAIN the SLCS Control Tank level within the Technical Specification limits.
: 2.
INPUTS Digital Point/                                             l Indication               Nomenclature/Condition             Automatic Action D2379             SLCS LINE A TEMP                 Alarm only D2380             SLCS LINE B TEMP                 Alarm only D2381             SLCS TANK TEMP                   Alarm only D2382             SLCS TANK LEVEL                   Alarm only for a highb/low
MAINTAIN the SLCS Control Tank solution temperature abovethe sodium pentaborate saturation temperature of 70DF.
                                                                    .LCS Control Tank level.
: 3.
MAINTAIN the SLCS Control Tank level within the Technical Specification limits.
INPUTS Digital Point/
l Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2379 SLCS LINE A TEMP Alarm only D2380 SLCS LINE B TEMP Alarm only D2381 SLCS TANK TEMP Alarm only D2382 SLCS TANK LEVEL Alarm only for a highb/low
.LCS Control Tank level.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
3-48-0, Sht; 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 PR 960221263 Hope Creck                                   Page 120 of 162                           Rev. 25
3-48-0, Sht; 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 PR 960221263 Hope Creck Page 120 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2379 NOMENCLATURE             SLCS LINE A TEMP                               SETPOINT     11 00 F / 750F DESCRIPTION           Highllow SLCS Pump A suction piping temperature       ORIGIN     TSLH-4106A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2379 NOMENCLATURE SLCS LINE A TEMP SETPOINT 11 00F / 750F DESCRIPTION Highllow SLCS Pump A suction piping temperature ORIGIN TSLH-4106A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. SLCS Heat Tracing Thermostat               IA. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
: 1. SLCS Heat Tracing Thermostat IA. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
setting too low,
setting too low,
: 2. SLCS Heat Tracing Breaker tripped.         2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 10B263 to determine IF breaker 52-263063 has tripped.
: 2. SLCS Heat Tracing Breaker tripped.
2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 10B263 to determine IF breaker 52-263063 has tripped.
IF so RESET breaker 52-263063.
IF so RESET breaker 52-263063.
2B. IF breaker 52-263063 cannot be reset, NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
2B. IF breaker 52-263063 cannot be reset, NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
: 3. SLCS Heat Tracing Thermostat               3k REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
: 3.
SLCS Heat Tracing Thermostat 3k REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
setting too high.
setting too high.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-48-0, Sht. 5 SC-BH-0501 M-48-l E-0032-1 DCP 4HE-0049 Hope Creek                                   Page 121 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-48-0, Sht. 5 SC-BH-0501 M-48-l E-0032-1 DCP 4HE-0049 Hope Creek Page 121 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT E1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2380 NOMENCLATURE             SLCS LINE B TEMP                                   SETPOINT     11 00F / 750 F DESCRIPTION         High/low SLCS Pump B suction piping temperature             ORIGIN TSHL-4106B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT E1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2380 NOMENCLATURE SLCS LINE B TEMP SETPOINT 11 00F / 750F DESCRIPTION High/low SLCS Pump B suction piping temperature ORIGIN TSHL-4106B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
E NSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. SLCS Heat Tracing Thermostat                 1A. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
: 1. SLCS Heat Tracing Thermostat 1A. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
setting too low.
setting too low.
: 2. SLCS Heat Tracing Breaker tripped.           2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 10B263 to determine IF breaker has tripped, IF so, RE,SET breaker 52-263063.
: 2. SLCS Heat Tracing Breaker tripped.
2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 10B263 to determine IF breaker has tripped, IF so, RE, SET breaker 52-263063.
2B. IF breaker 52-263063 cannot be reset, NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
2B. IF breaker 52-263063 cannot be reset, NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
: 3. SLCS Heat Tracing Thernostat                 3A. RE,QUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
: 3. SLCS Heat Tracing Thernostat 3A. RE, QUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
setting too high.
setting too high.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-48-0, Sht. 5 NI-C41-17, Sht. 8; Sht. 10 M-48-1 E-0032-1 DCP 4HE-0049 Hope Creek                                       Page 122 of 162                               Revk. 25-
J-48-0, Sht. 5 NI-C41-17, Sht. 8; Sht. 10 M-48-1 E-0032-1 DCP 4HE-0049 Hope Creek Page 122 of 162 Revk. 25-


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARAI POINT                D2381 NOMENCLATURE             SLCS TANK TEMP                                     SETPOINT       lO 110    700 F DESCRIPTION             High/low solution temperature in SLCS                 ORIGIN      TSHL-N003 Control Tank 0T204 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARAI NOMENCLATURE SLCS TANK TEMP POINT D2381 SETPOINT 110 lO 700F ORIGIN TSHL-N003 DESCRIPTION High/low solution temperature in SLCS Control Tank 0T204 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     MAINTAIN the SLCS Control Tank solution temperature above the sodium pentaborate saturation temperature of 70 OF.
: 1.
: 2.     ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
MAINTAIN the SLCS Control Tank solution temperature above the sodium pentaborate saturation temperature of 70 OF.
: 3.     IF SLCS Control Tank temperature is high due to heaters in manual, RETURN SLCS Heater Switches to Standby Alignment.
: 2.
CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 1. SLCS Control Tank Operating Heater             IA. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
: 3.
IF SLCS Control Tank temperature is high due to heaters in manual, RETURN SLCS Heater Switches to Standby Alignment.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. SLCS Control Tank Operating Heater IA. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
I OE276 Temperature Indicating Controller TIC-R002 setting too low.
I OE276 Temperature Indicating Controller TIC-R002 setting too low.
: 2. SLCS Control Tank Operating                   2A. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
: 2. SLCS Control Tank Operating 2A. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
Heater I0E276 Temperature Indicating Controller TIC-R002 setting too high.         2B. MAINTAIN SLC Tank temperature below 147 0 F. [NOTF 20010183]
Heater I 0E276 Temperature Indicating Controller TIC-R002 setting too high.
: 3. SLCS Control Tank operating heater           3A. SEND an operator to 10E276 breaker tripped.                           480V MCC I0B252 to determine IF breaker52-252072 has tripped.
2B. MAINTAIN SLC Tank temperature below 1470F. [NOTF 20010183]
: 3. SLCS Control Tank operating heater 3A. SEND an operator to 10E276 breaker tripped.
480V MCC I0B252 to determine IF breaker52-252072 has tripped.
IF so, RESET Breaker 52-252072.
IF so, RESET Breaker 52-252072.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-l,           J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0023-1, Sht. I PR 960221263 Hope Creek                                       H'age 123 of 162                           Revt. 25
M-48-l, E-0023-1, Sht. I PR 960221263 J-48-0, Sht. 5 Hope Creek H'age 123 of 162 Revt. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                           IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D2381 CAUSE                                           CORRECTIVE ACTION 4-
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2381 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 4-
: 3. SLCS Control Tank operating heater             3B. IF breaker 52-252072 cannot be reset, 10E276 breaker tripped (Continued).                ORDER Control Room Supervisor, initiate the use of Mixing Heaterl OE277 in an attempt to maintain SLCS Control Tank solution temperature above its saturation temperature of 70 IF.
: 3. SLCS Control Tank operating heater 10E276 breaker tripped (Continued).
: 4. SLCS Control Tank Mixing Heater Switch 4A. PLACE the Mixing Heater Switch is in the OFF is in the ON position (C41-S2B) in                  position (C41-S2B).
: 4. SLCS Control Tank Mixing Heater Switch is in the ON position (C41-S2B) in anticipation of Chemistry sampling.
anticipation of Chemistry sampling.
3B. IF breaker 52-252072 cannot be reset, ORDER Control Room Supervisor, initiate the use of Mixing Heaterl OE277 in an attempt to maintain SLCS Control Tank solution temperature above its saturation temperature of 70 IF.
4A. PLACE the Mixing Heater Switch is in the OFF position (C41-S2B).
4B. ENSURE the operating heater switch is in AUTO position (C41-S2A).
4B. ENSURE the operating heater switch is in AUTO position (C41-S2A).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-1,           J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0023-1, Sht. 1 PR 960221263 Hlope Creek                                       Page 124 of 162                               Rev. 25
M-48-1, E-0023-1, Sht. 1 PR 960221263 J-48-0, Sht. 5 Hlope Creek Page 124 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG internal Use Onlv                                                   HC.OP-ARZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG internal Use Onlv HC.OP-ARZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D2382 NOMENCLATURE             SLCS TANK LEVEL                           SETPOINT       4880 gal (HI)/
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2382 NOMENCLATURE SLCS TANK LEVEL SETPOINT 4880 gal (HI)/
4640 -gal (LO)/
4640 -gal (LO)/
DESCRIPTION             High or low in SLCS Control Tank 0T204         ORIGIN     LSHL-N600 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
DESCRIPTION High or low in SLCS Control Tank 0T204 ORIGIN LSHL-N600 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only for a high/low SLCS Control Tank level.
Alarm only for a high/low SLCS Control Tank level.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
I. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
I.
: 2.     ACKNOWLEDGE/VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.
: 3.     TERMINATE makeup to SLCS Control Tank 0T204 upon a high level alarm.
: 2.
: 4.     SEND operators to provide makeup to SLCS Control Tank, 0T204 IAW HC.OP-SO.BH-0001(Q) upon a low level alarm.
ACKNOWLEDGE/VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3.
: 1. Excessive chemical makeup to SLCS         1A. TERMINATE chemical makeup to SLCS Control Tank OT204.                 ,        Control Tank OT204.
TERMINATE makeup to SLCS Control Tank 0T204 upon a high level alarm.
: 2. Excessive makeup to SLCS Control           2A. ENSURE that SLC TK 0T204 COND SUP Tank via Demin Water System                   ISLN VLV I-BH-V012 AND SLC HOSE CONN ISLN VLV
: 4.
                                                              .l-AN-V089 are CLOSED.
SEND operators to provide makeup to SLCS Control Tank, 0T204 IAW HC.OP-SO.BH-0001(Q) upon a low level alarm.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Excessive chemical makeup to SLCS 1A. TERMINATE chemical makeup to SLCS Control Tank OT204.
Control Tank OT204.
: 2. Excessive makeup to SLCS Control 2A. ENSURE that SLC TK 0T204 COND SUP Tank via Demin Water System ISLN VLV I -BH-V012 AND SLC HOSE CONN ISLN VLV
.l-AN-V089 are CLOSED.
Continued next page
Continued next page


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 l-SC-BH-0001 Hope Creek                                     Page 125 of 162                           Rev. 25
M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 l-SC-BH-0001 Hope Creek Page 125 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-OOO8(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-OOO8(Q)
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2382 CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2382 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3. Normal chemical useage.                  3A. PROVIDE makeup to SLCS Control Tank OT204 in accordance with HC.OP-SO.BH--000I(Q).
: 3. Normal chemical useage.
: 4. EITHER LT-NOIOB & LT-NOIlOF INST         4A. ENSURE SLCS Control Tank Drain Valves Line Valve I-BH-V061                           1-BH-V061 and l-BH-V059 are closed.
: 4. EITHER LT-NOIOB & LT-NOIlOF INST Line Valve I-BH-V061 OR LT-NOIOA & LT-NO1OE INST Line Valve I-BH-V059 are open.
OR LT-NOIOA & LT-NO1OE INST Line Valve I-BH-V059 are open.
: 5. SLCS Pump Suction Line Drain Valves 1-BH-VO17, 1-BH-V044, AND l-BH-V018 are open.
: 5. SLCS Pump Suction Line Drain Valves       SA. ENSURE SLCS Pump Suction Line Drain 1-BH-VO17, 1-BH-V044,                        Valves 1-BH-V017, 1-BH-V044, AND l-BH-V018 are open.                        AND 1-BH-VOl8 are closed.
: 6. LT-NO1OB & LT-NO10F INST Line Valve I-BH-V061 AND/OR LT-NOlOA &
: 6. LT-NO1OB & LT-NO10F INST Line Valve 6A. ENSURE caps are secured SLCS Control Tank I-BH-V061 AND/OR LT-NOlOA &                   Drain Valves 1-BH-V061 and 1-BH-V059 LT-NOlOE INST Line Valve I-BH-V059 may be leaking through.
LT-NOlOE INST Line Valve I-BH-V059 3A. PROVIDE makeup to SLCS Control Tank OT204 in accordance with HC.OP-SO.BH--000I(Q).
: 7. SLCS Control Tank ruptured.              7A. NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
4A. ENSURE SLCS Control Tank Drain Valves 1-BH-V061 and l-BH-V059 are closed.
SA. ENSURE SLCS Pump Suction Line Drain Valves 1-BH-V017, 1-BH-V044, AND 1-BH-VOl8 are closed.
6A. ENSURE caps are secured SLCS Control Tank Drain Valves 1-BH-V061 and 1-BH-V059 7A. NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.
7.
may be leaking through.
SLCS Control Tank ruptured.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-48-1 J-48-0, Slit. 5 1lope Creek                                 Page 126 of 162                             Rev. 25
M-48-1 J-48-0, Slit. 5 1lope Creek Page 126 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT E3 Window Location         C1-E3 OPE RATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT E3 Window Location C1-E3 OPE RATOR ACTION:
I. ENSURE compliance with the END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.2.
I.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO requirements of Technical Specification 3.2.3.
E NSURE compliance with the END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.2.
: 3. NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
: 2.
ENSURE compliance with the MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO requirements of Technical Specification 3.2.3.
: 3.
NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication               Nomenclature/Condition                 Automatic Action RECIRC PUMP TRIP         RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC A MAN                 Alarm only DISABLE SYSTEM A         BYPASSED switch located on Panel H1I-P609 RECIRC PUMP TRIP         RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC B MAN                 Alarm only DISABLE SYSTEM B         BYPASSED switch located on GE Panel HI l-P61 1
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action RECIRC PUMP TRIP RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC A MAN Alarm only DISABLE SYSTEM A BYPASSED switch located on Panel H1I-P609 RECIRC PUMP TRIP RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC B MAN Alarm only DISABLE SYSTEM B BYPASSED switch located on GE Panel HI l-P61 1


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6794-0, Sht. I PNl-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 9,11,19 Hlope Creek                                   Page 127 of 162                           Rev. 25
E-6794-0, Sht. I PNl-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 9,11,19 Hlope Creek Page 127 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       H C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT E3 H C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT E3 NOMENCLATURE           RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC A MAN BYPASSED                   SETPOINT .       N/A DESCRIPTION           RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A                     ORIGIN     GE Panel HI I-P609 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
NOMENCLATURE RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC A MAN BYPASSED SETPOINT.
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
N/A DESCRIPTION RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A ORIGIN GE Panel HI I-P609 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
I. ENSURE compliance with the END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.2.
Alarm only OPE RATOR ACTION:
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO requirements of Technical Specification 3.2.3.
I.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with the END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.2.
: 1. The RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE               IA. DETERMINE the reason for placing the switch SYSTEM A Switch, located on                     in the BYPASS position.
: 2.
GE Panel HI 1-P609, placed in the BYPASS position.                           lB. REQUEST permission from SM/CRS prior to changing the position of the RECIRC TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A Switch.
ENSURE compliance with the MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO requirements of Technical Specification 3.2.3.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A Switch, located on GE Panel HI 1-P609, placed in the BYPASS position.
IA. DETERMINE the reason for placing the switch in the BYPASS position.
lB. REQUEST permission from SM/CRS prior to changing the position of the RECIRC TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A Switch.
1C. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
1C. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
E-6794-0, Sht. I Hope Creek                                     Page 128 of 162                               Rev. 25
E-6794-0, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 128 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT E3 NOMENCLATURE           RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC B MAN BYPASSED                   SETPOINT         N/A DESCRIPTION           RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM B                       ORIGIN     GE Panel HII-P611 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT E3 NOMENCLATURE RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC B MAN BYPASSED SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM B ORIGIN GE Panel HII-P611 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. ENSURE compliance with the END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.2
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO requirements of Technical Specification 3.2.3.
ENSURE compliance with the END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.2
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIWE ACTION I. The RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE               IA. DETERMINE the reason for placing the switch SYSTEM B Switch, located on                     in the BYPASS position.
: 2.
GE Panel HIl l-P61 1, placed in the BYPASS position.                           lB. REQUEST permission from SM/CRS prior to changing the position of the RECIRC TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A Switch.
ENSURE compliance with the MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO requirements of Technical Specification 3.2.3.
CAUSE CORRECTIWE ACTION I. The RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE IA. DETERMINE the reason for placing the switch SYSTEM B Switch, located on in the BYPASS position.
GE Panel HIl l-P61 1, placed in the BYPASS position.
lB. REQUEST permission from SM/CRS prior to changing the position of the RECIRC TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A Switch.
I C. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
I C. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.
RE FERE NCES:           E-6994-0, Sht. I Hope Creek                                     Page 129 of 162                               Rev. 25
RE FERE NCES:
E-6994-0, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 129 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use OnIv                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use OnIv HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT :4 REACTOR RECIRC PUMP                           Window Location         CI-E 4 VIB HI OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT :4 REACTOR RECIRC PUMP VIB HI Window Location CI-E 4 OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. ENSURE Reactor Recirculation Pump is NOT running at a critical speed.
: 1.
* 1AP201" -                         IBP201                           ..., ,.. !0 -'.
ENSURE Reactor Recirculation Pump is NOT running at a critical speed.
RPM   F       %SPEED .         RPM           %SPEED 720-800 43-48         700760           42-46 1040-1090 62-65     1   150-1200         69-72 1444-1484           90
1AP201" -
: 2.     REFER to digital alarm response for Digital Point D5351 and/or D5352 of this attachment for controlling Reactor Recirculation Pump speed.
IBP201 RPM F  
: 3.     VERIFY proper oil level on the respective Recire Pump Motor, ICRIDS point D2922 and/or D2923].
%SPE ED.
: 4.     ENSURE compliance with Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
RPM  
%SPEED 720-800 43-48 700760 42-46 1040-1090 62-65 1
150-1200 69-72
. !0 -'.
1444-1484 90
: 2.
REFER to digital alarm response for Digital Point D5351 and/or D5352 of this attachment for controlling Reactor Recirculation Pump speed.
: 3.
VERIFY proper oil level on the respective Recire Pump Motor, ICRIDS point D2922 and/or D2923].
: 4.
ENSURE compliance with Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action D5351             RECIRC PUMP AP201 VIBRATION           Alarm only D5352             RECIRC PUMP B VIBRATION               Alarm only D55                 EIRPUPBVBAIN                       Aamol
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5351 RECIRC PUMP AP201 VIBRATION Alarm only D5352 RECIRC PUMP B VIBRATION Alarm only D55 EIRPUPBVBAIN Aamol


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 9 M-43-1, Sht. 2 CD-191F CD-921E Hope Creek                                       Page 130 of 162                             Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 9 M-43-1, Sht. 2 CD-191F CD-921E Hope Creek Page 130 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT E4 DIGITAL ALARM 1POINT                  D5351 NOMENCLATURE            RECIRC PP A VIBRATION            SETPOINT        Radial Alert Limit = I 1.0 mils Radial Danger Limit= 21.0 mils Axial Alert Limit = 7.0 mils Axial Danger Limit 11.0 mils Radial Position = +/- 5.5 mils I DESCRIPTION             High Vibration on Reactor                   ORIGIN       VE-7910AI (Radial)
ATTACHMENT E4 DIGITAL ALARM1 POINT D5351 Radial Alert Limit = I 1.0 mils NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PP A VIBRATION SETPOINT Radial Danger Limit= 21.0 mils Axial Alert Limit = 7.0 mils Axial Danger Limit 11.0 mils Radial Position = +/- 5.5 mils I
Recirculation Pump AP201                                  VE-7910A4 (Axial)
DESCRIPTION High Vibration on Reactor Recirculation Pump AP201 ORIGIN VE-7910AI (Radial)
VE-7910A4 (Axial)
AUTOMATIC ACTION:
AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     MONITOR A Reactor Recirculation Ptunp radial and axial vibration, Analog Computer Points A2601 & A2602.
: 1.
: 2.     IF Alarm is due to Radial Position, THEN INITIATE a notification to report the alarm AND DIRECT I&C to RE-ZERO the alarm card at the smart monitor. [70036063]
MONITOR A Reactor Recirculation Ptunp radial and axial vibration, Analog Computer Points A2601 & A2602.
: 3.     REDUCE Reactor Recirculation Pump speed in an attempt to reduce vibration below the Alert Limit.
: 2.
: 4.     IF vibration can NOT be maintained below the Danger Limit, REMOVE the Reactor Recirculation Pump from service LAW HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q).
IF Alarm is due to Radial Position, THEN INITIATE a notification to report the alarm AND DIRECT I&C to RE-ZERO the alarm card at the smart monitor. [70036063]
: 5.     ENSURE compliance with Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 3.
: 6.     CONTACT Engineering to obtain AND assess vibration data.
REDUCE Reactor Recirculation Pump speed in an attempt to reduce vibration below the Alert Limit.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 4.
: 1. Damaged bearing caused by low lube oil     1A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
IF vibration can NOT be maintained below the Danger Limit, REMOVE the Reactor Recirculation Pump from service LAW HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q).
: 5.
ENSURE compliance with Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 6.
CONTACT Engineering to obtain AND assess vibration data.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Damaged bearing caused by low lube oil 1A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
level.
level.
: 2. Reactor Recirculation Pump AP201           2A. During Reactor startup, cavitating                                       ENSURE Reactor water level, temperature, AND Recirculation Pump speed are within limits to provide pump NPSH requirements.
: 2. Reactor Recirculation Pump AP201 2A. During Reactor startup, cavitating ENSURE Reactor water level, temperature, AND Recirculation Pump speed are within limits to provide pump NPSH requirements.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-43-0, Sht. 9 M-43-l, Sht. 2 CD-191F, CD-921E 70001425 - B Reactor Recirculation Pump Vibration 70036063 - A Recirc Pump Alarm                                                 I H-ope Creek                                     Page 131 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-43-0, Sht. 9 M-43-l, Sht. 2 CD-191F, CD-921E 70001425 - B Reactor Recirculation Pump Vibration 70036063 - A Recirc Pump Alarm I
H-ope Creek Page 131 of 162 Rev. 25


ON THE SPOT CHANGE PRINTED 20041212 IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE USER TO VERIFY REVISION, STATUS PRINTED 2-0041030 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ON THE SPOT CHANGE PRINTED 20041212 IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE USER TO VERIFY REVISION, STATUS PRINTED 2-0041030 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT E4 DIGITAL ALAI RM POINT                D5352 NOMENCLATURE               REC1RC PP B VIBRATION         SETPOINT       Radial Alert Limit = 4O-mit5     m5-4 Radial Danger Limit 21.0 mills Axial Alert Limit = 7.0 mils Axial Danger Limit = i 1.0 nrals Radial Position =+/- 5.5 mils I DESCRIPTION              High Vibration on Reactor                    ORIGIN     VE-7910B1 (Radial)
ATTACHMENT E4 DIGITAL ALAI NOMENCLATURE REC1RC PP B VIBRATION SETPOINT RM POINT D5352 Radial Alert Limit = 4O-mit5 m5-4 Radial Danger Limit 21.0 mills Axial Alert Limit = 7.0 mils Axial Danger Limit = i 1.0 nrals Radial Position = +/- 5.5 mils I
Recirculation Pump BP201                                VE-7910B4 (Axial)
ORIGIN VE-7910B1 (Radial)
AUTOMATIC ACTION:
VE-7910B4 (Axial)
DESCRIPTION High Vibration on Reactor Recirculation Pump BP201 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. MONITOR B Reactor Recirculation Pump radial and axial vibration, Analog Computer Points A2603 & A2604.
: 1.
: 2. IF Alarm Is due to Radial Position, THEN INITIATE a notification to report the alarm AND DIRECT I&C to RE-ZERO the alarm card at the smart monitor. [70036063]
MONITOR B Reactor Recirculation Pump radial and axial vibration, Analog Computer Points A2603 & A2604.
: 3. RE,DUCE Reactor Recirculation Pump speed in an attempt to reduce vibration below the Alert Limit.
: 2.
: 4. LF vibration can NOT be maintained below the Danger Limit, REMOVE the Reactor Recirculation Pump from service 1AW HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q).
IF Alarm Is due to Radial Position, THEN INITIATE a notification to report the alarm AND DIRECT I&C to RE-ZERO the alarm card at the smart monitor. [70036063]
: 5. ENSURE compliance with Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 3.
: 6. CONTACT Engineering to obtain AND assess vibration data, CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
RE, DUCE Reactor Recirculation Pump speed in an attempt to reduce vibration below the Alert Limit.
: 1. Dmaged bearing caused by                     1A. 'REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective low lube oil level,                               action.
: 4.
: 2. Reactor Recirculation Pump BP201           2A. During reactor startup, cavitating.                                       lENSURE Reactor water level, temperature, AND Recirculation Pump speed are within limits to provide pump NPSH requirements.
LF vibration can NOT be maintained below the Danger Limit, REMOVE the Reactor Recirculation Pump from service 1AW HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q).
: 5.
ENSURE compliance with Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.
: 6.
CONTACT Engineering to obtain AND assess vibration data, CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Dmaged bearing caused by 1A. 'REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective low lube oil level, action.
: 2. Reactor Recirculation Pump BP201 2A. During reactor startup, cavitating.
lENSURE Reactor water level, temperature, AND Recirculation Pump speed are within limits to provide pump NPSH requirements.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
3-43-0, Sht. 9 M-43-l, Sht. 2 CCD-191F, CD-921E 70001425 -B Reactor Recirculation Pomp Vibration T-MOD 01-007 (60019637) 70036063 - A Recirc Pump Alarm                                               I Hope Creek                                       CPage 132 of 162                             Rev. 25
3-43-0, Sht. 9 M-43-l, Sht. 2 CCD-191F, CD-921E 70001425 -B Reactor Recirculation Pomp Vibration T-MOD 01-007 (60019637) 70036063 - A Recirc Pump Alarm I
Hope Creek CPage 132 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT E5 SRV LO LO SET                           Window Location         Cl-ES ARMED OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT E5 SRV LO LO SET ARMED Window Location Cl-ES OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR Reactor pressure.
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.6.2.1, Suppression Chamber temperature requirements.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR Reactor pressure.
: 2.
ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.6.2.1, Suppression Chamber temperature requirements.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication               Nomenclature/Condition               I Automatic Action D4140           SRV LO-LO SET DIV 4 ARMED               SRV PSV-FO13P Open D4151           SRV LO-LO SET DIV 2 ARMED               SRV PSV-FO13H Open I
Indication Nomenclature/Condition I Automatic Action D4140 SRV LO-LO SET DIV 4 ARMED SRV PSV-FO13P Open D4151 SRV LO-LO SET DIV 2 ARMED SRV PSV-FO13H Open I


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. 13 PN1-B21-1060-0063, Shts. 2,3,4,8,9,10,11 Hope Creek                                     Page 133 of 162                         Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 13 PN1-B21-1060-0063, Shts. 2,3,4,8,9,10,11 Hope Creek Page 133 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT E5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D4140 NOMENCLATURE             SRV LO-LO SET DIV 4 ARMED                     SETPOINT     1047 psig DESCRIPTION             SRV LO LO SET Function Initiated                 ORIGIN     Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT E5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D4140 NOMENCLATURE SRV LO-LO SET DIV 4 ARMED SETPOINT 1047 psig DESCRIPTION SRV LO LO SET Function Initiated ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
SRVPSV-FO13P open OPERATOR ACTION:
SRVPSV-FO13P open OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR Reactor pressure.
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.6.2.1, Suppression Chamber temperature requirements.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR Reactor pressure.
: 3. IF it is necessary to prevent SRV Low-Low Set Function Initiation OR continued operation PLACE SRV PSV-FO13P Control Switch to CLOSE.
: 2.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.6.2.1, Suppression Chamber temperature requirements.
: 1. High Reactor pressure                     1A. Same as above.
: 3.
IF it is necessary to prevent SRV Low-Low Set Function Initiation OR continued operation PLACE SRV PSV-FO13P Control Switch to CLOSE.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. High Reactor pressure 1A. Same as above.
NOTE PSV-FO13P Open at 1047 psig, Close at 935 psig.
NOTE PSV-FO13P Open at 1047 psig, Close at 935 psig.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. 13 PN1-B21-1060-0063 Hope Creek                                     Page 134 of 162                           Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 13 PN1-B21-1060-0063 Hope Creek Page 134 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT E5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D4151 NOMENCLATURE             SRV LO-LO SET DIV 2 ARMED                     SETPOINT     1047 psig DESCRIPTION             SRV LO LO SET Function Initiated                 ORIGIN     Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT E5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D4151 NOMENCLATURE SRV LO-LO SET DIV 2 ARMED SETPOINT 1047 psig DESCRIPTION SRV LO LO SET Function Initiated ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
SRV PSV-FOI3H open OPERATOR ACTION:
SRV PSV-FOI3H open OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR Reactor pressure.
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.6.2.1, Suppression Chamber temperature requirements.
VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR Reactor pressure.
: 3. IF it is necessary to prevent SRV Low-Low Set Function Initiation OR continued operation PLACE SRV PSV-FO13H Control Switch to CLOSE.
: 2.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.6.2.1, Suppression Chamber temperature requirements.
: 1. High Reactor pressure                     IA. Same as above.
: 3.
IF it is necessary to prevent SRV Low-Low Set Function Initiation OR continued operation PLACE SRV PSV-FO13H Control Switch to CLOSE.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. High Reactor pressure IA. Same as above.
NOTE PSV-FO13H Open at 1047 psig, Close at 905 psig.
NOTE PSV-FO13H Open at 1047 psig, Close at 905 psig.
Subsequent opening 1017 psig.
Subsequent opening 1017 psig.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. 13 PN1-B21 -1060-0063 Hope Creek                                     Page 135 of 162                         Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 13 PN1-B21 -1060-0063 Hope Creek Page 135 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                             HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F1 SLC/RRCS INITIATION                             Window Location Cl-Fl FAILURE OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F1 SLC/RRCS INITIATION FAILURE Window Location Cl-Fl OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. DETERMINE IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present, IF signal is valid, VERIFY that both SLC Pumps are running.
: 1.
: 2. IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present AND a SLC Purnp is not running:
DETERMINE IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present, IF signal is valid, VERIFY that both SLC Pumps are running.
: a.     TURN the non-running SLC Pump KEY-LOCK Switch to ON.
: 2.
: b.     PRESS the START pushbutton for the failed pump.
IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present AND a SLC Purnp is not running:
: 3. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: a.
TURN the non-running SLC Pump KEY-LOCK Switch to ON.
: b.
PRESS the START pushbutton for the failed pump.
: 3.
REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
INPUTS
INPUTS


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Creek                                       Page 136 of 162               Rtev. 25
J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 136 of 162 Rtev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS. AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS. AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT           D2600 NOMENCLATURE               SLC/RRCS A INITIATION FAILURE                   SETPOINT     Various DESCRIPTION             SLC Pump AP208 not running when a valid           ORIGIN    Multiple RRCS initiation signal is present AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2600 NOMENCLATURE SLC/RRCS A INITIATION FAILURE SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION SLC Pump AP208 not running when a valid RRCS initiation signal is present ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     DETERMINE IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present, IF signal is valid, ENSURE that SLC Pump AP208 is running.
: 1.
: 2.     IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present AND SLC Pump AP208 is not running:
DETERMINE IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present, IF signal is valid, ENSURE that SLC Pump AP208 is running.
: a.     TURN the SLC Pump AP208 KEY-LOCK Switch to ON.
: 2.
: b.     PRESS the AP208 START pushbutton.
IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present AND SLC Pump AP208 is not running:
: 3.     REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: a.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
TURN the SLC Pump AP208 KEY-LOCK Switch to ON.
: 1. Failure of AP208 to run within 30 seconds       1A. REFER to OPERATOR ACTION above of receiving a valid RRCS initiation signal.
: b.
REItFE:RENCES:             J-107-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-105-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-48-0, Sht. 2; Sht, 5 Hope Creek                                         Page 137 of 162                     Rev. 25
PRESS the AP208 START pushbutton.
: 3.
REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Failure of AP208 to run within 30 seconds 1A. REFER to OPERATOR ACTION above of receiving a valid RRCS initiation signal.
REItFE:RENCES:
J-107-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-105-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-48-0, Sht. 2; Sht, 5 Hope Creek Page 137 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT         D2601 NOMENCLATURE               SLC/RRCS B INITIATION FAILURE                   SETPOINT    Various DESCRIPTION             SLC pump BP208 not running when a valid             ORIGIN    Multiple RRCS initiation signal is present AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2601 NOMENCLATURE SLC/RRCS B INITIATION FAILURE SE TPOINT Various DESCRIPTION SLC pump BP208 not running when a valid RRCS initiation signal is present ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. DETERMINE IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present, IF signal is valid, ENSURE that SLC Pump BP208 is running.
: 1.
: 2. IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present AND SLC Pump BP208 is not running:
DETERMINE IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present, IF signal is valid, ENSURE that SLC Pump BP208 is running.
: a.       TURN the SLC Pump BP208 KEY-LOCK Switch to ON.
: 2.
: b.       PRESS the BP208 START pushbutton.
IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present AND SLC Pump BP208 is not running:
: 3. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
: a.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
TURN the SLC Pump BP208 KEY-LOCK Switch to ON.
: b.
PRESS the BP208 START pushbutton.
: 3.
REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Failure of BP208 to run within 30 seconds IA. REFER to OPERATOR ACTION above of receiving a valid RRCS initiation signal.
: 1. Failure of BP208 to run within 30 seconds IA. REFER to OPERATOR ACTION above of receiving a valid RRCS initiation signal.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-107-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-105-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 Hope Creek ,                                       Page 138 of 162                     Rev. 25
J-107-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-105-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 Hope Creek,
Page 138 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only                                                 IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F2 PROCESS SAMPLE                       Window Location         C1-F2 CNDCT III OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F2 PROCESS SAMPLE CNDCT III Window Location C1-F2 OPERATOR ACTION:
ENSURE compliance with Reactor Coolant System Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
ENSURE compliance with Reactor Coolant System Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication               Nomenclature/Condition             Automatic Action D2270         AUX BLR FEED PMP DISH COND         Alarm only D2353         AUX BLR COM HD STEAM               Alarm only SODIUM D2354         CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN DISCH         Alarm only COND D2356         CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN INLET         Alarm only COND
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2270 AUX BLR FEED PMP DISH COND Alarm only D2353 AUX BLR COM HD STEAM Alarm only SODIUM D2354 CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN DISCH Alarm only COND D2356 CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN INLET Alarm only COND


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-108-0, Sht. 6 M-23-0 Hope Creek                                 Page 139 of 162                           Rtev. 25
J-108-0, Sht. 6 M-23-0 Hope Creek Page 139 of 162 Rtev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2270 NOMENCLATURE           AUX BLR FEED PMP DISH COND                         SETPOINT -2.5 umho/cm       f-DESCRIPTION         High conductivity in the Auxiliary Boiler System         ORIGIN       CITS-3492 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2270 NOMENCLATURE AUX BLR FEED PMP DISH COND SETPOINT -2.5 umho/cm f-DESCRIPTION High conductivity in the Auxiliary Boiler System ORIGIN CITS-3492 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. TERMINATE chemical addition to the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater.
1.
: 2. CHECK conductivity reading-at AUXILIARY BOILER BLDG SAMPLE STATION 00C540 CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
2.
: 1. High conductivity in the Auxiliary         1A. TERMINATE chemical addition.
TE RMINATE chemical addition to the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater.
Boiler feedwater caused by chemical addition.                                   lB. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND REQUEST the Chemistry Department to sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater for conductivity.
CHECK conductivity reading-at AUXILIARY BOILER BLDG SAMPLE STATION 00C540 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Release of crud during the startup          2A. NOTIFY SM/CRS OR transient in the Auxiliary Boiler              AND RE QUEST the Chemistry Department to System.                                          sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater for conductivity.
: 1. High conductivity in the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater caused by chemical addition.
: 2. Release of crud during the startup OR transient in the Auxiliary Boiler System.
1A. TERMINATE chemical addition.
lB. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND REQUEST the Chemistry Department to sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater for conductivity.
2A. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND RE QUEST the Chemistry Department to sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater for conductivity.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-108-0, Sht. 6 M-23-0 Hope Creek                                     Page 140 of 162                                 Rcv. 25
J-108-0, Sht. 6 M-23-0 Hope Creek Page 140 of 162 Rcv. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2353 NOMENCLATURE             AUX BLRCOM HD STEAM SODIUM                           SETPOINT         556 ppb DESCRIPTION             High sodium in the Auxiliary Boiler System             ORIGIN       AITS-343 1 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2353 NOMENCLATURE AUX BLRCOM HD STEAM SODIUM SETPOINT 556 ppb DESCRIPTION High sodium in the Auxiliary Boiler System ORIGIN AITS-343 1 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1.     TERRMINATE chemical addition to the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater.
1.
: 2.      CHECK sodium reading at AUXILIARY BOILER BLDG SAMPLE STATION 00C540.
2.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
TERRMINATE chemical addition to the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater.
: 1. High sodium in the Auxiliary Boiler         1A. TE RMINATE chemical addition.
CHECK sodium reading at AUXILIARY BOILER BLDG SAMPLE STATION 00C540.
feedwater caused by chemical addition.                                   lB. NOTIFY SWCRS AND REQUEST the Chemistry Department to sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater for sodium.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 2. Release of crud during the startup           2A. NOTIFY SM/CRS OR transient in the Auxiliary Boiler             AND REQUEST the Chemistry Department to System.                                           sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedivater for conductivity.
: 1. High sodium in the Auxiliary Boiler 1A. TE RMINATE chemical addition.
feedwater caused by chemical addition.
lB. NOTIFY SWCRS AND REQUEST the Chemistry Department to sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater for sodium.
: 2. Release of crud during the startup 2A. NOTIFY SM/CRS OR transient in the Auxiliary Boiler AND REQUEST the Chemistry Department to System.
sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedivater for conductivity.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-108-0, Sht. 6 M-23-0 Hople Creek                                     Page 141 of 162                                 Rev. 25
J-108-0, Sht. 6 M-23-0 Hople Creek Page 141 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM- POINT                 D2354 NOMENCLATURE           CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN DISCH COND                 SETPOINT         0.1 umho/cm DESCRIPTION           High conductivity at Clean Up Filter               ORIGIN       CSH-R603-1 Demin A(B) discharge                                            CSH-R603-2 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM-POINT D2354 NOMENCLATURE CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN DISCH COND SETPOINT 0.1 umho/cm DESCRIPTION High conductivity at Clean Up Filter Demin A(B) discharge ORIGIN CSH-R603-1 CSH-R603-2 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. CHECK the CLEANUP FILTER DEMINERALIZERS conductivity outlet recorder CR-R603-G33 for increasing conductivity.
: 1.
: 2. ENSURE compliance with the Reactor Coolant System Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
CHECK the CLEANUP FILTER DEMINERALIZERS conductivity outlet recorder CR-R603-G33 for increasing conductivity.
: 3. DIRECT Chemistry to determine the cause AND corrective actions per HC.CH-TI.ZZ-0012(Q).
: 2.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE compliance with the Reactor Coolant System Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
: 1. Depleted demineralizer                     IA. REGENERATE Demineralizer and/or PLACE other demineralizer in service.
: 3.
: 2. High Reactor coolant conductivity         2A. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND REFEIR to HC.OP-A13RPV-0007(Q).
DIRECT Chemistry to determine the cause AND corrective actions per HC.CH-TI.ZZ-0012(Q).
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Depleted demineralizer IA. REGENERATE Demineralizer and/or PLACE other demineralizer in service.
: 2. High Reactor coolant conductivity 2A. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND REFEIR to HC.OP-A13RPV-0007(Q).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-108-0, Sht. 6 Hope Creel;                                   Page 142 of 162                             Rev. 25
J-108-0, Sht. 6 Hope Creel; Page 142 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT           D2356 NOMENCLATURE           CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN INLET COND                 SETPOINT   1.0 pumho/cm DESCRIPTION           -High Clean Up System inlet conductivity           ORIGIN   CSH-R601-1 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2356 NOMENCLATURE CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN INLET COND SETPOINT 1.0 pumho/cm DESCRIPTION
-High Clean Up System inlet conductivity ORIGIN CSH-R601-1 AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
I. CHECK the CLEANUP FILTER DEMINERALIZERS conductivity outlet recorder CR-R603-G33 for increasing conductivity.
I.
2,     ENSURE compliance with the REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM CHEMISTRY requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
CHECK the CLEANUP FILTER DEMINERALIZERS conductivity outlet recorder CR-R603-G33 for increasing conductivity.
: 3. DIRECT Chemistry to determine the cause AND corrective actions per HC.CH-TI.ZZ-0012(Q).
2, ENSURE compliance with the REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM CHEMISTRY requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 3.
: 1. High Reactor coolant conductivity.         IA. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND REFE R to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0007(Q).
DIRECT Chemistry to determine the cause AND corrective actions per HC.CH-TI.ZZ-0012(Q).
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. High Reactor coolant conductivity.
IA. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND REFE R to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0007(Q).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-108-0, Sht. 6 Hope Creek                                     Page 143 of 162                         Rev. 25
J-108-0, Sht. 6 Hope Creek Page 143 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHME NT F3 ADS DRYWELL PRESS BYPASS                       Window Location         C1-F3 TIMER INIT OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHME NT F3 ADS DRYWELL PRESS BYPASS TIMER INIT Window Location C1-F3 OPERATOR ACTION:
VERIFY that the ADS High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer initiation setpoint (RPV Level 1
VERIFY that the ADS High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer initiation setpoint (RPV Level 1
(* -129")) has been reached.
(* -129")) has been reached.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication                 Nomenclature/Condition             Automatic Action D4134             ADS CH B DW PRBYP TIMER           ADS Logic B High Drywell Pressure MNIT                             Bypass Timer (5 minute) started D4135             ADS CH D DW PRBYP TIMER           ADS Logic D High Drywell Pressure NIT                             Bypass Timer (5 minute) started
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D4134 ADS CH B DW PRBYP TIMER ADS Logic B High Drywell Pressure MNIT Bypass Timer (5 minute) started D4135 ADS CH D DW PRBYP TIMER ADS Logic D High Drywell Pressure NIT Bypass Timer (5 minute) started


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J41-0, Sht. 13 PNI -B21-1 060-0063 Hope Creekc                                   Page 144 of 162                             Rev. 25
J41-0, Sht. 13 PNI -B21-1 060-0063 Hope Creekc Page 144 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only                                                 H C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only H C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATJTACHIMENT F3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT             D4134 NOMENCLATURE           ADS CH B DW PR BYP TIMERINIT                   SETPOINT       Various DESCRIPTION           ADS Logic B High Drywell Pressure                 ORIGIN      Multiple Bypass Timer running AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATJTACHIMENT F3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D4134 NOMENCLATURE ADS CH B DW PR BYP TIMERINIT SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION ADS Logic B High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer running ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ADS Logic B High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) started.
ADS Logic B High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) started.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
VERIFY that the ADS High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer initiation setpoint (RPV Level 1 (S -129")) has been reached.
VERIFY that the ADS High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer initiation setpoint (RPV Level 1 (S -129")) has been reached.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. The following ADS Logic B                     IA. REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).
: 1. The following ADS Logic B condition exist:
condition exist:
RPV Level 1 (* -129")
RPV Level 1 (* -129")
IA. REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht, 13 PNI-B21-1060-0063 Hope Crock                                     Page 145 of 162                         Rcv.25
J-41-0, Sht, 13 PNI-B21-1060-0063 Hope Crock Page 145 of 162 Rcv. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT            D4135 NOMENCLATURE           ADS CH D DW PR BYP TI] MER INIT                SETPOINT ,    Various DESCRIPTION           ADS Logic D High Drywell I Iressure               ORIGIN     Multiple Bypass Timer running AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F3 NOMENCLATURE ADS CH D DW PR BYP TI]
DESCRIPTION ADS Logic D High Drywell I Bypass Timer running DIGITAL ALARM POINT D4135 MER INIT SETPOINT, Various Iressure ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ADS Logic D High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) started.
ADS Logic D High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) started.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
VERIFY that the ADS High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer initiation setpoint (RPV Level 1 (* -129")) has been reached.
VERIFY that the ADS High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer initiation setpoint (RPV Level 1 (* -129")) has been reached.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION IT
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION I T
: 1. The following ADS Logic D                     IA. REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(QO.
: 1. The following ADS Logic D condition exist:
condition exist:
RPV Level 1 (* -129")
RPV Level 1 (* -129")
IA. REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(QO.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-41-0, Sht. 13 PNI-B21-1060-0063 Hope Crecek                                     Page 146 of 162                         Rev. 25
J-41-0, Sht. 13 PNI-B21-1060-0063 Hope Crecek Page 146 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F4 COMPUTER PT RETURN TO                           Window Location       C1-F4 NORMAL OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F4 COMPUTER PT RETURN TO NORMAL Window Location C1-F4 OPERATOR ACTION:
R C s to d           w     n             o     a MONITOR CRT's to detennine which analog/digital point(s) are no longer in an alarn condition.
R C s to d w
n o
a MONITOR CRT's to detennine which analog/digital point(s) are no longer in an alarn condition.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication               Nomenclature/Condition               Automatic Action Analog/digital point in   REFER to Note below                   Alann only "cleared" condition will change from red                     Note to yellow AND then be removed from CRT.             Nomenclature associated with "cleared" analog/ digital point will change from red to yellow AND then be removed from CRT display screen.
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action Analog/digital point in REFER to Note below Alann only "cleared" condition will change from red Note to yellow AND then be removed from CRT.
Nomenclature associated with "cleared" analog/ digital point will change from red to yellow AND then be removed from CRT display screen.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 Hop~e Creek                                     Page 147 of 162                             Rev. 25
J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 Hop~e Creek Page 147 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F4 NOMENCLATURE           Analog/digital point no longer                       SETPOINT        Various in an alarm condition DESCRIPTION           CRT display in alarmed condition (red) turns             ORIGIN        Multiple yellow AND then clears AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F4 NOMENCLATURE Analog/digital point no longer in an alarm condition SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION CRT display in alarmed condition (red) turns yellow AND then clears ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
MONITOR CRI ts to determine analog/digital point(s) which are no longer in an alarm condition.
MONITOR CRI ts to determine analog/digital point(s) which are no longer in an alarm condition.
CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE, ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE, ACTION
: 1. Field process variable changed from an       1A. MONITOR system parameter affected by alarn abnormal to a normal state.                        condition to verify normal operation has been re-establised.
: 1. Field process variable changed from an abnormal to a normal state.
1A. MONITOR system parameter affected by alarn condition to verify normal operation has been re-establised.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 Hope Creek                                       Page 148 of 162                               Rev. 25
J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 Hope Creek Page 148 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 COMPUTER PT IN                           Window Location         C1-FS ALARM OPERATOR ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F5 COMPUTER PT IN ALARM Window Location C1-FS OPERATOR ACTION:
DETERMINE the analog or digital point in alarm AND REFER to operating procedures and guidelines.
DETERMINE the analog or digital point in alarm AND REFER to operating procedures and guidelines.
INPUTS Digital Point/
INPUTS Digital Point/
Indication         Nomenclature/Condition                 Automatic Action D4833       TAKEOVER AT C631                       Alarm only A2995       RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING                 Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F A TEMP                                             Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A2996       RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING                 Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F B TEMP                                             Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A2997       RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING                 Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F C TEMP                                             Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A3005       RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING                 Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F A TEMP                                             Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A3006       RECfRC MOTOR B WINDING                 Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F B TEMP                                             Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A3007       RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING                 Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F C TEMP                                             Reflash at 199 F and 248 F D2911       RECIRC MG A DRIVE OIL TEMP             Alarm Only: High Alarm 188 F D2912       RECIRC MG B DRIVE OIL TEMP             Alarm Only: High Alarm 188 F
Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D4833 TAKEOVER AT C631 Alarm only A2995 RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F A TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A2996 RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F B TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A2997 RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F C TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A3005 RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F A TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A3006 RECfRC MOTOR B WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F B TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A3007 RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F C TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F D2911 RECIRC MG A DRIVE OIL TEMP Alarm Only: High Alarm 188 F D2912 RECIRC MG B DRIVE OIL TEMP Alarm Only: High Alarm 188 F


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 VTD PN1-B31-COO1-0119 Hope Creek                                   Page 149 of 162                             Rev. 25
J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 VTD PN1-B31-COO1-0119 Hope Creek Page 149 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 NOMENCLATURE           Computer point in alarm condition                 SE:TPOINT       Various DESCRIPTION           CRT analog/digital point                               ORIGIN        Various and nomenclature displayed in red AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F5 NOMENCLATURE Computer point in alarm condition SE:TPOINT Various DESCRIPTION CRT analog/digital point and nomenclature displayed in red ORIGIN Various AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:
DETERMINE the analog or digital point in alarm AND REFER to operating procedures and guidelines.
DETERMINE the analog or digital point in alarm AND REFER to operating procedures and guidelines.
CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Field process variable in an abnormal state.l 1A. DETERMINE system affected AND REIFER to operating procedures and guidelines.
: 1. Field process variable in an abnormal state.l 1A. DETERMINE system affected AND REIFER to operating procedures and guidelines.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 Hopec Creek                                       Page 150 of 162                           Rev. 25
J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 Hopec Creek Page 150 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                   HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT               A2995 NOMENCLATURE           RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING A TEMP                   SETTOINT       150F DESCRIPTION         Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high     ORIGIN   BB TE-3826A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A2995 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING A TEMP SETTOINT 150F DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3826A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VALIDATE against CRIDS points A2996 and A2997 for failed TE.
: 1.
: 2. IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
VALIDATE against CRIDS points A2996 and A2997 for failed TE.
: 3. ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per IiC.OP-SO.GB-0001 (Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-000 1(Q) as appropriate.
: 2.
: 4. MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
: 5. INITIATE corrective action listed below.
: 3.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per IiC.OP-SO.GB-0001 (Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-000 1(Q) as appropriate.
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.     IA. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature           ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F(120C). Ref: VTDPNI-               Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B3 1-COO-0l 19.                                HC.OP-40.ZZ-0006(Q).
: 4.
MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
: 5.
INITIATE corrective action listed below.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.
Motor Damage can occur if temperature exceeds 248F(120C). Ref: VTDPNI-B3 1-COO-0l 19.
IA. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and HC.OP-40.ZZ-0006(Q).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-43-1, Sht. 2 PNl-B31-CO01-0l 19 IHope Creek                                   Page 151 of 162                           Rtev. 25
M-43-1, Sht. 2 PNl-B31-CO01-0l 19 IHope Creek Page 151 of 162 Rtev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT                 A2996 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING B TEMP                     SETPOINT       I 50F DESCRIPTION         Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high     ORIGIN   BB TE-3828A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A2996 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING B TEMP SETPOINT I 50F DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3828A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VALIDATE against CRIDS points A2995 and A2997 for failed TE.
: 1.
: 2.     IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
VALIDATE against CRIDS points A2995 and A2997 for failed TE.
: 3.     ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DIV per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-000l(Q) as appropriate.
: 2.
: 4.     MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
: 5.     INITIATE corrective action listed below.
: 3.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DIV per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-000l(Q) as appropriate.
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recire Motor cooling.     lA. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature           ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PNI-             Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and 1B31-COO-O119.                                 HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).
: 4.
REFERENCES;             M43-l, Sht. 2 PN1-B31-COOl-Ol 19 Hope Creek                                     Page 152 of 162                           Rev. 25
MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
: 5.
INITIATE corrective action listed below.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recire Motor cooling.
lA. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PNI-Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and 1B31-COO-O119.
HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).
REFERENCES; M43-l, Sht. 2 PN1-B31-COOl-Ol 19 Hope Creek Page 152 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT               A2997 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING C TEMP                     SETPOINT       150F   I DESCRIPTION           Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high     ORIGIN   BB TE-3830A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A2997 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING C TEMP SETPOINT 150F I
DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3830A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VALIDATE against CRIDS points A2995 and A2996 for failed TE.
: 1.
: 2.     IF TE has failed THEEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
VALIDATE against CRIDS points A2995 and A2996 for failed TE.
: 3. ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DWperHC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) orHC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.
: 2.
: 4. MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
IF TE has failed THEEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
: 5. INITIATE corrective action listed below.
: 3.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DWperHC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) orHC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.     1A. BEFORE, temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature           ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PN1-             Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B3 1-COO-0119.                                 HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).
: 4.
MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
: 5.
INITIATE corrective action listed below.
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.
1A. BEFORE, temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PN1-Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B3 1-COO-0119.
HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-43-1, Sht. 2 PN1-B31-COOI-0119 Hop~e Creek                                     Page 153 of 162                           Rev. 25
M-43-1, Sht. 2 PN1-B31-COOI-0119 Hop~e Creek Page 153 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.Ol'-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.Ol'-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT                 A3005 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING A TEMP                   SETPOINT         15OF DESCRIPTION           Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high     ORIGIN   BB TE-3826B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A3005 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING A TEMP SETPOINT 15OF DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3826B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
None OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VALIDATE against CRIDS points A3006 and A3007 for failed TE.
: 1.
: 2.     IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
VALIDATE against CRIDS points A3006 and A3007 for failed TE.
: 3.     ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.
: 2.
: 4.     MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
: 5. INITIATE corrective action listed below.
: 3.
                                          ~
ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.
CAUSE~ ~     ~             CORCIEAO CAUSE                                     CORRE CTIVE ACTION
: 4.
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.     1A. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature           ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PN1-             Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B31-COO-01 19.                                 HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).
MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
: 5.
INITIATE corrective action listed below.
CAUSE~  
~  
~  
~
CORCIEAO CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.
1A. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PN1-Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B31-COO-01 19.
HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-43-l, Sht. 2 PNI-B3 1-C001-01 19 Hope Creek                                     Page 154 of 162                           Revr. 25
M-43-l, Sht. 2 PNI-B3 1-C001-01 19 Hope Creek Page 154 of 162 Revr. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only                                                     HC. OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC. OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
* A'rACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT                 A3006 NOMENCLATURE           RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING B TEMP                     SETPOINT       15F DESCRIPTION         Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high     ORIGIN   BB TE-3828B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
* A'rACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A3006 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING B TEMP SETPOINT 1 5F DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3828B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
NONE OPERATOR ACTION:
NONE OPERATOR ACTION:
I. VALIDATE against CRIDS points A3005 and A3007 for failed TE.
I.
: 2. IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
VALIDATE against CRIDS points A3005 and A3007 for failed TE.
: 3. ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.
: 2.
: 4. MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
: 5. INITIATE corrective action listed below.
: 3.
1             -            -
ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE, ACTION
: 4.
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.     1A. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature           ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PN1-             Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B31-COO-01 19.                                 HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).
MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
: 5.
INITIATE corrective action listed below.
1 CAUSE CORRECTIVE, ACTION
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.
1A. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PN1-Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B31-COO-01 19.
HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
M-43-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B31-C001-01 19 1-lope Creelc                                   Page 155 of 162                           Rev. 25
M-43-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B31-C001-01 19 1-lope Creelc Page 155 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT                 A3007 NOMENCLATURE             RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING C TEMP                   SETPOINT       150F DESCRIPTION         Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high     ORIGIN   BB TE-3830B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A3007 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING C TEMP SETPOINT 150F DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3830B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
NONE OPERATOR ACTION:
NONE OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. VALIDATE against CRIDS points A3005 and A3007 for failed TE.
: 1.
: 2. IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
VALIDATE against CRIDS points A3005 and A3007 for failed TE.
: 3. ENSURE chilled water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.
: 2.
: 4. MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).
: 5. INITIATE corrective action listed below.
: 3.
CAUSE                                   CORRECTIVE ACTION
ENSURE chilled water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.     IA. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature           ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C).                 .        Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and Ref: VTD PNI-B3 1-COO-0119.                     HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0006(Q).
: 4.
MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.
: 5.
INITIATE corrective action listed below.
CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION
: 1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.
IA. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C).
Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and Ref: VTD PNI-B3 1-COO-0119.
HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0006(Q).


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
            *M-43-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B3 1-CO01-0119 Hope Creek                                     Page 156 of 162                           Rev. 25
*M-43-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B3 1-CO01-0119 Hope Creek Page 156 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.Or-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.Or-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2911 NOMENCLATURE         RECIRC MG A DRIVE OIL TEMP                           SETPOINT         188F DESCRIPTION         Oil temperature in 'A' Recirc MG Fluid Drive HI       ORIGIN     BBTS-8295A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2911 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG A DRIVE OIL TEMP SETPOINT 188F DESCRIPTION Oil temperature in 'A' Recirc MG Fluid Drive HI ORIGIN BBTS-8295A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
NONE                                                     NOTE
NONE NOTE
                                            'A' Recirc Pump TRIPS at 210 F Lube Oil Temperature OPERATOR ACTION:
'A' Recirc Pump TRIPS at 210 F Lube Oil Temperature OPERATOR ACTION:
DISPATCH Operator to investigate and control 'A' MG Set Lube Oil Temperature.
DISPATCH Operator to investigate and control 'A' MG Set Lube Oil Temperature.
CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Inadequate TACS cooling to 'A' Recirc       1A. DIRECT Operator to adjust TACS flow to MG Lube Oil Cooler                             IA-E-126, MG Set A Hydraulic Oil Cooler to maintain lube oil temperature between 1 0OF and 130 F as indicated on TI-8290A, MG Set A Lube Oil Temp (Local)
: 1. Inadequate TACS cooling to 'A' Recirc 1A. DIRECT Operator to adjust TACS flow to MG Lube Oil Cooler IA-E-126, MG Set A Hydraulic Oil Cooler to maintain lube oil temperature between 1 0O F and 130 F as indicated on TI-8290A, MG Set A Lube Oil Temp (Local)


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-B31-1030-0024, Sht. 6, 8, 10 PN-1-B31-S00 -0120 M-43-l sh.2 Hop~e Creek                                   Page 157 of 162                               Rev. 25
PNI-B31-1030-0024, Sht. 6, 8, 10 PN-1-B31-S00 -0120 M-43-l sh.2 Hop~e Creek Page 157 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                     HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT F5 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                 D2912 NOMENCLATURE         RECIRC MG B DRIVE OIL TEMP                           SE TPOINT       188F DESCRIPTION       Oil temperature in 'B' Recirc MG Fluid Drive HI       ORIGIN       BBTS-8295B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2912 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG B DRIVE OIL TEMP SE TPOINT 188F DESCRIPTION Oil temperature in 'B' Recirc MG Fluid Drive HI ORIGIN BBTS-8295B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
NONE                                                     NOTE
NONE NOTE
                                            'B' Recire Pump TRIPS at 210 F Lube Oil Temperrature OPERATOR ACTION:
'B' Recire Pump TRIPS at 210 F Lube Oil Temper OPERATOR ACTION:
DISPATCH Operator to investigate and control 'B' MG Set Lube Oil Temperature CAUSE                                     CORRECTIVE ACTION
DISPATCH Operator to investigate and control 'B' MG Set Lube Oil Temperature rature CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. Inadequate TACS cooling to 'B' ReciTc       1A. DIRECT Operator to adjust TACS flow to MG Lube Oil Cooler                               IB-B-126, MG Set B Hydraulic Oil Cooler to maintain lube oil temperature between 110 F and 130 F as indicated on TI-8290B, MG Set B Lube Oil Temp (Local)
: 1. Inadequate TACS cooling to 'B' ReciTc 1A. DIRECT Operator to adjust TACS flow to MG Lube Oil Cooler IB-B-126, MG Set B Hydraulic Oil Cooler to maintain lube oil temperature between 110 F and 130 F as indicated on TI-8290B, MG Set B Lube Oil Temp (Local)


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-B31-1030-0024, Sht. 6, 8, 10 PN1-B31-S001-0120 M-43-1 sh.2 Hope Creek                                     Page 158 of 162                             Rtev. 25
PNI-B31-1030-0024, Sht. 6, 8, 10 PN1-B31-S001-0120 M-43-1 sh.2 Hope Creek Page 158 of 162 Rtev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                                         HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT                     D)2922 NOMENCLATURE         RECIRC PMP MOTOR A OIL LVL                             SETPOINT         Various DESCRIPTION         Oil Level in Recirc Motor Upper/Lower               ORIGIN       LSH/LSL-3793A Bearing HI/LO                                                    LSH/LSL-3795A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D)2922 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PMP MOTOR A OIL LVL SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION Oil Level in Recirc Motor Upper/Lower Bearing HI/LO ORIGIN LSH/LSL-3793A LSH/LSL-3795A AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Computer Alarm Only                                               NOTE This digital alarm point Input to overhead annunciator Cl-F5 is inhibited, Computer alarm only.
Computer Alarm Only NOTE This digital alarm point Input to overhead annunciator Cl-F5 is inhibited, Computer alarm only.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
MONITOR Motor Bearing Temperatures CAUSE                                         CORRECTIVE ACTION
MONITOR Motor Bearing Temperatures CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. High OR Low Oil Level in Upper and/or       IA. NOTIFY SM/CRS Lower Motor Bearing Reservoir 1B. REQUEST Shift I&C Tech Take voltage reading at Computer CabinetlOZ628, Box 6, TB 3, Terminals 19 & 20. Compare voltage reading to table on sheet 2 to determine cause of alarm.
: 1. High OR Low Oil Level in Upper and/or IA. NOTIFY SM/CRS Lower Motor Bearing Reservoir 1B. REQUEST Shift I&C Tech Take voltage reading at Computer CabinetlOZ628, Box 6, TB 3, Terminals 19 & 20. Compare voltage reading to table on sheet 2 to determine cause of alarm.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
PNI-B31-1030-0024, Sht. 6 PNI-B31-CO01-01 19 DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hop~e Crceek                                 Page 159 of 162                                   Rev. 25
PNI-B31-1030-0024, Sht. 6 PNI-B31-CO01-01 19 DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hop~e Crceek Page 159 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only                                             HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT             D2922 VOLTAGE                             INDICATED PROBLEM I.,
ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2922 VOLTAGE INDICATED PROBLEM I.,
Across Terminals 19 & 20 (Supply Voltage 128 VDC) 34.22 E 1.34 VDC                           Upper Bearing Low Level AND (32.88 to 35.56)                           Lower Bearing Low Level 37.15 A 1.45 VDC.                         Upper Bearing High Level AND (35.70 to 38.60)                           Lower Bearing Low Level 40.23 i 1.57 VDC                           Lower Bearing Low Level (38.66 to 41.80) 48.32 4 1.89 VDC                         Upper Bearing Low Level AND (46.43 to 50.21)                           Lower Bearing High Level 54.36 4 2.12 VDC                           Upper Bearing High Level AND (52.24 to 56.48)                         Lower Bearing High Level 61.22 i 2.39 VDC                           Lower Bearing High Level (58.83 to 63.61) 82.15 A 3.21 VDC                         Upper Bearing Low Level (78.94 to 85.36) 101.24 i 3.95 VDC                         Upper Bearing High Level (97.29 to 105.19)
Across Terminals 19 & 20 (Supply Voltage 128 VDC) 34.22 E 1.34 VDC (32.88 to 35.56) 37.15 A 1.45 VDC.
(35.70 to 38.60) 40.23 i 1.57 VDC (38.66 to 41.80) 48.32 4 1.89 VDC (46.43 to 50.21) 54.36 4 2.12 VDC (52.24 to 56.48) 61.22 i 2.39 VDC (58.83 to 63.61) 82.15 A 3.21 VDC (78.94 to 85.36) 101.24 i 3.95 VDC (97.29 to 105.19)
Upper Bearing Low Level AND Lower Bearing Low Level Upper Bearing High Level AND Lower Bearing Low Level Lower Bearing Low Level Upper Bearing Low Level AND Lower Bearing High Level Upper Bearing High Level AND Lower Bearing High Level Lower Bearing High Level Upper Bearing Low Level Upper Bearing High Level


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hope Creek                               Page 160 of 162                         Rev. 25 mmmmmmmmmmmmm
DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hope Creek Page 160 of 162 Rev. 25 mmmmmmmmmmmmm


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only                                                       HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT FS DIGITAL ALARM POINT                   D2923 NOMENCLATURE           RECIRC PMP MOTOR.B OIL LVL                       SETPOINT         Various DESCRIPTION           Oil Level in Recirc Motor Upper/Lower               ORIGIN     LSH/LSL-3793B Bearing HI/LO                                                  LSI-IJLSL-3795B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
ATTACHMENT FS DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2923 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PMP MOTOR.B OIL LVL SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION Oil Level in Recirc Motor Upper/Lower Bearing HI/LO ORIGIN LSH/LSL-3793B LSI-IJLSL-3795B AUTOMATIC ACTION:
Computer Alarm Only                                               NOTE This digital alarm point input to overhead annunciator C1-F5 Is Inhibited. Computer alarm only.
Computer Alarm Only NOTE This digital alarm point input to overhead annunciator C1-F5 Is Inhibited. Computer alarm only.
OPERATOR ACTION:
OPERATOR ACTION:
: 1. MONITOR Motor Bearing Temperatures CAUSE                                       CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1.
: 1. High OR Low Oil Level in Upper and/or     1A. NOTIFY SM/CRS Lower Motor Bearing Reservoir.
MONITOR Motor Bearing Temperatures CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION
: 1. High OR Low Oil Level in Upper and/or 1A. NOTIFY SM/CRS Lower Motor Bearing Reservoir.
1B. REQUEST Shift I&C Tech take voltage reading at Computer CabinetlOZ628, Box 6, TB 3, Terminals 20 & 21.
1B. REQUEST Shift I&C Tech take voltage reading at Computer CabinetlOZ628, Box 6, TB 3, Terminals 20 & 21.
COMPARE voltage reading to table on Sheet 2 to determine cause of alarm.
COMPARE voltage reading to table on Sheet 2 to determine cause of alarm.


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
DCP No. 4-HM-0601 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht PNI-B31-COOI-01 19 Hopec Creek                                   Page 161 of 162                               Rev. 25
PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht PNI-B31-COOI-01 19 DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hopec Creek Page 161 of 162 Rev. 25


USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only                                             IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)
ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT               D2923 VOLTAGE                             INDICATED PROBLEM Across Terminals 20 & 21 (Supply Voltage 128 VDC) 34.22 - 1.34 VDC                           Upper Bearing Low Level AND (32.88 to 35.56)                           Lower Bearing Low Level 37.15 i 1.45 VDC                           Upper Bearing High Level AND (35.70 to 38.60)                           Lower Bearing Low Level 40.23
ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2923 VOLTAGE INDICATED PROBLEM Across Terminals 20 & 21 (Supply Voltage 128 VDC) 34.22 - 1.34 VDC Upper Bearing Low Level AND (32.88 to 35.56)
* 1.57 VDC                           Lower Bearing Low Level (38.66 to 41.80) 48.324 1.89 VDC                           Upper Bearing Low Level AND (46.43 to 50.21)                           Lower Bearing High Level 54.36 i 2.12 VDC                           Upper Bearing High Level AND (52.24 to 56.48)                           Lower Bearing High Level 61.22 i 2.39 VDC                           Lower Bearing High Level (58.83 to 63.61) 82.15 L3.21 VDC                           Upper Bearing Low Level (78.94 to 85.36) 101.24 i 3.95 VDC                         Upper Bearing High Level (97.29 to 105.19)
Lower Bearing Low Level 37.15 i 1.45 VDC Upper Bearing High Level AND (35.70 to 38.60)
Lower Bearing Low Level 40.23
* 1.57 VDC Lower Bearing Low Level (38.66 to 41.80) 48.324 1.89 VDC Upper Bearing Low Level AND (46.43 to 50.21)
Lower Bearing High Level 54.36 i 2.12 VDC Upper Bearing High Level AND (52.24 to 56.48)
Lower Bearing High Level 61.22 i 2.39 VDC Lower Bearing High Level (58.83 to 63.61) 82.15 L 3.21 VDC Upper Bearing Low Level (78.94 to 85.36) 101.24 i 3.95 VDC Upper Bearing High Level (97.29 to 105.19)


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hope Creek                               Page 162 of 162                         Rev. 25}}
DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hope Creek Page 162 of 162 Rev. 25}}

Latest revision as of 23:08, 15 January 2025

HC-OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q), Rev 25A, Overhead Annunciator Window Box C1, Operations Alarm Response Procedure, 10/30/2004
ML050050116
Person / Time
Site: Hope Creek PSEG icon.png
Issue date: 10/30/2004
From: Baban T, Klass K, Lasala P
Public Service Enterprise Group
To:
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
HC-OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q), TAC MC5111
Download: ML050050116 (164)
v • d • e


Text

ON THE SPOT CHANGE PRINTED 20041212 IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE USER T0 VERIFY REVISION, STATUS PRINTED 20041030 NC.DM-AP.ZZ-0002(Q)

FORM-i ON-THE-SPOT-CHANGE (OTSC) FORM PROCEDURE NO: I P-A.

ozos.

OTSC No. _

_A OrderNo. 4vu;S-g rit03 -6Ops

_DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE: eCU-g

_R leh I

1

  1. S

'dL-L~

REASON FOR CHANGE:

reO12V7703 LIST PAGES CHANGED:

/3 ;k Determinea If the OT8C alters the intent -of the procedure.

Refer to Attachment 1, Change of Intent Criteria. 1ELANY of the statements In Attachment I are true, THEN the OTSC changes the Intent of the -procedure...

NC & SH procedures: Salotn AM HC Op8 SMfCRS signatures required prior to use8 INITIATED:

F.A LatC'cd APPROVED:Tlf*&A. Ofi2o I-Lat

=

Sf I Supervisor (PrIn Si 7Nf P )4LAe 2B

/O.0.so g

Date 0

/6 I&tL Date Z

D Oa t00 C/

Date Date APPROVED:

gENM (Hope Creek) Ops S8WCRS (Print AND Sign)

APPROVED:

(Salom) Ops SMICIRS (Print AND Sign)

SUPERVISOR/DESIGNEE:

.1. InlUate a Notification to the responsible procedure group to perform the post-Implementation review of the OTSC upon final Ops SM/CRS approval.

Notincutlon No:

PC)a 2, Provide en approVed cM of tile OTSC Package (DM the work package) to TDR by 1to end of shift.
3. Provide an approved = of the OTSC Package to the SponsortProcedure Writer by the end of swa.
4. When appIlcAble, provide an approved ¢ODY of the OTSC Package for the Control RoDm Console(s).
6. Deliver the signed j2RIQINAL OTSC Package for use with the procedure.

{ fEnsure a copy of the completed procedure Including the OTSC Package iB submitted with the Work 4f Package, If tha procedure was part oftheworkpack COMPLETED BY:

_34_

/___/__

r Supervlsor/D!n~.

Exte~n~n F

NUclear Cornmon Pago 11 of 14 RevY. 2

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG internal Use Only PSEG NUCLEAR L.L.C.

HOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION HIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q) - Rev. 25 OVERHEAD ANNUNCIATOR WINDOW BOX Cl Page I of I USE CATEGORY: If A.

Biennial Review performed Yes _

No I N/A B. Change Package(s) and Affected Document Number(s) incorporated into this revision.

CP No'.

CP Rev. No.

ADNo.

AD Rev. No.

or None v

C. OTSC(s) incorporated into this revision:

OTSC No(s) or None V

REVISION

SUMMARY

1.

Order 70035925 - Modified Attachment E4 providing guidance on a "Radial Position" alarm.

Previously there was no guidance for Radial Position, yet Radial Position could cause this annunciator to alarm.

2.

Order 80066906 - Modified Attachment C2 providing guidance to re-perform a Fill and Vent should the "RWCU PUMP B SEAL CAVITY TEMP" come into alarm following a "Fill and Vent" of the system or leakby of valves used to perform the Fill and Vent.

3.

Department Reviewer Comments:

A.

Modified Attachment E4 Step 2 to state: "REFER to digital alarm response for Digital Point D5351 and/or D5352 of this attachment for controlling Reactor Recirculation Pump speed." This change is merely a rewording to clarify the digital responses control the reduction in Recire Pump Speed. This change is editorial in nature.

B.

Added guidance to Attachment C2 for D3241 for A RWCU similar to B RWCU in Order 80066906.

IMPLEMENTATION RICQUIREMENTS Effective date __

AV_

None APPROVED:

5-1~04 Date

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212Žnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

OVERHEAD ANNUNCIATOR MWINDOW BOX Cl TABLE OF ATTACHMENTS I

2 3

4 5

A-B-

C-SLC TANK RWCU ADS/SAFETY ADS CH.B ADS CH D LOW LEVEL DIFF FLOW RELIEF VLV INITIATED INITIATED PUMP TRIP HI NOT CLOSED Page 2 Page 5 Page 12 Page 17 Page 19 SLC RWCU F/D ADS MANUAL ADS CH B ADS CH D PUMPNALVE INLET INITIATION INITIATION INITIATION O/PF TEMP HI SW ARMED PENDING PENDING.

Page 2l Page28 Page 30 Page 35 Page 37 SLC SQUIB RWCU ADS ADS CH B ADS CH D VLV LOSS OF SYSTEM ISOLATOR OUT OF OUT OF CONTINUITY TROUBLE CARD TRBL SERVICE SERVICE Page 39 Page 44 Page 62 Page 67 Page 73 SLC INJ VLV RWCU FID REACTOR REACTOR REACTOR STEM NOT PANEL RECIRC RECIRC A RECIRC B FULLY OPEN 10C076 PUMPS TRIP TROUBLE TROUBLE Page78 Page 81 Page 83 Page 86 Page 103 SLC TANK RX RECIRC REACTOR SRV TROUBLE PUMPS RPS RECIRC PUMP LO LO SET TRIP BYP VIB HI ARMED Page 120 Page 127 Page 130 Page 133 SLC/RRCS PROCESS ADS DRYWELL COMPUTER PT COMPUTER PT INITIATION SAMPLE PRESS BYPASS RETURN TO IN FAILURE CNDCT HI TIMER INIT NORMAL ALARM Page 136 Page 139 Page 144 Page 147 Page 149 F-Hopc Creek Page 1 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT Al SLC TANK LOW LEVEL PUMP TRIP Window Location Cl-Al OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ENSURE SLC Tank level is low AND VERIFY SLC Pump have tripped.

2.

TURN OFF SLC Control Tank OT204 Electric Heaters I OE276 AND 10E277.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirement of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2383 SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP A SLC Pump AP208 tips TRIP IF running.

D2384 SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP B SLC Pump BP208 trips TRIP IF running.

REFERENCES:

J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Crceek Page 2 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nti Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT Al DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2383 NOMENCLATURE SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP A TRIP SETPOINT 260 gals DESCPJPTION SLC Pump AP208 tripped due to a low-low level in SLC Control Tank OT204 ORIGIN LT-NOIOAIE AUTOMATIC ACTION:

SLC Pump AP208 trips IF running.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY Automatic Action.

2.

TURN OFF SLC Control Tank 0T204 Electric Heaters I OE276 AND 10E277.

3.

Under the direction of the Control Room Supervisor SEND an operator to restore the chemical level of SLC Control Tank OT204 in accordance wvith HC.OP-SO.BH-0003 (Q).

4.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Normal SLC Control Tank chemical lA. NOTIFY the CRS of the situation useage.

AND initiate corrective action.

2. LT-NOl OA & LT-NOI OE INST Line Valve 2A. ENSURE drain valves 1-BH-V059 l-BH-V059 OR LT-NOlOB & LT-NOOF AND l-BH-V061 are closed INST Line Valve l-BII-V061 is open, or AND drain line(s) are capped.

leaking through.

3.

SLC Control Tank ruptured.

3A. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-48-l J348-0, Sht. 2, Sht. 5 NUREG-0123 Hope Creek Page 3 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212'nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT Al DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2384 NOMENCLATURE SLCS TANK LOW LVL PMP B TRIP SETPOINT 260 gals DESCRIPTION SLC Pump BP208 tripped due to a low-low level in SLC Control Tank OT204 ORIGIN LT-NOIOBIF AUTOMATIC ACTION:

SLC Pump BP208 trips IF running.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VE RIFY Automatic Action.

2.

TURN OFF SLC Control Tank 0T204 Electric Heaters I OE276 and 1 OE277.

3.

Under the direction of the Control Room Supervisor SEND an operator to restore the chemical level of SLC Control Tank 0T204 in accordance with HC.OP-SO.BH-OOOI(Q).

4.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Normal SLC Control Tank chemical 1A. NOTIFY the CRS of the situation useage.

AND INITIATE corrective action.

2. LT-NOIOA & LT-NOlOE INST Line Valve 2A. ENSURE drain valves 1-BH-V059 I-BH-V059 OR LT-NOIOB & LT-NO1OF AND I-BH-V061 are closed INST Line Valve I-BH-V061 is open, or AND drain line(s) are capped.

leaking through.

3. SLC Control Tank ruptured.

3A. NOTIFY the CRS initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 2, Sht. 5 NUREG-0123 Hope Creek Page 4 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTEDZQQ4j212!nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A2 RWCU DIFF FLOW Hi Window Location Cl-A2 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

Observing NUMAC, MONITOR 10C609-Z1(ISKXR-11497) and 10C61 1-Z4 (ISKXR-1 1499),

VERIFY that RWCU HIGH DIFF CHANNEL A(B) setpoint has been reached.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Isolation Actuation Instrumentation of Technical Specification 3.3.2.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5872 RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CH A RWCU System isolation NUMAC MONITORIOC609-ZI (I SKXR-1 1497)

D5870 RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CH D RWCU System isolation NUMAC MONITORlOC6I -Z4 (ISKXR-11499)

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-0 PNI-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,s,9 Hopc Creek Page 5 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212rnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5870 NOMENCLATURE RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CH D SETPOINT

>56gpm for > 45 secs DESCRIPTION

RWCU System Channel D isolation via closing of Outboard Isolation Valve 1-BG-HV-F004.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

Observing NUMAC, MONITOR I 0C61 1-Z41(I SKXR-1 1499),

VERIFY that RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CHANNEL D setpoint has been reached, "(RWCU status = ISOL)".

2.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Isolation Actuation Instrumentation of Technical Specifications 3.3.2.

4.

REFER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q); Primary Containment.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Excessive blowdown to the Main 1A. REDUCE blowdown flow rate by closing Flow Condenser and/or the Equipment Drain Control Valve I-BG-HV-F033 enough to Collection System.

prevent a RWCU System isolation.

2. Pressure Relief Valve PSV-3879 of 2A. MONITOR CRW Sumps for an increase in level.

Regenerative Heat Exchanger CE207 or PSV-3880 of Regenerative Heat 2B. REQUEST the CRS to Exchanger AE207 stuck open.

initiate corrective action.

3. Excess Flow Check Valve XV-3884B 3A. REFER to Digital Point D5760 of and/or XV-3884D closed Attachment C3.

alarm response HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0013(Q),

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-0 PNI -B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek Page 6 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212-nal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-OOO8(Q)

ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5870 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

4. Improper RWCU System valve line up 4A. ENSURE that the RWCU System is properly aligned IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-OOO.1
5. RWCU System piping rupture 5A. MONITOR the Reactor Building for an increase in leakage rates.

5B. MONITOR Reactor Building Room temperatures and At's as indicated on the appropriate NUMARC.

5C. SEND an operator to locate the leak.

5D. ISOLATE the leak as directed by the CRS.

5E. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-O PN1-B21-1050-0064 Slits, 1,8,9 Hope Creck Page 7 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 2004 1?12 nal Use Only ATTACHMENT A2 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

INPUTS IOC611-Z4 (1SKXR-11499)

NUMAC CHANNEL Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action RWCU RI RWCU INLET - N035 TIMER INITIATED RWCU #2 CAVS FLOW - 11479 TIMERINITIATED RWCU #3 RWCU DISCHARGE - N040 TIMER INITIATED RWCU #4 RWCU BLOW DOWN - NO11 TIMER INITIATED

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-0 PNI-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek Page 8 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212inal Use Only BC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5872 NOMENCLATURE RWCU HIIGH DIFF FLOW CH A SETPOINT

> 56 gpm for > 45 secs NUMAC I 0C609-ZI DESCR1IPTION High differential flow exists in the RWCU System ORIGIN AUTOMATIC ACTION:

RWCU System isolation via closing of Inboard Isolation Valve HV-FOO1.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

OBSERVE NUMAC, MONITOR 10C609-Zl(SKXR-1 1497),

VERIFY that RWCU HIGH DIFF FLOW CHANNEL A setpoint has been reached "(RWCU status ISOL)".

2.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Isolation Actuation Instrumentation of Technical Specifications 3.3.2.

4.

REFER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q); Primary Containment.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Excessive blowdown to the Main 1A. REiDUCE blowdown flow rate by closing Condenser and/or the Equipment Flow Control Valve I-BG-HV-F033 enough to Drain Collection System.

prevent a RWCU System isolation.

2. Pressure Relief Valve PSV-3879 of 2A. MONITOR CRW Sumps for an increase in level.

Regenerative Heat Exchanger CE207 or PSV-3880 of Regenerative Heat 2B. REQUEST the CRS to Exchanger AE207 stuck open.

INITIATE corrective action.

3. Excess Flow Check Valve XV-3884A 3A. REFER to digital point D5824 of alarm response and/or XV-3884C closed.

HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0013(Q), Attachment C3.

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-104,-a PN1-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek Page 9 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212flal Use Unly HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5872 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

4. Improper RWCU System valve line up IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001.
5. RWCU System piping rupture.

4A. ENSURE that the RWCU System is properly aligned SA. MONITOR the Reactor Building for an increase in leakage rates.

5B. MONITOR Reactor Building room temperatures and At's as indicated on the appropriate NUMARC.

SC. SEND an operator to locate the leak.

SD. ISOLATE the leak as directed by the CRS.

5E. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht. 9 J-1 04,-O PNI-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hope Creek Page 10 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212iial Usc OQU' HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A2 INPUTS 10C609-ZI (I SKXR-1 1497)

NUMAC CHANNEL Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action RWCU #1 RWCU INLET - N035 TIMER INITIATED RWCU #2 CAVS FLOW - 11479 TIMER INITIATED RWCU #3 RWCU DISCHARGE - N040 TIMER INITIATED IRWCU #4 RWCU BLOW DOWN - NOl I TIMER INITIATED

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-25-0, Sht 9 J-1 04,-O PN1-B21-1050-0064 Shts, 1,8,9 Hop~e Creek Page 11 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212rnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A3 ADS/SAFETY RELIEF VLY NOT CLOSED Window Location C1-A3 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

IF ADS OR SRV valve(s) are open, REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0006(Q).

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Safety/Relief Valve requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.2.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.

4.

ENSURE compliance with the Torus to Drywell Vacuum Breaker requirements of Technical Specification 4.6.4.1.b. [CR 981117102]

5.

ENSURE compliance with the Accident Monitoring Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specification 3.3.7.5. (Safety/Relief Valve Position Indicator)

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action OPEN Relief Vlv ADS or SAFETY VLV not Alarm only positions reseated OPEN SRV/ADS ADS or SAFETY VLV leaking Alarm only VALVES

REFERENCES:

E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41 -0, Sht. 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hope Creek Page 12 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212rnal Use OnIl I-IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A3 NOMENCLATURE ADS OR SAFETY VLV NOT RESEATED SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION OPEN RELIEF VLV POSITIONS AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

IFADS OR SRV valve(s) are open, REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0006(Q)

(requires action within two minutes).

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) automatically opened on reactor high pressure of 1108 psig (4 valves),

1120 psig (5 valves),

1130 psig (5 valves)

2. ADS Valve automatically open on ADS actuation.

lA. RESPOND according to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).

11. ENSURE any SRV and/or ADS valve that opened has closed WHEN no longer required to be open.

2A. RESPOND according to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).

2B. WHEN ADS is no longer required, under the direction of the CRS RESET the ADS initiation.

2C. ENSURE any ADS valve that opened has closed WHEN no longer required to be open.

REFERENCES:

M-41-l, Sht. l;Sht.2 PJ800Q-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht 8 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hope Creek ePage 13 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20Q4J212-nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A3 CONDITION ADS OR SAFETY VLV NOT RESEATED CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

3. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) did not 3A. ATTEMPT to close the SRV/ ADS valve(s) reseat properly upon closing according to operating procedures and or failed open.

guidelines under the direction of the CRS.

3B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.

4. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) are leaking by 4A. DO NOT cycle valve to clear. alarm.

(indicated by high tailpipe temperature).

High tailpipe temperature could be due

[CD-782A]

to leaking pilot valve.

4B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-41-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 PJ800Q-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht 8 PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hop~e Creek Page 14 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A3 NOMENCLATURE ADS OR SAFETY VLV LEAKING SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION OPEN SRV/ADS VALVES AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

IF ADS OR SRV valve(s) are open, REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0006(Q)

(requires action within two minute)s.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) 1A. RESPOND according to automatically opened on reactor HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).

high pressure of 1108 psig (4 valves),

lB. ENSURE any SRV and/or ADS valve that 1120 psig (5 valves),

opened has closed 1130 psig (5 valves).

WHEN no longer required to be open.

2. ADS valve automatically open 2A RESPOND according to on ADS actuation.

HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101 (Q).

2B. WHEN ADS is no longer required, under the direction of the CRS, RESET the ADS initiation.

2C. ENSURE any ADS valve that opened has closed WHEN no longer required to be open.

REFERENCES:

M-41-1, Sht. I; Sht. 2 PJBOOQ-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht. 8 PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 CD-782A SIL 196 Hope Creek Page 15 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 2QQ412.l2nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A3 CONDITION ADS OR SAFETY VLV LEAKING CAUSE I

CORRECTIVE ACTION

3. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) did not reseat properly upon closing or failed open.
4. SRV and/or ADS valve(s) are leaking by (indicated by high tailpipe temperature).

[CD-782A]

3A. ATTEMPT to close the SRV/ADS valve(s) according to operating procedures and guidelines under the direction of the CRS.

3B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.

4A. DO NOT cycle valve to clear alarm.

High tailpipe temperature could be due to leaking pilot valve.

4B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-41-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 PJ800Q-0020 Shts 1,2,6 J-0650-1, Sht. 8 PNl-B21-1060-0063, Sht 12 H~ope Creek Page 16 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINT ED. 2DQ4i12.nal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A4 ADS CH B INITIATE D Window Location Cl-A4 OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

VE:RIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.

2.

REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5319 ADS CHANNEL B INITIATED ADS Valves HV-FO13AIB/CID/E open.

RE:FERE:NCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht.2 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. II Hope Creek Page 17 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nal Use Only HC.Ol'-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5319 NOMENCLATURE ADS CHANNEL B INITIATED SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION ADS blowdown actuated AUTOMATIC ACTION:

ADS Valves I-IV-FO13AIB/C/DJE open.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.

2.

REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The following ADS Logic B conditions 1A. Same as above.

exist:

High Drywell pressure(Z 1.68 psig)

OR High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) timed out AND RPV Level 1 (< -129")

AND RPV Level 3 (5 12.5")

(Confirmatory)

AND ADS Logic B Actuation Timer (105 second) timed out AND RHR Pump B OR D running (discharge 2 125 psig)

OR Core Spray Pump B AND D running (discharge 2 145 psig).

REFERE NCE S:

J-41-0, Sht. 12 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Shts 4,5,7,11 Hop~e Creek Page 18 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212-nal Use Only

-IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A5 ADS CHD D

INITIATED Window Location Cl-A5 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.

2.

REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.

INPUTS Digital Pointl Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5324 ADS CHANNEL D INITIATED ADS Valves HV-FO13A/B/C/D/E open.

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. 2 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 19 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212inal Use Only HIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT A5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5324 NOMENCLATURE ADS CHANNEL D INITIATED SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION

-ADS blowdown actuated ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:

ADS Valves HV-F01 3A/B/CIDIE open.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR ADS blowdown.

2.

REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Depressurization Systems Suppression Chamber requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.2.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The following ADS Logic D conditions exist:

IA. Same as above.

High Drywell pressure(Ž 1.68 psig)

OR High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) timed out AND RPV Level 1 (5 -129")

AND RPV Level 3 (* 12.5")

(Confirmatory)

AND ADS Logic D Actuation Timer (105 second) timed out AND RHR Pump A OR C running (discharge 2 125 psig)

OR Core Spray Pump A AND C running (discharge ;t 145 psig).

REFE RENCES:

J-41 -0, Sht. 12 PNI-B21-1060-0063, Shts 4,5,8,11 Hope Creek Page 20 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nalUse Only HC.OP-AR.Z7-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT BI Window Location C1-B1 OPERATOR ACTION:

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D3022 SLC INJ PMP AP208 TROUBLE SLC Pump AP208 trips.

D3023 SLC INJ PMP BP208 TROUBLE SLC Pump BP208 trips.

D5697 SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-FO06A SLC Injection Valve BH-HV-FO06A OPF becomes inoperative AND the OVLDJPWR FAIL light associated with BH-HV-FO06A cycles on and off.

D5698 SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-F006B SLC Injection Valve BH-HV-FO06B OPF becomes inoperative AND the OVLD/PWR FAIL light BH-HV-FO06B cycles on and off.

REFERENCES:

J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hop~e Creek Page 21 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212*nal Use Univ HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT BI DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3022 NOMENCLATURE SLC INJ PMP AP208 TROUBLE SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Pump AP208 no longer operative.

ORIGIN MCC lOB2l2 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

SLC Pump AP208 trips.

OPERATOR ACTION:

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SLC Injection Pump Motor AP208 inoperative due to:
a. breaker tripped
b. thermal overloads tripped
c. faulty control power fuse
d. faulty control power transformer IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212063 to determine fault.

IB. IF the breaker has tripped OR thermal overloads have tripped OR control fuse is blown, INSPECT pump's motor for mechanical interference, low lube oil level, high motor temperature, etc.

IC. NOTIFY the CRS prior to resetting any breaker fault or IF any pump/motor problems are found.

Continued

REFERENCES:

E-6050-0 348-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 I-lope Creek Page 22 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212iial Use Only ATTACHMENT B1 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3022 CAUSE CORRECTWE ACTION 4.

1. SLC Injection Pump Motor AP208 inoperative due to:
a. breaker tripped
b. thermal overloads tripped
c. faulty control power fuse
d. faulty control power transformer ID. IF the breaker OR thermal overloads trip OR the control power/fuse blows after being reset/replaced, NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.

NOTE Manually opening breaker 52-212063 will not cause this alarm to actuate.

REFERENCES:

E-6050-0 J-48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 Hope Creek Page 23 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212nai use unty HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3023 NOMENCLATURE SLC INJ PMP BP208 TROUBLE SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION SLC Pump BP208 no longer operative.

ORIGIN MCC 10B222 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

SLC Pump BP208 trips.

OPERATOR ACTION:

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SLC Injection Pump Motor BP208 lA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-222101 to inoperative due to:

determine fault.

a. breaker tripped 1B. IF the breaker has tripped
b. thermal overloads tripped OR thermal overloads have blown,
c. faulty control power fuse INSPECT pump motor for mechanical
d. faulty control power transformer interference, low lube oil level, high motor temperature, etc.

IC. NOTIFY the CRS prior to resetting any breaker fault or IF any pump/motor problems are found.

Continued

REFERENCES:

E-6050-0 J48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 H~ope Cr-eek Page 24 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3023 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SLC Injection Pump Motor BP208 inoperative due to:
a. breaker tripped
b. thermal overloads tripped
c. faulty control power fuse
d. faulty control power transformer ID.

IF the breaker OR thermal overloads trip OR the control power/fuse blows after being reset/replaced, NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.

NOTE Manually opening breaker 52-222101 will not cause this alarm to actuate.

REFERENCES:

E-6050-0 J48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0413 M-48-1 Hope Creek Page 25 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only H C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT.

D5697 NOMENCLATURE SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-FO06A OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION SLCS Isolation Valve stem INOP ORIGIN MCC 10B212 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

SLCS Isolation Valve HV-FO06A becomes inoperative AND the OVLD/PWR FAIL light associated with HV-F006A cycles on and off.

OPERATOR ACTION:

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. MOV inoperative
a. breaker trip
b. thermal overload
c. control power fuse blown
d. control power transformer failure IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212202.

1B. IF breaker OR thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.

1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

E-6052-0 J-48-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0802 M-48-1 Hope Creek Page 26 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT 11 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5698 NOMENCLATURE SLC OUTBD ISLN V HV-FO06B OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION SLCS Isolation Valve stem INOP ORIGIN MCC 10B242 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

SLCS Isolation Valve HV-FO06B becomes inoperative AND the OVLDJPWR FAIL light associated with HV-PO06B cycles on and off.

OPERATOR ACTION:

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. MOV inoperative lA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242203.
a. breaker trip lB. IF breaker
b. thermal overload OR thermal overloads are tripped,
c. control power fuse blown NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.

d control power transformer failure lC. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action

REFERENCES:

E-6052-0 J48-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 5 PJ200(Q) - 0802 M-48-l Hope Creek Page 27 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B2 RWVCU F/D INLET TEMP 11 Window Location C1-B12 OPERATOR ACTION:

ENSURE RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve HV-F004 closes.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5357 RWCU FILTER INLET TEMP HI RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve

.HV-F004 closes.

NOTE Operating RWCU Pumps will trip on the HV-F004 close signal.

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-44-0, Sht. 4 PNI-G33-101 0-0098 HCGS Sys. Des. Vol. 3 Chap 16 Hope Creek Page 28 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT 132 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5357 NOMENCLATURE RWCU FILTER INLET TEMP HI SETPOINT 1400F DESCRIPTION Isolation to protect F/D resin ORIGIN TE-N007 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

RWCU Outboard Isolation Valve HV-F004 closes.

OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

VERIFY that the RWCU F/D INLET TEMP HI setpoint has been reached,

2.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Reduced 1A. INCREASE the RACS cooling flow to the OR loss of RWCU Non-Regenerative RWCU Non-Regenerative Heat Exchanger.

Heat Exchanger cooling from RACS.

1B. REFER to HC.OP-AB.COOL-0003(Q), Reactor Auxiliary Cooling.

2. RWCU blowdown flow rate going to the 2A. STOP RWCU System blowdown Main Condenser and/or the Equip. Drain AND REFER to HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q)

Collection System is too high.

RWCU System Operation for restoration of system.

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-44-0, Sht. 4 PNI-G33-1010-0098 HCGS Sys. Des. Vol. 3 Chap. 16 Hope Creek Page 29 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B3 Window Location CI-133 OPERATOR ACTION:

DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming any of the ADS manual initiation circuits is warranted.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D3083 ADS LOGIC B INIT SW S6B Alarm only ARMED D2284 ADS LOGIC B INIT SW S6F Alarm only ARMED D2478 ADS LOGIC D INIT SW S6D Alarm only ARMED D2506 ADS LOGIC D INIT SW S6H Alarm only ARMED

REFERENCES:

J41-0, Sht. 11 J-0650-1, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 30 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3083 NOMENCLATURE ADS LOGIC B INIT SW S6B ARMED SETPOINT NIA.

DESCRIPTION ADS Logic B arming collar for Logic Channel B armed.

ORIGIN Panel 10C650C AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

2.

DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel B of ADS Logic B is warranted.

NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The arming collar of ADS Logic B Logic 1A. DETERMINE IF the reason for arming Channel B turned ON.

Logic Channel B of ADS Logic B is justified.

IF NOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.

lB. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

J41-0, Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 31 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT 133 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2284 NOMENCLATURE ADS LOGIC B NIT SW S6FARMED SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Logic B arming collar for Logic Channel F armed.

ORIGIN Panel 10C650C AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel F of ADS Logic F is warranted.

2.

NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The manual arming collar of ADS Logic B 1A. DETERMINE Logic Channel F turned ON.

IF the reason for arming Logic Channel F of ADS Logic B is justified.

IF NOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.

IB. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 11 Hope Creel, Page 32 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B3 I

i I

i I

DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2478 NOMENCLATURE ADS LOGIC.D INIT SW S6D ARMED SETPOINT

,.. N/A.

ORIGIN Panel 10C650C DESCRIPTION ADS Logic D arming collar for Logic Channel D armed.

II Ii AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel D of ADS Logic D is wanranted.

2.

NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.

I I

I I

i CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The manual arming collar of ADS Logic D Logic Channel D turned ON.

IA. DETERMINE IF the reason for anning Logic Channel D of ADS Logic D is justified.

IF NOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.

1B. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.

ii I

I i

iIi III I

i i

RE, ERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. II Hope Creek Page 33 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2506 NOMENCLATURE ADS LOGIC D INIT SW S6H ARMED SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Logic D anning collar for Logic Channel H armed.

ORIGIN Panel IOC650C AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

DETERMINE IF the reason for manually arming Logic Channel H of ADS Logic D is warranted.

2.

NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The manual arming collar of ADS Logic D lA. DETERMINE Logic Channel H turned ON.

IF the reason for arming Logic Channel H of ADS Logic D is justified.

IFNOT, DISARM the manual initiation arming collar.

IB. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. I I Hopec Crcek Page 34 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only JJCOP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B4 ADS CH B INITIATION PENDING Window Location C1-B4 OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.

2.

RESET the ADS Logic B Actuation Timer (105 second)

OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI -B21-1060-0063 Hope Creek Page 35 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2161 NOMENCLATURE, ADS LOGIC B TIMER INITIATED SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION ADS initiation pending 105 second timer timing out ORIGIN GE Panel Hi 1-P628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.

2.

RESET the ADS Logic B Actuation Timer (105 second)

OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The following ADS Logic B 1A. RESPOND JAW HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),

conditions exist:

HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0102(Q).

or HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).

High Drywell pressure(Ž 1.68 psig)

OR High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) timed out AND RPV Level 1 (5 -129")

AND RPV Level 3 (< 12.5")

(Confirmatory).

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063 Hope Creek Page 36 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only

. HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B5 Window Location Cl-135 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

2.

VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.

RESET the ADS Logic D Actuation Timer (105 second)

OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2034 ADSDLOGICTIMERINITIATED Alarmonly

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 37 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT B5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2034 NOMENCLATURE ADS D LOGIC TIMER INITIATED SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION ADS initiation pending 105 second timer timing out ORIGIN GE Panel HlI-P631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY that the ADS automatic initiation setpoints have been reached.

2.

RESET the ADS Logic D Actuation Timer (105 second)

OR ALLOW the ADS initiation to occur according to operating procedures and guidelines, under the direction of the CRS.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The following ADS Logic D 1A. RESPOND IAW HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),

conditions exist:

HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0102 (Q) or HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0202(Q).

High Drywell pressure(2 1.68 psig)

OR High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) timed out AND RPV Level 1 (5 -129")

AND RPV Level 3 (5 12.5")

(Confirmatory).

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 12 E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 2; Sht. 3, Sht. 4; Sht. 5, Sht. 11; Sht. 12 Hope Creek Page 38 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-ARZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C1 SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTINUITY Window Location Cl-Cl OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

DETERMINE the reason for the SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTINUITY alarm.

2.

Under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump(s) AP208 and/or BP208 IF SLC injection is not required.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

INPUTS Digital Point!

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D3020 SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04A Alarm only CONTINUITY D3021 SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04B Alarm only CONTINUITY REFERE NCES:

J48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 39 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04A CONTINUITY SETPOI DESCRIPTION Loss of Squib Valve XV-FO04A electrical continuity ORI D3020 NT N/A

[GIN XY-M600A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

DETERMINE the reason for the SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTUNITY alarm.

2.

Under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump AP208 IF SLC injection is not required.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SLC Pump AP208 manually started from IA. Under the order of the CRS the 10C651 Panel.

STOP SLC Pump AP208 IF SLC injection is not required.

2. SLC Pump AP208 automatically started 2A. ENSURE that the RRCS SLCS due to RRCS initiation signal being initiation signal is valid.

present.

IF SLC injection is not required under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump AP208.

3. SLC Pump AP208 breaker tripped.

3A. SEND an operator to MCC 10B212 to determine IF breaker 52-212063 has tripped.

IF so, RESET breaker 52-212063.

Continued

REFERENCES:

M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 1 Hope Creek Page 40 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT Cl DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3020 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

3. SLC Pump AP208 breaker tripped (Continued)
4. Internal electrical malfunction of Squib Valve XV-F004A.

3B. IF breaker 52-212063 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.

3C. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

4A. NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor of the situation AND to initiate corrective action.

4B. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

REFERENCES:

M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 41 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C1 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE SLCS SQUIB XV-FO04B CONTINUITY DESCRIPTION Loss of Squib Valve XV-FO04B electrical continuity POINT D3021 SETPOINT N/A ORIGIN XY-M600B AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

DETERMINE the reason for the SLC SQUIB VLV LOSS OF CONTUNITY alarm.

2.

Under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SLC Pump BP208 IF SLC injection is not required.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SLC Pump BP208 manually started from 1A. Under the order of the CRS, the 10C651 Panel.

STOP SLC Pump BP208 IF SLC injection is not required.

2. SLC Pump BP208 automatically started 2A. ENSURE that the RRCS SLCS due to RRCS initiation signal being initiation signal is valid.

present.

IF SLC injection is not required under the order of the Control Room Supervisor STOP SILC Pump BP208.

3. SLC Pump BP208 breaker tripped.

3A. SEND an operator to MCC 10B222 to determine IF breaker 52-222101 has tripped.

IF so RE SET breaker 52-222101.

Continued

REFERENCES:

M-48-1 J48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 3 Hope Creek Page 42 of 162 Rev. 25,

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Onl3 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3021 CAUSE C

CORWECTIVE ACTION I

_1

3. SLC Pump BP208 breaker tripped (Continued)
4. Internal electrical malfunction of Squib Valve XV-F004B.

3B. IF breaker 52-222101 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.

3C. ENSURE compliance with the Standby

.Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

4A. NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor of the situation AND to initiate corrective action.

4B. ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

REFERENCES:

M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 3 Hope Creekc Page 43 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 RWCU SYSTElM TROUBLE Window Location C1-C2 OPERATOR ACTION:

IF both RWCU Recirc Pumps are running, AND I trips, ENSURE system flow is within capacity of remaining RWCU Pump (pump runout leads to seal failure).

Computer Point A-2856 RWCU OUTLET FLOW TO FDW < 134 gpm.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D3142 RWCU RTN/MN COND HV-F034 None OPF D3143 RWCU INBD ISLN HV-F001 OPF D3144 RWCU OUTBD ISLN HV-F004 OPF D3145 RWCU DR/EQPT DR TK HV-F035 OPF D3146 RWCU RTN TO REAC HV-F039 OPF D3147 RWCU TO CHEM W TK HV-3980 OPF D3241 RWCU PUMP A SEAL CAVITY TEMP D3242 RWCU PUMP B SEAL CAVITY TEMP

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J44-0, Sht. 4 Hope Creek Page 44 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 INPUTS Digital Point!

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5356 RWCU DISCHARGE PRESSURE Blowdown flow control valve I-IV-F033 closes D5358 RWCU PUMP AP221 MOTOR AP221 trips

MALE, D5359 RWCU PUMP BP221 MOTOR BP221 trips MALF

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J44-0, Sht. 4 Hope Creek Page 45 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3142 NOMENCLATURE RWCU RTINIMN COND HV-F034 OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN NIA AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

IF OVLD/PWR FAIL for HV-F034 RWCU RTN TO CNDSR (I OC65 1 C) is flashing, DETE RMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. MOV inoperative
a. breaker trip
b. thermal overload
c. control power fuse blown
d. control power transformer failure 1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212211 1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.

IC. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4;Sht. 8 Hopec Creek Page 46 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3143 NOMENCLATURE RWCU INBD ISLN HV-FO01 OPF I.

SE TPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY HV-FOO1 PUMP SUCTCONTINBD (IOC651C).

IF position indication is available AND OVLDIPWR FAIL is flashing, thermal overloads have tripped.

PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.

2.

IF position indication is lost AND OVLD/PWR FAIL is flashing, DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Technical Specification 3/4.6.3.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. MOV inoperative IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-212021
a. breaker trip IB. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
b. thermal overload NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
c. control power fuse blown
d. control power transformer failure 1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-44-0, J44-0, Sht. 8 Hrope Creek Page 47 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3144 NOMENCLATURE RWCU OUTBD ISLN HV-F004 OPF SETPOINT N/A' DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY HV-F004 PUMP SUCT CONT OUTBD (IOC651C).

IF position indication is available AND OVLDIPWR FAIL is flashing, thermal overloads have tripped.

PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.

2.

IF position indication is lost AND OVLD/PWR FAIL is flashing, DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Technical Specification 3/4.6.3.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. MOV inoperative IA. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242081
a. breaker trip I B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
b. thermal overload NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
c. control power fuse blown
d. control power transformer failure 1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 4S of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3145 NOMENCLATURE RWCU DR/EQPT DR TK HV-F035 OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN NIA AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

IF OVLDJPWR FAIL for HV-F035 RWCU TO EQPT DRN is flashing (10C651C),

DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. MOV inoperative 1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242084
a. breaker trip 1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,
b. thermal overload NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.
c. control power fuse blown
d. control power transformer failure 1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 49 of 162 Revs 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3146 NOMENCLATURE RWCU RTN TO REAC HV-F039 OPF SETPOINT

. N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

IF OVLD/PWR FAIL for HV-F039 RWCU RTNTORPV is flashing (1OC651C),

DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. MOV inoperative
a. breaker trip
b. thermal overload
c. control power fuse blown
d. control power transformer failure 1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242161 lB. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.

I C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 50 of 162 Rev. 25

..I----

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20D41212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3147 NOMENCLATURE RWCU TO CHEM W TK HV-3980 OPF SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION Overload/power failure ORIGIN N/A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACT-ION:

IF OVLD/PWR FAIL for HIV-3980 RWCU RTN TO CHEM WASTE TK is flashing (1OC651C),

DETERMINE cause AND PERFORM CORRECTIVE ACTION as listed below.

  • I.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 4.

1. MOV inoperative
a. breaker trip
b. thermal overload
c. control power fuse blown
d. control power transformer failure 1A. SEND an operator to breaker 52-242124 1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.

IC. IF OVLD/PWRFAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 51 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP.AR.Z7,0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RWCU PUMP A SEAL CAVITY TEMP POINT D3241 SETPOINT 2500F ORIGIN TISH-NO02A DESCRIPTION High temperature seal cavity AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

IF AP221 is OFF, SEND an operator to verify shut IBG-V004.

IF necessary, SHUT 1BG-V003, IF open.

2.

IF AP221 is ON, SEND an operator to check for seal leakage and to ENSURE RACS is available to the RWCU Pump.

Note Pumps should not be tripped except for a plant condition which demands the pump shutdown. There Is no pump related reason for tripping a pump unless it has failed mechanically. Thus, the pump should not be tripped by an RTD signal, since the seal of the tripped pump will not be cooled.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Seal leakage OR failure IA. CHECK the pump seal for leakage (water or steam).

IF leakage is present, REMOVE AP221from service IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-000 1(Q).

Continued

REFERENCES:

M-13-1 M-44-1 Hope Crock Page 52 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3241 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Improper valve lineup from RACS

.3. Loss of RACS.

4. Voids in system following fill and vent OR leakby of valves used to fill and vent.

2A. ENSURE the following RACS valves arc open:

IED-Vl47, IED-V148, 1ED-V149, IED-V150, 1ED-V151, lED-V152, IED-VO16, 1ED-V086 (throttled), 1ED-V081, 3A IF a loss of RACS has occurred, RWCU (BG) will isolate due to high temperature outlet of NRHX.

REFER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q)

AND HC.OP-SO.BG0001(Q) for returning RWCU to service following an isolation.

4A. WITH IBG-V004 CLOSED, RE-PERFORM Fill and Vent IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-O00l(Q), Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation PRIOR to opening 1BG-V004 and starting the RWCU Pump.

REFERENCES:

M-13-1 M-44-1 Hope Creek Page 53 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 P'SEG Internal Use Only H-C.OP-AILZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RWCU PUMP B SEAL CAVITY TEMP SETPOI D3242

  • NT 2500F

,IN TJSH-N002B

. DESCRIPTION High temperature seal cavity

'ORIC, AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

IF BP221 is OFF, SE:ND an operator to verify shut IBG-VO08.

IF necessary, SHUT 1BG-V007, IF open.

2.

IF BP221 is ON, SEND an operator to check for seal leakage AND ENSURE RACS is available to the RWCU Pump.

NOTE Pumps should not be tripped except for a plant condition which demands the pump shutdown. There is no pump related reason for tripping a pump unless it has failed mechanically. Thus, the pump should not be tripped by an RTD signal, since the seal of the tripped pump will not be cooled.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Seal leakage or failure 1A. CHECK the pump seal for leakage (water or steam).

IF leakage is present, REMOVE BP221 from service IAW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001 (Q).

Continued next page REERENCES:

M-13-1 M-44-1 I-lopec Creek Page 54 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)



=

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D3242 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION I

2. Improper valve lineup from RACS
3. Loss of RACS
4. Voids in system following fill and vent OR leakby of valves used to fill and vent.

2A. ENSURE the following RACS valves are open:

1ED-V153, IED-V154, JED-V155, IED-V156, IED-V157, 1ED-V158, lED-V015, IED-V087 (throttled),

IED-V080 3A. IF a loss of RACS has occurred, RWCU (BG) will isolate due to high temperature outlet of NRHX. -

RE FlPER to HC.OP-AB.CONT-0002(Q)

AND HC.OP-SO.BG-OOO1(Q) for returning RWCU to service following an isolation.

4A. WITH lBG-VO08 CLOSED, RE-PERFORM Fill and Vent LAW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001 (Q), Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation PRIOR to opening IBG-V008 and starting the RWCU Pump.

REFERENCES:

M-13-1 M-44-1 Hope Crock Page 55 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES I PRINTED 20041212 i

PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RWCU DISCHARGE PRESSURE SETPO]

D5356 INT

< S psig DESCRIPTION RWCU Discharge Hi/Lo pressure at HV-FO33

>140 psig ORIGIN PSH-N014 PSL-N013 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Blowdown Valve HV-F033 fails closed.

OPE RATOR ACTION:

1.

PRESS HIC R606 DR FL CONT DECREASE PB until POSITION DEMAND indicates 0.

(IOC651C)

2.

CHECK A2947 RWCU COND PMP FLOW indicates 0 gpm.

3.

CHECK A2950 RWCU REGEN HX INLET PRESS to determine system pressure.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Low pressure upstream of blowdo wn IA. VERIFY RWCU valve lineup on 10C651C valve to ensure all valves are in correct position required for the evolution in progress.

NOTE IB. WHEN proper lineup has been established, This isolation prevents AND pressure upstream of HV-F033 * > 5 psig, the operator from draining SV-F033 re-energizes, allowing HIC-R606 RWCU from an isolated system DR FL CONT to position HV-F033.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

M-44-1 J-44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4 Hope Creek Page 56 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT C2 IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5356 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. High pressure downstream of blowdown valve 2A. IF blowing down to the Main Condenser, VIERIFY open HV-FO34, RWCU RTN TO COND. (IOC651C)

NOTE 2B. IF blowing down to Radwaste, This isolation prevents VERIFY open HV-F035, BLDG.

overpressurization of blowdown TO EQUIP DRN COL (IOC651 C-)

piping.

2C. IF I-IV-F034 OR F035 is in correct position, REQUEST Radwaste Operator to verify his lineup to Waste Collector or Waste Surge Tanks is correct.

REFERENCES:

M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4 Hopse Creek Page 57 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT C2 IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

NOMENCLATURE RWCU PUMP AP221 MOTI DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5358 ORMALF SETPOINT N/A ORIGIN N/A DESCRIPTION Motor malfunction AUTOMATIC ACTION:

RWCU Recirc Pump AP221 will trip.

OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

Loss of a RWCU Pump, WHEN in two pump operation, can cause pump runout.

Flow must be reduced immediately by throttling HV-F042, REGEN HX RTN ISLN, until Chemistry can remove a Filter/Demin from service.

2.

IF both F/D were in service, REMOVE 1 F/D from service 1AW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q);

Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation.

3.

IF both RWCU Pumps were ON, WITH 0 or 1 FID in service, ADJUST HV-044 as necessary to maintain system flow at 134 gpm.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

l. Low suction flow (<70 gpm 1A. ENSURE a flow path exists.

for 30 seconds)

IF draining from the vessel is in progress without return to vessel, ENSURE minimum blowdown flow of 70 gpm is maintained.

1B. PRESS LOW SUCTION FLOW PB on RWCU Pump AP221. (1OC651C)

IC. REFER to HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q); RWCU System Operation for procedure to return tripped RWCU Pump to service.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

M-44-0 J-44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4 Hope Creek Pngge 58 of 162 Rcv. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT C2 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5358 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Loss of control power 2A. IF the STOP is flashing, the RWCU Recirc Pump has tripped due to loss of control power.

2B. IF the STOP is lost, the RWCU Recirc Pump is unavailable for service due to loss of control power.

REFERENCES:

M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4; Sht. 8 Hope Creek Page 59 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHME NT C2 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RWCU PUMP BP221 MOTOR MALF POINT D5359 SETPOINT N/A ORIGIN N /A DESCRIPTION Motor malfunction AUTOMATIC ACTION:

RWCU Recirc Pump BP221 will trip.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

Loss of a RWCU Pump, WHEN in two pump operation, can cause pump runout.

Flow must be reduced immediately by throttling HV-F042, REGEN HX RTN ISLN, until Chemistry can remove a Filter/Demin from service.

2.

IF both F/D were in service, REMOVE 1 F/D from service 1AW HC.OP-SO.BG-0001(Q);

Reactor Water Cleanup System Operation.

3.

IF both RWCU Pumps were ON, WITH 0 or I F/D in service; ADJUST HV-044 as necessary to maintain system flow at 134 gpm.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Low suction flow (< 70 gpm for 1A. ElNSURE a flow path exists 30 seconds)

IF draining from the vessel is in progress without return to vessel, ENSURE minimum blowdown flow of 70 gpm is maintained.

1B. PRESS LOW SUCTION FLOW PB on RWCU Pump BP221. (IOC651C)

IC. REFER to HC.OP-SO.BG-000l (Q); RWCU System Operation for procedure to return tripped RWCU Pump to service.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4; Sht. 8 Hope Creekc Page 60 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5359 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Loss of control power 2A. IF the STOP is flashing, the RWCU Recirc Pump has tripped due to loss of control power.

2B. IF the STOP is lost, the RWCU Recirc Pump is unavailable for service due to loss of control power.

REFERENCES:

M-44-0 J44-0, Sht. 3; Sht. 4;Sht. 8 Hope C~reek Page 61 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C3 Window Location C1-C3 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

MONITOR drywell pressure, Reactor water level AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.

2.

REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

INPUTS

REFERENCES:

E-6765-0, Sht. A NI-B21-63, Sht. 11 J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hope Creekc Page 62 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE ADS B ISOLATER INPUT CARD OUT SETPO]

DESCRIPTION Division 2 alarm indicators lost ORIK D5314 INT N/A GIN GE Panel 1OC628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

MONITOR drywell pressure, Reactor water level AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Digital isolator AT2's 2 Amp fuse F49, iA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

located in GE Panel I OC618, faulty.

2. Digital isolator AT2's power supply PSlB 2A. Same as above.

10 Amp fuse, F41B, located in GE Panel IOC618 is faulty.

3. Loss of powerto digital isolator AT2's 3A. SEND an operator tol20VAC Panel IBJ481 to inverter PSlB.

DETERMINE IF breaker 18 has tripped.

IF so under the order of the Control Room Supervisor have the dispatched operator RESET Breaker 18.

4. ADS Div. 2 digital isolator A12, located 4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

in GE Panel 1 OC618, has at least one input logic card out of file.

REFERENCES:

PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hope Creek CPage 63 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATrACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE ADS D ISOLATERINPUT CARD OUT SETPOI DESCRIPTION ADS Division 4 alarm indicators lost ORIC D5316 INT N/A 1IN GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

MONITOR Drywell pressure, Reactor water level, AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION Y

1. Digital isolator AT2's 2 Amp fuse F47, located in GE Panel 10C640, faulty.
2. Digital isolator ATI's power supply PSID 10 Amp fuse, P41D, located in GE Panel 10C640 is faulty.
3. Loss of power to digital isolator AT1 's inverter PSID.
4. ADS Div. 4 digital isolator ATI, located in GE Panel 10C631, has at least one input logic card out of file.

1A. REQUEST the CRSto initiate corrective action.

2A. Same as above.

3A. SEND an operator toI20VAC Panel lDJ481 to determine IF breaker 20 has tripped.

IF so under the order of the Control Room Supervisor have the dispatched operator RESET breaker 20.

4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hope Creek rage 64 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 rshuA internal Use Only

}IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5755

. NOMENCLATURE ADS B ISOLATER OUT CARD OUT SETPOINT NIA I

DESCRIPTION ADS Division 2 alarm indicators lost ORIGIN GE Panel 10C628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

MONITOR drywell pressure, reactor water level AND ADS/Safety Valve positions.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. ADS Div. 2 digital isolator AT2, located in GE Panel 10C628, has at least one output logic card out of file.

IA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 6A PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15 Hop~e Creek Page 65 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5756 NOMENCLATURE ADS D ISOLATER OUT CARD OUT SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Division 4 alarm indicators lost ORIGIN GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

MONITOR Drywell pressure, Reactor water level and ADS/Safety Valve positions.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. ADS Div. 4 digital isolator ATI, located in GE Panel 10C63 I, has at least one output logic card out of file.

IA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERE, NCES:

PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 E-6765-0, Sht. A J-41-0, Sht. 15

]Hope Creek Page 66 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C4 ADS CII B OUT OF SERVICE Window Location C1-C4 OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.

2.

ENSURE compliance 'with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.5.1.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5315 ADS CH B LOGIC OUT OF Alarm only SERVICE D5320 ADS CH B FAULTY TEST Alarm only PROCEDURE

REFERENCES:

E-6765-0, Sht. A PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 11 J-41-0, Sht. 12 Hopec Creek Page 67 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE iFOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C4 NOMENCLATURE ADS CII B LOGIC OUT OF DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5315

^ SERVICE SETPOINT N/A

)S Logic Train B ORIGIN' GE Panel 10C628 DESCRIPTION Testlfault occurring within Al AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. ADS Logic Train B undergoing test at GE Panel 10C628.
2. The B LOGIC POWER MONITOR TEST pushbutton of the ADS, located on the 10C650 Panel, depressed.
3. The LOGIC B OUT OF SERVICE ALARMS ON pushbutton of the ADS, located on the I 0C650 Panel, depressed.

IA. DETERMINE IF the testing of ADS Logic Train B is legitimate.

IF not, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

2A. DETERMINE IF the reason for pressing the B LOGIC POWER MONITOR TEST PB is legitimate.

IF not, ENSURE that the pushbutton is released.

3A. DETERMINE IF the reason for pressing the ON pushbutton is legitimate.

IF not, PRESS the LOGIC B OUT OF SERVICE NORM Switch.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

PN-1B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1; Sht. 4, Sht. 8; Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 68 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only ATTACHMENT C4 IIC.OP-ARhZZ-0008(Q)

DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5315 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

4. ADS Logic B Power Supply I OA fuse FIB OR F2B, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
5. ADS Valve F013A 125V DC Power Supply I OA fuse F3A OR F4A, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.
6. ADS Valve F013B 125V DC Power Supply I OA fuse F3B OR F4B, located in GE Panel 1 0C628, faulty.
7. ADS Valve FOI3C 125V DC Power Supply 1OA fuse F3C OR F4C, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.

B. ADS Valve FO13D 125V DC Power Supply 1 OA fuse F3D OR. F4D, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.

9. ADS Valve FOI3E 125V DC Power Supply 1 OA fuse F3E OR F4E, located in GE Panel 10C628, faulty.

4A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

SA. Same as 4A above.

6A. Same as 4A above.

7A. Same as 4A above.

8A. Same as 4A above.

9A. Same as 4A above.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1, Slit. 8, Slit. II E-0009-1, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Pagc 69 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5315 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

10. Loss of power to GE Panel 1 OC628 10A. SEND an operator to 125V DC due to Breaker 12 to of 125V DC Distribution Panel IBD417 to determine Distribution Panel 1BD417 tripping IF breaker 12 has tripped.

iF so, under the order of CRS have the dispatched operator reset breaker 12.

1OB. IF Breaker 12 cannot be reset, REQQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

11. Trip Unit E21-N655B, El I-N655B, I IA. INVESTIGATE why the trip unit(s) is in CAL.

ElI-N656B, E21-N655F, E1I-N656F, El 1-N655F and/or B21-N695B, 1 lB. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

located in GE Panel IOC618 Panel in CAL OR has failed.

12. Trip Unit B21-N691B OR B21-N691F, 12A. DETE RMINE why the trip unit has been located in GE Panel 1OC618, removed removed from its file.

from file Z4B.

13. The 10 Amp fuse, F13B, to Trip Unit 13A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

Card Z4B, faulty.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1; Sht. 4, Sht. 7; Sht. 9, Sht. 10; Slit. 11 PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6; Sht. 10 E-0009-1, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 70 of 162 Rey. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5315 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION Note 14 & 15 Re-energization of the ECCS Trip Units will result in an ESF actuation, NOTIFY I&C to disable the trip units prior to re-energization.

14. Fuse F9B(20 Amp) AC to DC Power 14A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

Supply blown.

REPLACE Fuse.

15. Loss of power to Trip Unit Card Z4B 15A. SEND an operator to 120VAC Distribution due to byeakerl 8 of 12OVAC Panel 1BJ481 to determine Distribution Panel IlBJ481 tripping.

IF Breaker 18 has tripped.

IF so under the order of CRS, have the dispatched operator reset Breakerl 8.

Hope Creek Page 71 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ.0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5320 NOMENCLATURE ADS CH B FAULTY TEST PROCEDURE SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Logic Train B undergoing test ORIGIN GE Panel 10C628 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. More than one ADS Logic Train B test 1A. INVESTIGATE why more than one test plug plug is being used disabling the CSIRHR is being used to test ADS Logic Train B within Pump inputs to the ADS Logic Train B GE Panel 10C628.

initiation circuitry.

I

REFERENCES:

PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 4; Sht. 5, Sht. 7 Hope Creek Page 72 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C5 Window Location Cl-Cs OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.5.1.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5317 ADS CH D LOGIC OUT OF Alarm only SERVICE I

D5325 ADS CH D FAULTY TEST Alarm only PROCEDURE

REFERENCES:

E-6765-0, Sht. A PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. II J-41-0, Sht. 12 Hope Creek Page 73 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT CS DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE ADS CH D LOGIC OUT OF SERVICE POINT D5317 SETPOINT N/A ORIGIN GE Panel 10C631 DESCRIPTION Test/fault occurring within ADS Logic Train D AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. ADS Logic Train D undergoing test at 1A. DETERMINE IF the testing of GE Panel 10C63 1.

ADS Logic Train D is legitimate.

IF not, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

2. The D LOGIC POWER MONITOR TEST 2A. DETERMINE IF the reason for pressing pushbutton of the ADS, located on the the D LOGIC POWER 10C650 Panel, depressed.

MONITOR TEST pushbutton is legitimate.

IF not, ENSURE that the pushbutton is released.

3. The LOGIC D OUT OF SERVICE 3A. DETERMINE, IF the reason for pressing ALARMS ON pushbutton of the ADS, the ON pushbutton is legitimate.

located on the 1 0C650 Panel, depressed.

IF not, TURN OFF the LOGIC D OUT OF SERVICE ALARMS Switch.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1; Sht. 4, Sht. 8; Sht. 11 Hope Creek Page 74 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.01-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5317 CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION

4. ADS Logic D Power Supply IQOAfuse FID or F2D, located in GE Panel IOC631, faulty.
5. ADS Valve F013A 125V DC power supply 1OA fuse F7A or F8A, located in GE Panel I OC63 ],faulty.
6. ADS Valve F013B 125V DC Power Supply IOA fuse F7B or F8B, located in GE Panel IOC631, faulty.
7. ADS Valve FO13C 125V DC Power Supply IOA fuse F7C or F8C, located in GE Panel I OC63 1, faulty.
8. ADS Valve FOI3D 125V DC Power Supply I OA fuse F7D or F8D, located in GE Panel 1 OC63 1, faulty.
9. ADS Valve F013E 125V DC Power Supply IOA fuse F7E or F8E, located in GE Panel I OC631, faulty.
10. Loss of power to GE Panel 1Oc631 due to breaker 12 of 125V DC Distribution Panel IDD417 tripping.

4A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

SA. Same as 4A above.

6A. Same as 4A above.

7A. Same as 4A above.

8A. Same as 4A above.

9A. Same as 4A above.

1 OA. SEND an operator tol 25V DC Distribution Panel lDD417 to determine IF breaker 12has tripped.

IF so, under the order of CRS have the dispatched operator reset breaker 12.

1OB. IF breaker 12 cannot be reset, REQUE:ST CRS to initiate corrective action.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 1 E-0009-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 Hop~e Creelc Paec 75 of 162 Rev. 25;

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5317 CAUSE ICORRECTIVE ACTION

11. Trip Unit E21-N655D, Ell-N655D, Eli -N656D, E21-N655H, El I-N656H, El I-N655H and/or B21-N695D located in GE Panel 10C640 Panel in CAL OR has failed.
12. Trip Unit B21-N691D orB21-N961H, located in GE Panel 1 0C640, removed from file Z4D.
13. The 10 Amp filse, F1SD, to trip unit card Z4D, faulty.
14. Fuse F9D(20 Amp) AC to DC Power Supply blown.
15. Loss of power to Trip Unit Card Z4B due to breaker 20 of 120VAC Distribution Panel IDJ481 tripping.

11A. INVESTIGATE why trip unit(s) in CAL.

I 1B. REQUE ST CRS to initiate corrective action.

12A. DETERMINE why the trip unit has been removed from its file.

13A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

Note 14& 15 Re-energization of the ECCS Trip Units will result in an ESF actuation, NOTIFY I&C to disable the trip units prior to re-energization.

14A. REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action Replace Fuse..

15A. SEND an operator to120VAC Distribution Panel 1DJ481 to determine IF breaker 20 has tripped.

IF so under the order of CRS, have the dispatched operator reset Breaker 20.

REFERENCES:

PNI-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 6 PNI-E21-1040-0383, Sht. 6A Hope Creek Page 76 of 162

'Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Onlv HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT C5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5325 NOMENCLATURE ADS CH D FAULTY TEST PROCEDURE SETPOINT..

. N/A DESCRIPTION ADS Logic Train D undergoing test.

ORIGIN GE Panel 10C631 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ENSURE compliance with the Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.3.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the ECCS-Operation requirements of Technical Specification 3.5.1.

CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION.

1. More than one ADS Logic Train D test plug is being used disabling the CS/RHR pump inputs to the ADS Logic Train D initiation circuitry.

IA. INVESTIGATE why more than one test plug is being used to test ADS Logic Train D within GE Panel 10C631.

REFEURENCES:

PN1-B21-1060-0063, Sht. 4; Sht. 5; Sht. 7 Hope Creek Page 77 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D1 SLC INJ VLV STEM NOT FULLY OPEN Window Location CI-D1 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

Attempt to OPEN SLC Isolation Valve(s) HV-FO06A and/or HV-F006B fully from the 10C651 Panel.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2220 SLCS VLV A NOT 100% OPEN Alarm only D2222 SLCS VLV B NOT 100% OPEN Alarm only

REFERENCES:

J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 78 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT DI DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE SLCS VLV A NOT 100% OPEN POINT D2220 SETIPOINT

<100% open ORIGIN ZS-F006A-12 DESCRIPTION SLC Injection Valve HV-FO06A not fully open.

AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ATTEMPT to open SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06A fully from the 10C651 Panel.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5 and 3.6.3.

1

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SLCS Isolation Valve BH-I-IV-FO06A not fully opened initially.
2. SLC Isolation Valve breaker tripped while attempting to open valve.
3. SLCS Isolation Valve jammed 1A. OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06A I 00% from the I 0C651 Panel.

2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 10B212 to determine IF breaker 52-212202 has tripped.

IF so, RESET brcaker52-212202..

2B. IF breaker 52-212202 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.

2C. IF directed by SM/CRS, DISPATCH an operator to manually OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006A.

3A. SEND an operator to manually attempt to unjam SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006A.

IF SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06A cannot be unjammed NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 6 Hop~e Creek Page 79 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE SLCS VLV B NOT 100% OPEN SETPOI]

D2222 NT

< 100% open GIN ZS-FO06B-12 DESCRIPTION SLC Injection Valve HV-FO06B nqt fully open.

ORIR AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

2.

Attempt to OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006B fully from the I OC651 Panel.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5 and 3.6.3.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION-.

1. SLCS Isolation Valve BH-HV-F006B not fully opened initially.
2. SLC Isolation Valve breaker tripped while attempting-to open valve.
3. SLCS Isolation Valve jammed.

1A. OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FP06B 100% from the 1OC651 Panel.

2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 1 OB242 to determine IF Breaker 52-242203 has tripped.

IF so, reset Breaker 52-242203.

2B. IF Breaker 52-242203 cannot be reset NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.

2C. IF directed by SM/CRS, DISPATCH an operator to manually OPEN SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06B.

3A. SEND an operator to manually attempt to unjam SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FOo6B.

IF SLC Isolation Valve BH-HV-FO06B cannot be unjammed NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-0021-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 6 Hop~e Creek Page 80 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D2 RWCU FID PANEL 10C076 Window Location C1-D2 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

SEND a Chemistry Technician to RWCU F/D Local Panel I 0C076 to investigate cause of alarm.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5456 RWCU F/D POWDEX SYSTEM Various

REFERENCES:

J-45-0, Sht. 1 J-0650-1, Sht. 9 Hope Creek Page 81 of 162 RevY. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC. OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5456 NOMENCLATURE RWCU F/D POWDEX SYSTEM SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION Alarm condition existing at RWCU F/D Local Panel 10C076 ORIGIN Various AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Various OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

SEND a Chemistry Technician to RWCU FID Local Panel I OC076 to investigate cause of alarm.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION.

1. RWCU F/D Powdex System Local IA. Same as OPERATOR ACTION above.

Panel 10C076 in an alarm state.

REFERENCES:

J-45-0, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 82 of 162 Rtev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE:G Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D3 Window Location C1-D3 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

REFER to the HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q); Recirculation System AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q); Reactor Power Oscillations.

2.

ElNSURE compliance with of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.

3.

NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2155 RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM A Reactor Recirc Pumps AP201 and BP201 trip.

D2156 RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM B Reactor Recire Pumps AP21O and BP201 trip.

REFERENCES:

PN1-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 19 E-6794-0, Sht. A H~ope Crechk Page 83 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2155 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM A SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION EOC-RPT Breakers AN205 and BN205 tripped ORIGIN GE Panel 10C609 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Reactor Recirc Pumps AP201 and BP201 trip.

OPERATOR ACJION:

1.

REFER to the HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003 (Q); Recirculation System AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q); Reactor Power Oscillations.

2.

ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.4.1.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turbine Control Valves CV-1 AND CV-2 fast closure coincident WITH Turbine Stop Valves MSV-1 AND MSV-3 less than 90% open AND Reactor power greater than 30%

(as indicated by Turbine first stage pressure > 135.7 psig).

IA. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q);

Recirculation Pump Malfunction and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).

1B. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

PNI-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 8; Sht. 9; Sht. 10; Sht. 15; Sht. 20 E-6794-0, Sht. A Hope Creek Page 84 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEIG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2156 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PUMP TRIP SCRAM B SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION EOC-RPT breakers CN205 and DN205 tripped.

ORIGIN GE Panel 10C611 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

  • Reactor Recirc Pumps AP201 and BP201 trip.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

REFER to the HC.OP-AB.RPV.0003(Q); Recirculation System AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q); Reactor Power Oscillations.

2.

ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.4.1.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turbine Control Valves CV-3 1A. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q);

AND CV-4 fast closure coincident Recirculation Pump Malfunction with Turbine Stop Valves MSV-2 and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).

AND MSV-4 less than 90% open AND Reactor power greater than 30%

(as indicated by Turbine first stage lB. REQUEST the CRS initiate corrective action.

pressure > 135.7 psig).

REFERENCES:

PNI-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 8; Sht. 9; Sht. 10; Sht. 15; Sht. 20 E-6794-0, Sht. A Hope Creeks Page 85 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 1'SEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 REACTOR RE CIRC A TROUBLE Window Location C1-D4

. OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

IF Reactor Recirculation Pump trips, RERFORM actions JAW EIC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q).

2.

NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2668 RECIRC PMP A SEAL/PRG SPLY Alarm only VLV D5342 RECIRC PUMP A CIRCUIT

1. Rx Recirc. Pump AP201 Trip.

.BREAKERS

2. Alarm only for D5342 CAUSE 2 AND 3.

D2917 RECIRC MG DRIVE MOTOR A Rx Recirc. Pump AP201 trips from BRKR breaker opening OR failure to close.

D2865 RECIRC MG A LUBOIL PUMP 1

1. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump OPF AlP120 trips due to reasons listed in D2865 CAUSE 1.
2. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-41OD GESIL361 Hopse Creek Page 86 of 162

.Rev. 25 mm

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal TJse Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2867 RECIRC MG A LUBOIL PUMP2

1. Rx Recire Lube Oil Pump OPF.

A2P 120 trips due to reasons listed in D2867 CAUSE 1.

2. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump AlP120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.

D5340 RECIRC MG A DRIVE/LUBOIL Emergency Lube Oil Pump AP1 13 PRESS auto-starts

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-410D GESIL361 Hope Creek Page 87 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2668 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PMP A SEAL/PRG SPLY VLV SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION MOV HV-3800A no longer operative ORIGIN MCC 10B242 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

IF valve position indication is still available, CHECK thermal overload for cause of trouble.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Containment Isolation Valves requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.3.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Motor operated valve inoperative due to:

1A. SEND an operator to Breaker 52-242013

a. breaker 52-242013 tripped.

1B. IF breaker or thermal overloads are tripped,

b. thermal overloads tripped NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting
c.

control power fuse faulty

d. control power transformer faulty 1C. IF OVLDIPWR FAIL can not be cleared, REQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-43-1, Sht. I J-43-0, Sht. 6; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 J-00-0, Sht. 3 Hope Creek Page 88 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE, RECIRC PUMP A CIRCUIT BREAKERS SETPC D5342 LINT Various

'GIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Ckt brkr AN205/CN205 tripped/ malfuriction ORI AUTOMATIC ACTION:

1.

Reactor Recirc. EOC-RPT breaker AN205 and/or CN205 trip due to reasons listed in CAUSE 1 below.

2.

Alarm only for CAUSE 2 or 3 below.

OPE RATOR ACTION:

I.

REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q)

AND HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event a Reactor Recirc Pump trip occurs.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.1 3.4.1.1, 3.3.4.2 and 3.4.1.3.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Reactor Recirc. Pump AP201 EOC-RPT breaker(s)

(1)52-AN2051(1)52-CN205 tripped due to:

1 RRCS Recire Pump trip input signal

(-38" OR 1071 psig).

2.

RPS Recirc. Pump trip input signal (Turbine Control Valves CV-1, CV-2 fast closure) AND Turbine Stop Valves MSV-1, MSV-3 < 90% open WHEN RX power is > 30%.

1A.1 REFERtoHC.OP-EO.ZZ-0l01(Q).

1A2. REFERtoHC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q)

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

J-43-0,, Sht. 9 E-3043-0 J-OOA-O, Sht. 3 E-6016-0, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 E-0009-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 89 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT D4 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5342 CAUSE

(

CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Reactor Recirc Pump AP201 EOC-RPT breaker(s) (1)52-AN20S/

(1)52-CN205 tripped due to:

(Continued)

3. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.

CST (1)52-AN205/(1)52-CN205 in TRIP OR PULL TO LOCK position.

4. Overcurrent relay (1)50A (senses high current in electrical conductors between breakers(1)52-AN205, (1)52-CN205 AND Pump AP201) tripped.
2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
1. For breaker (1)52-AN205, breaker 23 of Class IE 125VDC Dist. Panel 1AD417 tripped.

IA3. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).

1B3. SEND an operator to tripped breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the breaker switch position.

IC3. ENSURE compliance with Tech Spec 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

IA4. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003 (Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).

1B4. ENSURE compliance with Tech Spec3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

1C4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2B 1. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.42 and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.

Continued next page Hope Creek Page 90 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5342 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:

(Continued)

2. For breaker (1)52-AN205, breaker 72-41023 of Class IE 125VDC Switchgear 10D410 tripped.
3. For breaker (1)52-CN20S, breaker 23 of Class 1E125VDC Dist Panel I CD417 tripped.
4. For breaker (1)52-CN205, breaker 72-42023 of Class 1E 125VDC Switchgear 10D420 tripped.
5. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.

CST (1)52-AN205 or(l)52-CN205 placed in PULL TO LOCK position.

6. Breaker (1)52-AN205 or (1)52-CN205125VDC control power circuitl5A fuse(s) faulty.

2A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2B2. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.

and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.

2A3. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2B3. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.

and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.

2A4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2B4. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.

and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.

2A5. SEND an operator to the breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the switch Position.

2A6. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

Continued next page Hopse Creek Page 91 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5342 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:

(Continued)

7. Breaker (1)52-AN205 OR (1)52-CN205 not racked in to the "CONN' position.
8. EOC-RPT breaker(1)52-AN205 OR (1)52-CN205 open.
3. Spring charging device not charged due to:
1. Loss of breaker(1)52-AN205 OR (1)52-CN205 125VDC control power.

2A7. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2A8. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).

3AL. REFER to CORRECTIVE ACTION 2AI and 21 I, 2A2 and 222, 2A3 and 2B3 or 2A4 and 2B4 3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2. Faulty breaker(1)52-AN205 OR (1)52-CN20S SPRING CHARGING DEVICE 15A fuse(s).

IHopc Creek Page 92 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIHC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2917 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG DRIVE MOTOR A BRKR SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Recirc Drive Motor IAG120 fault AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Reactor Recirc Pump AP20 trips for numerous reasons and/or alarm only, OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Recirc. Pump trip occurs.

2.

-ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3,4.1.3, 3.4.1.1, 3.3.4.1 and 3.3.4.2.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. MG Set Drive Motor IAG120 manually tripped from Control Room.
2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the drive motor control power circuit due to:
1. Loss of "normal" 125VDC control power to 7.2KV switchgear 1OAI 10.
2. Breaker (2)52-11002 not in the CONN position.

IA. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Recirc Pump trip occurs.

lB. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

2A1. SWAP to alternate control power source.

7.2KV SWITCHGEAR No. IOAI 10 AUX.

COMP.

2A2. REQUE ST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

J-43 -0, Sht. 9, E-3043-0, PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht. 8 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht 3 E-6001-0, Sht. 1 Hope Creek Page 93 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2917 CAUSE I

CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the drive motor control power circuit due to:

(Continued)

3. Breaker (2)52-11002ICST in TRIP OR PULL TO LOCK position.
4. Faulty 15A fuse in Drive Motor IAG1 20 control power circuit.
3. Closing spring not charged due to:
1. Spring charging device POWER CONTROL SWITCH in the OFF position.
2. Faulty fuse in the 15A FUSE BREAKER CHG. MOTOR circuitry.
3. Faulty spring charging device.
4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Recire Drive Motor lAG120.

2A3. Same as 2A2 above.

2A4. Same as 2A2 above.

3A1. ENSURE the switch is in the ON position.

3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

3A3. Same as 3A2 above.

4A. Same as 3A2 above.

Note Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.

Continued next page H~ope Creek Page 94 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only 1C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2917 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION I

5. Recire Drive Motor IAG120 7.2Kv breaker (2)52-11002 tripped due to:
1. Suction Valve HV-F023A less than 90% open.
2. Discharge Valve HV-FO3IA less than 90% open.
3. Lube oil pressure less than 30 psig for greater than 6 seconds.
4. Lube oil temp greater than 21 00F.

5Al. INVESTIGATE position of valve.

5B11. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5A2. Same as 5Al above.

5B2. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5A3. REFER to digital alarm point D2865 Attachment D4.

5B3. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5A4. ENSURE TACS is properly aligned to the Lube Oil Cooler.

5B4. ENSURE, compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

Continued Hope Creek Page 95 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ.0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2917 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

  • 1
5. Phase Overcurrent Relay (2)50/51 Phase A(B)(C) tripped.
6. Bus Undervoltage Relay (2)27AX1 (2)-i 10 tripped.
7. Bus Differential Lockout Relay (2)86D-11002 tripped.
8. Reverse-Phase/Phase Balance Relay (2)46 tripped.
9. Bus Overcurrent Lockout Relay (2)860C1-l 10 tripped.
10. Feeder ground overcurrent relay (2)50G tripped.

5A5. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

5B5. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5A6. Same as 5A6 above.

5A7. Same as 5A6 above.

5A8. Same as SA6 above.

5A9. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

5B9. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5AIO. Same as 5A9 above.

Hope Creek Page 96 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

A'ITACHIMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG A LUBOIL PUMP I OPF SETPC D2865

)TNT Various IGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION RX Recirc. Lube Oil Pump AIP120 Malfunction OR AUTOMATIC ACTION:

1.

RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump AIP120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE I below.

2.

RX Recire Lube Oil Pump A2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.

2.

IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc Pump AP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump API 13 auto starts.

CAUSE, CORRECTIVE ACTION
1. Reactor Recirc Lube Oil Pump AlP120 tripped due to:
1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.

AL. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M tripped.

IA2. Same as above.

3. Breaker 52-13031 not racked to 1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of breaker.

the CONN position.

4. Breaker 52-13031 Control Switch 1A4. SEND operator to investigate position of turned to TRIP AND breaker racked breaker.

to TEST position.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 E-6406-0 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 97 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2865 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. MG Set Drive Motor AG120 running with Lube Oil Pump A2P120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
3. Loss of control power to breaker 52-13031 dueto:
1. Faulty 15A or 6A fuse in the breaker's control power circuit.
2. Loss of 125VDC control power to Unit Substation 1OB130.
4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump AIP120.
5. Loss of spring charged dummy input to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump AIP120.

2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump A2P120 is in AUTO.

3A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

3A2. SWITCH to alternate source.

4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

NOTE Loss of the control power dummy Input causes a false alarm.

5A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 E-6406-0 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 98 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC. OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG A LUB OIL PUMP 2 OPF SETP(

D2867

)INT Various

]GIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Rpl AUTOMATIC ACTION:

5Recirc, Lube Oil Pump A2P120 malfunction OR

1.

RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2P120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE I below.

2.

RX Recire Lube Oil Pump AIP120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.

2.

IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc. Pump AP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump AP I13 auto starts.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Reactor Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2P 120
1. Reac~tor Recirc Lube Oil Pump A2Pl20 tripped due to:
1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.
2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M tripped.
3. Breaker 52-14031 not racked to the CONN position.
4. Breaker 52-14031 control switch turned to TRIP AND breaker racked to TEST position.

IAl. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

1A2. Same as above.

1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of breaker.

I A4. SEND operator to investigate position of breaker.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 E-6406-0 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 99 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHME NT D4 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2867 CAUSE I T CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. MG Set Drive Motor AG120 running with Lube Oil Pump AlP120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
3. Loss of control power to Breaker 52-14031 due to:
1. Faulty 1 5A OR 6A fuse in the breaker's control power circuit.
2. Loss of 125VDC Control Power to Unit Substation 1OB 140.
4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump A2P120.
5. Loss of spring charged dummy input to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump A2P120.

2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump AlP120 is in AUTO.

3AL. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective

action, 3A2. SWITCH to Alternate Source.

4A. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.

o NOTE Loss of the control power dummy Input causes a false alarm.

J SA. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 E-6406-0 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Crock Page 100 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACIIMENT D4 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG A DRIVE/LUB OIL PRESS POINT D5340 SETPOINT

< 10 psig.

for> 6 sec ORIGIN PSL-8302A DESCRIPTION RX MG Set A lube oil pressure low AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Emergency Lube Oil Pump API 13 auto-starts.

OPERATOR ACIION:

1.

At the discretion of the SMICRS, VERIFY low Recirc MG Set A lube oil header pressure [locally]

OR TRIP the Recirc MG Set IF still operating.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specification 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.

T CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. RX Recire Lube Oil Pump(s) AlPI20 AND A2P120 stopped.
2. Improper process piping alignment.
3. Lube Oil Header Pressure Control Valve PCV-8280A malfunction.

IA. STARTPumpAIP120 ORA2PI20.

2A. ENSURE the process piping is properly aligned.

3A. MANUALLY POSITION valve to obtain the required lube oil header pressure.

3B. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective action.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

M-43-1, Sht. 2 J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3;Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 101 of 162 locavl 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internl Use Only ATTACHMENT D4 HC.OP-AR.Zz-0008(Q)

DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5340 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

4. Process piping line rupture 4A. RE QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.
5. Lube Oil Filter LF-173A is clogged.

5A. SWITCH to alternate filter.

IF header pressure is still low, REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

6. Lube.Oil Pumps Safety Valve 6A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective I-BB-PSV-8279A is open.

action.

7. MG Set lube oil leakage into TACS due to 7A. ISOLATE TACS to oil cooler by closing Hydraulic Oil Cooler 1AE126 tube TACS Valves 1-EG-V355 and I-EG-V356.

rupture.

7B. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M43-l, Sht. 2 J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3;Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 102 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTCHMENT D5 REACTOR RECIRC B TROUBLE Window Location C1-D5 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

IF Reactor Recirculation Pump trips, RESPOND LAW HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-A13.RPV-0002(Q).

2.

NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2886 RECIRC PMP B SEAL/PRG Alarm only SPLY VLV D5343 RECIRC PUMP B CIRCUIT

1. Reactor Recirc Pump BP201 trip.

BREAKERS

2. Alarm only for D5343 CAUSE 2 AND 3.

D2918 RECIRC MG DRIVR MOTOR B Reactor Recire Pump BP201 trips BRKR from breaker opening OR failure to close.

D2866 RECIRC MG B LUBOIL PUMP

1. Rx Rccirc Lube Oil Pump B1P12O 1 OPF trips due to reasons listed in D2866 CAUSE 1.
2. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht, 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-410D GE SIL 361 Hopse Creek Page 203 of 162 Rcev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2868 RECIRC MG B LUBOIL PUMP

3. Rx Recirc Lube Oil Pump 2P 120 2 OPF trips due to reasons listed in D2868 CAUSE 1.
2. RxRecirc Lube Oil Pump BIP120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.

D5341 RECIRC MG B DRIVE/ILUBOIL Emergency Lube Oil Pump BP113 PRESS auto-starts

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9; Sht. 10 E-3043-0 CD-410D GE SIL 361 Hope Creek Page 104 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES

. PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2886 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PMP B SEAL/PRG SPLY VLV SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION MOY HV-3800B no longer operable ORIGIN MCC 1 OB242 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only' OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

IF valve position indication is still available, CHECK thermal overloads for cause of trouble.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Containment Isolation Valves requirements of Technical Specifications 3.6.3.

.I CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

+

1. Motor operated valve inoperative due to:

a.

b.

C.

d.

breaker 52-242 162 tripped thermal overloads tripped control power fuse faulty control power transformer faulty 1A. SEND an operator to Breaker 52-242162 lB. IF breaker OR thermal overloads are tripped, NOTIFY CRS prior to resetting.

1C. IF OVLD/PWR FAIL can not be cleared, REaQUEST CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-43-1, Sht. I, J-43-0, Sht. 6; Sht. 9; Sht. 10, J-00-0, Sht. 3, Hope Crcek Page 105 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PUMP B CIRCUIT BREAKERS SETPO D5343 1INT Various GIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Ckt brkr BN205/DN205 tripped/ malfunction ORI AUTOMATIC ACTION:

1.

Reactor Recirc. EOC-RPT breaker BN205 and/or DN205 trip due to reasons listed in CAUSE 1 below.

2.

Alarm only for CAUSE 2 or 3 below.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Reactor Recirc. Pump trip occurs.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1, 3.4.1.3, 3.3.4.1 and 3.4.4.2.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Reactor Recirc. Pump BP201 EOC-RPT breaker(s) (1)52-BN205/

(1)52-DN205 tripped due to:

1. RRCS Recirc Pump trip input lAI. REFERto HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0ll(Q).

signal (-38' or- 071 psig).

2. RPS Recirc Pump trip input signal 1A2. REFER to HC.0P-AB.RPV-0003(Q).

(Turbine Control Valves CV-3, CV-4 and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).

fast closure) AND Turbine Stop Valves MSV-2, MSV4 < 90% open WHEN RX power is > 30%.

Continued RIE FE RENCE S:

J43-0, Sht. 9 E-3043-0 E-0009-1, Sht. 1; Sht. 2 J-OOA-0, Sht. 3 E-6016-0, Sht. 1; Sbt. 2 Hope Creek Page 106 of 162 Rtev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5343 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

3. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.

CST (1)52-BN205/(1)52-DN205 in TRIP OR PULL TO LOCK position.

4. Overcurrent Relay (l)50A(senses high current in electrical conductors between breakers(1)52-BN20S, (1)52-DN205 AND Pump BP201) tripped.
2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:
1. For breaker (1)52-BN205, breaker 23 of Class IEl25VDC Dist. Panel IAD417 tripped.
2. For breaker (1)52-BN205, breaker 72-41023 of Class 1E 125VDC Switchgear I 0D410 tripped.

IA3. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).

1B3. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

1 C3. SEND an operator to tripped breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the breaker switch position.

IA4. REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q).

and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).

1B4. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

1 C4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2B 1. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE RECIRCULATION PUMP TRIP SYSTEM Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2 and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.

2A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2B2. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.

and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.

Continued next page Hope Creek Page 107 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5343 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the EOC-RPT circuit breaker malfunction detection circuit due to:

(Continued)

3. For breaker (1)52-DN205, breaker 23of Class IEI25VDC Dist.

Panel 1CD417 tripped.

4. For breaker (1)52-DN205, breaker 72-42023 of Class 1E 125VDC Switchgear 1 0D420 tripped.
5. BREAKER TEST SWITCH DEV.

CST (1)52-BN205 OR (1)52-DN205 placed in PULL TO LOCK position,

6. Breaker (1)52-BN205 OR (1)52-DN205 125VDC control power circuit 15A fuse(s) faulty.
7. Breaker (1)52-BN205 OR (1)52-CN205 not racked in to the "CONN" position.
8. EOC-RPT brcak-er(1)52-BN205 OR (l)52-DN205 open.

2A3. RE QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2B3. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Ptunp Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2.

and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.

2A4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2B4. ENSURE compliance with END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements 3.3.4.2 and 3.3.4.1 ATWS RPT Bkr Trip.

2A5. SEND an operator to the breaker(s) to investigate the reason for the switch position.

2A6. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2A7. RE, QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2A8. REFER to I-IC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q).

Continued next page Hope Creek Page 108 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5343 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

3. Spring charging device not charged due to:
1. Loss of breaker(l)52-BN205 OR 3A1. R1FER to CORRECTIVE ACTION 2A1 and (1)52-DN205 125VDC control power.

2BI, 2A2 and 2B2, 2A3 and 2B3 or 2A4 and 2B4

2. Faulty breaker(1)52-AN205 OR 3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective (1)52-CN205 SPRING CHARGING action.

DEVICE 15A fuse(s).

Hope Creek Page 109 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG DRIVE MOTOR B BRKR SETPO D2918 PINT Various GIN Multiple DESCRIPTION Recirc. Drive Motor 1BGI 20 fault ORI AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Reactor Recirc Pump BP201 trip for numerous reasons and/or alarm only.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

REFER to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0003(Q) and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) in the event of a Recirc. Pump trip.

.2.

ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.3, 3.4.1.1, 3.3.4.1 and 3.3.4.2.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. MG Set Drive Motor lBG120 lA. REFER to HC.OP-ABRPV-0003(Q) manually tripped from control room.

and HC.OP-AB.RPV-0002(Q) lB. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1. and 3.4.1.3.

2. Loss of trip coil continuity to the drive motor control power circuit due to:
1. Loss of "normal" 125VDC Control 2AL. SWITCH to alternate control power source at Power to 7.2Kv Switchgear 10A120.

7.2KV SWITCHGEAR No. 10A120 AUX.

COMP.

2. Breaker (2)52-12002 not in the 2A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective CONN position.

action.

3. Breaker (2)52-120021CST in TRIP 2A3. Same as 2A2 above.

OR PULL TO LOCK position.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 9 B-3042-0, PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.c J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6001-0, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 110 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2918 CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION

. Fy A

4. Faulty 15A fulse in Drive Motor IB0120 control power circuit,
3. Closing spring not charged due to:
1. Spring Charging Device POWER CONTROL SWITCH in the OFF position.
2. Faulty fuse in the ISA FUSE BREAKER CHG. MOTOR circuitry.
3. Faulty spring charging device.
4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor nialfunction detection logic circuit of Recirc Drive Motor IBG120.
5. Recirc Drive Motor lBG1207.2KV breaker (2)52-12002 tripped due to:
1. Suction Valve HV-F023B less than 90% open.
2. Discharge Valve HV-F031B less than 90% open.

2A4. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

3A1. ENSURE the switch is in the ON position.

3A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

3A3. Same as 3A2 above.

4A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

Note Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.

5A1. INVESTIGATE position of valve.

5B2. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5A2. INVESTIGATE position of valve.

SB2. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

Continued next page Hope Creek Page 111 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2918 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

5. Recirc Drive Motor 1BG120 7.2Kv Breaker (2)52-12002 tripped due to:

(Continued)

3. Lube oil pressure less than 30 psig for greater than 6 seconds.
4. Lube oil temp. greater than 210 0F.
5. Phase Overcurrent Relay(2)50/51 Phase A(B)(C) tripped.
6. Bus Undervoltage Relay (2)27AX1 (2)-120 tripped.

5A3. REFER to digital alarm point D2866 Attachment D5.

5A4. ENSURE TACS is properly aligned to the lube oil cooler.

5B4. ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5A5. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

5B5 ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

7. Bus Differential Lockout Relay (2)86D-12002 tripped.

5A6. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5A7. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

Continued next page Hope Creek Page 112 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT D5 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2918 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

8. Reverse-Phase/Phase Balance Relay (2)46 tripped.
9. Bus Overcurrent Lockout Relay (2)860C1-120 tripped.
10. Feeder Ground Overcurrent Relay (2)50G tripped.

5A8. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5A9. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

ENSURE compliance with Tech Specs 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

5A10. Same as 5A9 above.

Hope Creekc Page 113 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT DS DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2866 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG B LUB OIL PUMP 1 OPF SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION RX Recirc. Lube Oil Pump BIP120 malfunction ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:

1.

RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump BlP120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE 1 below.

2.

RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.

OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.

2.

IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc Pump BP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump BPI 13 auto starts.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3A.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc MG set is tripped.

CAUSE CORRECTIYE ACTION

1. Reactor Recirc. Lube Oil Pump BIP120 tripped due to:
1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.

IAl. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M tripped.

1A2. Same as IAI above.

3. Breaker 52-13021 not racked to 1A3. SEND operator to investigate position of the CONN position.

breaker.

4. Breaker 52-13021 control switch IA4. SEND an operator to investigate turned to TRIP AND breaker racked position of breaker.

to TEST position.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9, E-6406-0, J-00-0, Slit. 2; Sht. 3 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 I-ope Crock Page 114 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 P'SEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHME NT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2866 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

2. MG Set Drive Motor BG120 running WITH Lube Oil Pump B22P120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
3. Loss of control power to breaker 52-13031 due to:
1. Faulty 15A OR 6A fuse in the breaker's control power circuit.
2. Loss of 125VDC control power to Unit Substation IOB 130.
4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump BlP120.
5. Loss of spring charged dummy input to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump BIP120.

2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump B2P1120 is in AUTO.

3A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

3A2 SWITCH to alternate source.

4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

NOTE Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.

5A. Same as above.

NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9 J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 E-6406-0 PN1-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 115 of] C62 Rev. 25'

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212

]

PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG B LUB OIL PUMP 2 OPF POINT D2868 SETPOINT Various ORIGIN Multiple DESCRIPTION RN AUTOMATIC ACTION:

'Recire. Lube Oil Pump B2P 120 malfunction 1.

2.

RX Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 trips due to reasons listed in CAUSE I below.

RX Recire Lube Oil Pump BlPI20 auto-starts upon a header pressure of 30 psig or less IF operating as the reserve pump.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.

2.

IF reserve lube oil pump does not auto-start, TRIP RX Recirc Pump BP201 AND ENSURE Emergency Lube Oil Pump BPI 13 auto starts.

3.

ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recire. MG set is tripped.

I CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Reactor Recirc Lube Oil Pump B2P120 tripped due to:
1. Undervoltage Relay 27 tripped.
2. Overcurrent Relay 47/M
3. Breaker 52-14021 not racked to the CONN position.
4. Breaker 52-14021 control switch turned to TRIP AND breaker racked to TEST position.

lAI. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

1A2. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

1A3. SE ND operator to investigate position of breaker.

1 A4. SEND operator to investigate position of breaker.

Continued

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9, E-6406-0, J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 116 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only BC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2868 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION I

2. MG Set Drive Motor BG120 running WITH Lube Oil Pump B1P120 stopped AND lube oil pressure of 30 psig or less.
3. Loss of control power to Breaker 52-14021 due to:
1. Faulty 1SA OR 6A fuse in the breaker's control power circuit.
2. Loss of 125VDC control power to Unit Substation IOB 140.
4. Loss of control power dummy input to the motor malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump B2P120.
5. Loss of spring charged dummy input to the circuit breaker malfunction detection logic circuit of Lube Oil Pump B2P120.

2A. ENSURE Lube Oil Pump BlPI20 is in AUTO.

3A1. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

3A2. SWITCH to alternate source.

4A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

NOTE Loss of the control power dummy input causes a false alarm.

5A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

NOTE Loss of the spring charged dummy input causes a false alarm.

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 9, E-6406-0, J-00-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 117 of 162 Rev. 25 mm

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACIIMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG B DRIVE/LUB OIL PRESS POINT D5341 SETPOINT

< 10psig for> 6 sec.

ORIGIN PSL-8302B DESCRIPTION RX MG Set B lube oil pressure low AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Emergency Lube Oil Pump BPI 13 auto-starts.

OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

At the discretion of the SM/CRS, VERIFY low Recirc MG Set B lube oil header pressure [locally]

OR TRIP the Recirc MG Set IF still operating.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Recirculation System Recirculation Loops and the Recirculation Pumps requirements of Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3, respectively, IF the Recirc. MG Set is tripped.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. RXRecirc. Lube Oil Pump(s)

IA. START Pump B1P120 B 1P120 AND B2P120 stopped.

OR B2P120.

2. Improper process piping alignment.

2A. ENSURE, the process piping -is properly aligned.

3. Lube Oil Header Pressure Control Valve 3A. MANUALLY POSITION valve to obtain the PCV-8280B malfunction.

required lube oil header pressure.

3B. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

M-43-l, Sht. 2 J43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PN I -B31-1030-0024 Sht. 12 Hope Creek Page 118 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT D5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D5341 CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION

4. Process piping line rupture.

4A. RE, QUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

5. Lube Oil Filter LF-173B is clogged.

5A. SWITCH to alternate filter.

IF header pressure is still low, REQUE ST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

6. Lube Oil Pumps Safety Valve 6A. NOTIFY the CRS to initiate corrective BB-PSV-8279B is open.

action.

7. MG Set lube oil leakage into TACS 7A. ISOLATE TACS to Oil Cooler by closing due to Hydraulic Oil Cooler TACS Valves 1EG-V357 and I-EG-V358.

IBE126 tube rupture.

7B. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

M-43-1, Sht. 2 J-43-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 3; Sht. 9 M-14-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht.12 Hope Creek Page 119 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT El SLC TANK TROUBLE Windowv Location Cl-El OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

2.

MAINTAIN the SLCS Control Tank solution temperature abovethe sodium pentaborate saturation temperature of 70DF.

3.

MAINTAIN the SLCS Control Tank level within the Technical Specification limits.

INPUTS Digital Point/

l Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2379 SLCS LINE A TEMP Alarm only D2380 SLCS LINE B TEMP Alarm only D2381 SLCS TANK TEMP Alarm only D2382 SLCS TANK LEVEL Alarm only for a highb/low

.LCS Control Tank level.

REFERENCES:

3-48-0, Sht; 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 PR 960221263 Hope Creck Page 120 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2379 NOMENCLATURE SLCS LINE A TEMP SETPOINT 11 00F / 750F DESCRIPTION Highllow SLCS Pump A suction piping temperature ORIGIN TSLH-4106A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SLCS Heat Tracing Thermostat IA. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.

setting too low,

2. SLCS Heat Tracing Breaker tripped.

2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 10B263 to determine IF breaker 52-263063 has tripped.

IF so RESET breaker 52-263063.

2B. IF breaker 52-263063 cannot be reset, NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.

3.

SLCS Heat Tracing Thermostat 3k REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.

setting too high.

REFERENCES:

J-48-0, Sht. 5 SC-BH-0501 M-48-l E-0032-1 DCP 4HE-0049 Hope Creek Page 121 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT E1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2380 NOMENCLATURE SLCS LINE B TEMP SETPOINT 11 00F / 750F DESCRIPTION High/low SLCS Pump B suction piping temperature ORIGIN TSHL-4106B AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

E NSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SLCS Heat Tracing Thermostat 1A. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.

setting too low.

2. SLCS Heat Tracing Breaker tripped.

2A. SEND an operator to 480V MCC 10B263 to determine IF breaker has tripped, IF so, RE, SET breaker 52-263063.

2B. IF breaker 52-263063 cannot be reset, NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.

3. SLCS Heat Tracing Thernostat 3A. RE, QUEST CRS initiate corrective action.

setting too high.

REFERENCES:

J-48-0, Sht. 5 NI-C41-17, Sht. 8; Sht. 10 M-48-1 E-0032-1 DCP 4HE-0049 Hope Creek Page 122 of 162 Revk. 25-

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARAI NOMENCLATURE SLCS TANK TEMP POINT D2381 SETPOINT 110 lO 700F ORIGIN TSHL-N003 DESCRIPTION High/low solution temperature in SLCS Control Tank 0T204 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

MAINTAIN the SLCS Control Tank solution temperature above the sodium pentaborate saturation temperature of 70 OF.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

3.

IF SLCS Control Tank temperature is high due to heaters in manual, RETURN SLCS Heater Switches to Standby Alignment.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. SLCS Control Tank Operating Heater IA. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.

I OE276 Temperature Indicating Controller TIC-R002 setting too low.

2. SLCS Control Tank Operating 2A. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.

Heater I 0E276 Temperature Indicating Controller TIC-R002 setting too high.

2B. MAINTAIN SLC Tank temperature below 1470F. [NOTF 20010183]

3. SLCS Control Tank operating heater 3A. SEND an operator to 10E276 breaker tripped.

480V MCC I0B252 to determine IF breaker52-252072 has tripped.

IF so, RESET Breaker 52-252072.

REFERENCES:

M-48-l, E-0023-1, Sht. I PR 960221263 J-48-0, Sht. 5 Hope Creek H'age 123 of 162 Revt. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2381 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 4-

3. SLCS Control Tank operating heater 10E276 breaker tripped (Continued).
4. SLCS Control Tank Mixing Heater Switch is in the ON position (C41-S2B) in anticipation of Chemistry sampling.

3B. IF breaker 52-252072 cannot be reset, ORDER Control Room Supervisor, initiate the use of Mixing Heaterl OE277 in an attempt to maintain SLCS Control Tank solution temperature above its saturation temperature of 70 IF.

4A. PLACE the Mixing Heater Switch is in the OFF position (C41-S2B).

4B. ENSURE the operating heater switch is in AUTO position (C41-S2A).

REFERENCES:

M-48-1, E-0023-1, Sht. 1 PR 960221263 J-48-0, Sht. 5 Hlope Creek Page 124 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG internal Use Onlv HC.OP-ARZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2382 NOMENCLATURE SLCS TANK LEVEL SETPOINT 4880 gal (HI)/

4640 -gal (LO)/

DESCRIPTION High or low in SLCS Control Tank 0T204 ORIGIN LSHL-N600 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only for a high/low SLCS Control Tank level.

OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

ENSURE compliance with the Standby Liquid Control System requirements of Technical Specifications 3.1.5.

2.

ACKNOWLEDGE/VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION.

3.

TERMINATE makeup to SLCS Control Tank 0T204 upon a high level alarm.

4.

SEND operators to provide makeup to SLCS Control Tank, 0T204 IAW HC.OP-SO.BH-0001(Q) upon a low level alarm.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Excessive chemical makeup to SLCS 1A. TERMINATE chemical makeup to SLCS Control Tank OT204.

Control Tank OT204.

2. Excessive makeup to SLCS Control 2A. ENSURE that SLC TK 0T204 COND SUP Tank via Demin Water System ISLN VLV I -BH-V012 AND SLC HOSE CONN ISLN VLV

.l-AN-V089 are CLOSED.

Continued next page

REFERENCES:

M-48-1 J-48-0, Sht. 5 l-SC-BH-0001 Hope Creek Page 125 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-OOO8(Q)

ATTACHMENT El DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2382 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

3. Normal chemical useage.
4. EITHER LT-NOIOB & LT-NOIlOF INST Line Valve I-BH-V061 OR LT-NOIOA & LT-NO1OE INST Line Valve I-BH-V059 are open.
5. SLCS Pump Suction Line Drain Valves 1-BH-VO17, 1-BH-V044, AND l-BH-V018 are open.
6. LT-NO1OB & LT-NO10F INST Line Valve I-BH-V061 AND/OR LT-NOlOA &

LT-NOlOE INST Line Valve I-BH-V059 3A. PROVIDE makeup to SLCS Control Tank OT204 in accordance with HC.OP-SO.BH--000I(Q).

4A. ENSURE SLCS Control Tank Drain Valves 1-BH-V061 and l-BH-V059 are closed.

SA. ENSURE SLCS Pump Suction Line Drain Valves 1-BH-V017, 1-BH-V044, AND 1-BH-VOl8 are closed.

6A. ENSURE caps are secured SLCS Control Tank Drain Valves 1-BH-V061 and 1-BH-V059 7A. NOTIFY the Control Room Supervisor to initiate corrective action.

7.

may be leaking through.

SLCS Control Tank ruptured.

REFERENCES:

M-48-1 J-48-0, Slit. 5 1lope Creek Page 126 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT E3 Window Location C1-E3 OPE RATOR ACTION:

I.

E NSURE compliance with the END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.2.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO requirements of Technical Specification 3.2.3.

3.

NOTIFY CRS of alarm condition.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action RECIRC PUMP TRIP RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC A MAN Alarm only DISABLE SYSTEM A BYPASSED switch located on Panel H1I-P609 RECIRC PUMP TRIP RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC B MAN Alarm only DISABLE SYSTEM B BYPASSED switch located on GE Panel HI l-P61 1

REFERENCES:

E-6794-0, Sht. I PNl-C71-1020-0006, Sht. 9,11,19 Hlope Creek Page 127 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT E3 H C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

NOMENCLATURE RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC A MAN BYPASSED SETPOINT.

N/A DESCRIPTION RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A ORIGIN GE Panel HI I-P609 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPE RATOR ACTION:

I.

ENSURE compliance with the END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.2.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO requirements of Technical Specification 3.2.3.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A Switch, located on GE Panel HI 1-P609, placed in the BYPASS position.

IA. DETERMINE the reason for placing the switch in the BYPASS position.

lB. REQUEST permission from SM/CRS prior to changing the position of the RECIRC TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A Switch.

1C. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.

REFERENCES:

E-6794-0, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 128 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT E3 NOMENCLATURE RPS EOC-RPT LOGIC B MAN BYPASSED SETPOINT N/A DESCRIPTION RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM B ORIGIN GE Panel HII-P611 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ENSURE compliance with the END-OF-CYCLE Recirculation Pump Trip System Instrumentation requirements of Technical Specifications 3.3.4.2

2.

ENSURE compliance with the MINIMUM CRITICAL POWER RATIO requirements of Technical Specification 3.2.3.

CAUSE CORRECTIWE ACTION I. The RECIRC PUMP TRIP DISABLE IA. DETERMINE the reason for placing the switch SYSTEM B Switch, located on in the BYPASS position.

GE Panel HIl l-P61 1, placed in the BYPASS position.

lB. REQUEST permission from SM/CRS prior to changing the position of the RECIRC TRIP DISABLE SYSTEM A Switch.

I C. REQUEST CRS initiate corrective action.

RE FERE NCES:

E-6994-0, Sht. I Hope Creek Page 129 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use OnIv HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT :4 REACTOR RECIRC PUMP VIB HI Window Location CI-E 4 OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

ENSURE Reactor Recirculation Pump is NOT running at a critical speed.

1AP201" -

IBP201 RPM F

%SPE ED.

RPM

%SPEED 720-800 43-48 700760 42-46 1040-1090 62-65 1

150-1200 69-72

. !0 -'.

1444-1484 90

2.

REFER to digital alarm response for Digital Point D5351 and/or D5352 of this attachment for controlling Reactor Recirculation Pump speed.

3.

VERIFY proper oil level on the respective Recire Pump Motor, ICRIDS point D2922 and/or D2923].

4.

ENSURE compliance with Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D5351 RECIRC PUMP AP201 VIBRATION Alarm only D5352 RECIRC PUMP B VIBRATION Alarm only D55 EIRPUPBVBAIN Aamol

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 9 M-43-1, Sht. 2 CD-191F CD-921E Hope Creek Page 130 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT E4 DIGITAL ALARM1 POINT D5351 Radial Alert Limit = I 1.0 mils NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PP A VIBRATION SETPOINT Radial Danger Limit= 21.0 mils Axial Alert Limit = 7.0 mils Axial Danger Limit 11.0 mils Radial Position = +/- 5.5 mils I

DESCRIPTION High Vibration on Reactor Recirculation Pump AP201 ORIGIN VE-7910AI (Radial)

VE-7910A4 (Axial)

AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

MONITOR A Reactor Recirculation Ptunp radial and axial vibration, Analog Computer Points A2601 & A2602.

2.

IF Alarm is due to Radial Position, THEN INITIATE a notification to report the alarm AND DIRECT I&C to RE-ZERO the alarm card at the smart monitor. [70036063]

3.

REDUCE Reactor Recirculation Pump speed in an attempt to reduce vibration below the Alert Limit.

4.

IF vibration can NOT be maintained below the Danger Limit, REMOVE the Reactor Recirculation Pump from service LAW HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q).

5.

ENSURE compliance with Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

6.

CONTACT Engineering to obtain AND assess vibration data.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Damaged bearing caused by low lube oil 1A. REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

level.

2. Reactor Recirculation Pump AP201 2A. During Reactor startup, cavitating ENSURE Reactor water level, temperature, AND Recirculation Pump speed are within limits to provide pump NPSH requirements.

REFERENCES:

J-43-0, Sht. 9 M-43-l, Sht. 2 CD-191F, CD-921E 70001425 - B Reactor Recirculation Pump Vibration 70036063 - A Recirc Pump Alarm I

H-ope Creek Page 131 of 162 Rev. 25

ON THE SPOT CHANGE PRINTED 20041212 IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE USER TO VERIFY REVISION, STATUS PRINTED 2-0041030 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT E4 DIGITAL ALAI NOMENCLATURE REC1RC PP B VIBRATION SETPOINT RM POINT D5352 Radial Alert Limit = 4O-mit5 m5-4 Radial Danger Limit 21.0 mills Axial Alert Limit = 7.0 mils Axial Danger Limit = i 1.0 nrals Radial Position = +/- 5.5 mils I

ORIGIN VE-7910B1 (Radial)

VE-7910B4 (Axial)

DESCRIPTION High Vibration on Reactor Recirculation Pump BP201 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

MONITOR B Reactor Recirculation Pump radial and axial vibration, Analog Computer Points A2603 & A2604.

2.

IF Alarm Is due to Radial Position, THEN INITIATE a notification to report the alarm AND DIRECT I&C to RE-ZERO the alarm card at the smart monitor. [70036063]

3.

RE, DUCE Reactor Recirculation Pump speed in an attempt to reduce vibration below the Alert Limit.

4.

LF vibration can NOT be maintained below the Danger Limit, REMOVE the Reactor Recirculation Pump from service 1AW HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q).

5.

ENSURE compliance with Technical Specifications 3.4.1.1 and 3.4.1.3.

6.

CONTACT Engineering to obtain AND assess vibration data, CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Dmaged bearing caused by 1A. 'REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective low lube oil level, action.
2. Reactor Recirculation Pump BP201 2A. During reactor startup, cavitating.

lENSURE Reactor water level, temperature, AND Recirculation Pump speed are within limits to provide pump NPSH requirements.

REFERENCES:

3-43-0, Sht. 9 M-43-l, Sht. 2 CCD-191F, CD-921E 70001425 -B Reactor Recirculation Pomp Vibration T-MOD 01-007 (60019637) 70036063 - A Recirc Pump Alarm I

Hope Creek CPage 132 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT E5 SRV LO LO SET ARMED Window Location Cl-ES OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR Reactor pressure.

2.

ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.6.2.1, Suppression Chamber temperature requirements.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition I Automatic Action D4140 SRV LO-LO SET DIV 4 ARMED SRV PSV-FO13P Open D4151 SRV LO-LO SET DIV 2 ARMED SRV PSV-FO13H Open I

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 13 PN1-B21-1060-0063, Shts. 2,3,4,8,9,10,11 Hope Creek Page 133 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT E5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D4140 NOMENCLATURE SRV LO-LO SET DIV 4 ARMED SETPOINT 1047 psig DESCRIPTION SRV LO LO SET Function Initiated ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:

SRVPSV-FO13P open OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR Reactor pressure.

2.

ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.6.2.1, Suppression Chamber temperature requirements.

3.

IF it is necessary to prevent SRV Low-Low Set Function Initiation OR continued operation PLACE SRV PSV-FO13P Control Switch to CLOSE.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. High Reactor pressure 1A. Same as above.

NOTE PSV-FO13P Open at 1047 psig, Close at 935 psig.

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 13 PN1-B21-1060-0063 Hope Creek Page 134 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT E5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D4151 NOMENCLATURE SRV LO-LO SET DIV 2 ARMED SETPOINT 1047 psig DESCRIPTION SRV LO LO SET Function Initiated ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:

SRV PSV-FOI3H open OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VERIFY AUTOMATIC ACTION AND MONITOR Reactor pressure.

2.

ENSURE compliance with Technical Specification 3.6.2.1, Suppression Chamber temperature requirements.

3.

IF it is necessary to prevent SRV Low-Low Set Function Initiation OR continued operation PLACE SRV PSV-FO13H Control Switch to CLOSE.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. High Reactor pressure IA. Same as above.

NOTE PSV-FO13H Open at 1047 psig, Close at 905 psig.

Subsequent opening 1017 psig.

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 13 PN1-B21 -1060-0063 Hope Creek Page 135 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F1 SLC/RRCS INITIATION FAILURE Window Location Cl-Fl OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

DETERMINE IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present, IF signal is valid, VERIFY that both SLC Pumps are running.

2.

IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present AND a SLC Purnp is not running:

a.

TURN the non-running SLC Pump KEY-LOCK Switch to ON.

b.

PRESS the START pushbutton for the failed pump.

3.

REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

INPUTS

REFERENCES:

J-48-0, Sht. 5 E-6768-0, Sht. 2 Hope Creek Page 136 of 162 Rtev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS. AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2600 NOMENCLATURE SLC/RRCS A INITIATION FAILURE SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION SLC Pump AP208 not running when a valid RRCS initiation signal is present ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

DETERMINE IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present, IF signal is valid, ENSURE that SLC Pump AP208 is running.

2.

IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present AND SLC Pump AP208 is not running:

a.

TURN the SLC Pump AP208 KEY-LOCK Switch to ON.

b.

PRESS the AP208 START pushbutton.

3.

REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Failure of AP208 to run within 30 seconds 1A. REFER to OPERATOR ACTION above of receiving a valid RRCS initiation signal.

REItFE:RENCES:

J-107-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-105-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-48-0, Sht. 2; Sht, 5 Hope Creek Page 137 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F1 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2601 NOMENCLATURE SLC/RRCS B INITIATION FAILURE SE TPOINT Various DESCRIPTION SLC pump BP208 not running when a valid RRCS initiation signal is present ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

DETERMINE IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present, IF signal is valid, ENSURE that SLC Pump BP208 is running.

2.

IF a valid RRCS initiation signal is present AND SLC Pump BP208 is not running:

a.

TURN the SLC Pump BP208 KEY-LOCK Switch to ON.

b.

PRESS the BP208 START pushbutton.

3.

REQUEST the CRS to initiate corrective action.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Failure of BP208 to run within 30 seconds IA. REFER to OPERATOR ACTION above of receiving a valid RRCS initiation signal.

REFERENCES:

J-107-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-105-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 4 J-48-0, Sht. 2; Sht. 5 Hope Creek,

Page 138 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES IC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F2 PROCESS SAMPLE CNDCT III Window Location C1-F2 OPERATOR ACTION:

ENSURE compliance with Reactor Coolant System Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D2270 AUX BLR FEED PMP DISH COND Alarm only D2353 AUX BLR COM HD STEAM Alarm only SODIUM D2354 CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN DISCH Alarm only COND D2356 CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN INLET Alarm only COND

REFERENCES:

J-108-0, Sht. 6 M-23-0 Hope Creek Page 139 of 162 Rtev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2270 NOMENCLATURE AUX BLR FEED PMP DISH COND SETPOINT -2.5 umho/cm f-DESCRIPTION High conductivity in the Auxiliary Boiler System ORIGIN CITS-3492 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

2.

TE RMINATE chemical addition to the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater.

CHECK conductivity reading-at AUXILIARY BOILER BLDG SAMPLE STATION 00C540 CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. High conductivity in the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater caused by chemical addition.
2. Release of crud during the startup OR transient in the Auxiliary Boiler System.

1A. TERMINATE chemical addition.

lB. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND REQUEST the Chemistry Department to sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater for conductivity.

2A. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND RE QUEST the Chemistry Department to sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater for conductivity.

REFERENCES:

J-108-0, Sht. 6 M-23-0 Hope Creek Page 140 of 162 Rcv. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION. STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2353 NOMENCLATURE AUX BLRCOM HD STEAM SODIUM SETPOINT 556 ppb DESCRIPTION High sodium in the Auxiliary Boiler System ORIGIN AITS-343 1 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

2.

TERRMINATE chemical addition to the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater.

CHECK sodium reading at AUXILIARY BOILER BLDG SAMPLE STATION 00C540.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. High sodium in the Auxiliary Boiler 1A. TE RMINATE chemical addition.

feedwater caused by chemical addition.

lB. NOTIFY SWCRS AND REQUEST the Chemistry Department to sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedwater for sodium.

2. Release of crud during the startup 2A. NOTIFY SM/CRS OR transient in the Auxiliary Boiler AND REQUEST the Chemistry Department to System.

sample the Auxiliary Boiler feedivater for conductivity.

REFERENCES:

J-108-0, Sht. 6 M-23-0 Hople Creek Page 141 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM-POINT D2354 NOMENCLATURE CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN DISCH COND SETPOINT 0.1 umho/cm DESCRIPTION High conductivity at Clean Up Filter Demin A(B) discharge ORIGIN CSH-R603-1 CSH-R603-2 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

CHECK the CLEANUP FILTER DEMINERALIZERS conductivity outlet recorder CR-R603-G33 for increasing conductivity.

2.

ENSURE compliance with the Reactor Coolant System Chemistry requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.

3.

DIRECT Chemistry to determine the cause AND corrective actions per HC.CH-TI.ZZ-0012(Q).

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Depleted demineralizer IA. REGENERATE Demineralizer and/or PLACE other demineralizer in service.
2. High Reactor coolant conductivity 2A. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND REFEIR to HC.OP-A13RPV-0007(Q).

REFERENCES:

J-108-0, Sht. 6 Hope Creel; Page 142 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F2 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2356 NOMENCLATURE CLEAN UP FLTR DEMIN INLET COND SETPOINT 1.0 pumho/cm DESCRIPTION

-High Clean Up System inlet conductivity ORIGIN CSH-R601-1 AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

CHECK the CLEANUP FILTER DEMINERALIZERS conductivity outlet recorder CR-R603-G33 for increasing conductivity.

2, ENSURE compliance with the REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM CHEMISTRY requirements of UFSAR section 5.2.3.2.2.2.

3.

DIRECT Chemistry to determine the cause AND corrective actions per HC.CH-TI.ZZ-0012(Q).

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. High Reactor coolant conductivity.

IA. NOTIFY SM/CRS AND REFE R to HC.OP-AB.RPV-0007(Q).

REFERENCES:

J-108-0, Sht. 6 Hope Creek Page 143 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHME NT F3 ADS DRYWELL PRESS BYPASS TIMER INIT Window Location C1-F3 OPERATOR ACTION:

VERIFY that the ADS High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer initiation setpoint (RPV Level 1

(* -129")) has been reached.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D4134 ADS CH B DW PRBYP TIMER ADS Logic B High Drywell Pressure MNIT Bypass Timer (5 minute) started D4135 ADS CH D DW PRBYP TIMER ADS Logic D High Drywell Pressure NIT Bypass Timer (5 minute) started

REFERENCES:

J41-0, Sht. 13 PNI -B21-1 060-0063 Hope Creekc Page 144 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Intcrnal Use Only H C.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATJTACHIMENT F3 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D4134 NOMENCLATURE ADS CH B DW PR BYP TIMERINIT SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION ADS Logic B High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer running ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:

ADS Logic B High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) started.

OPERATOR ACTION:

VERIFY that the ADS High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer initiation setpoint (RPV Level 1 (S -129")) has been reached.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. The following ADS Logic B condition exist:

RPV Level 1 (* -129")

IA. REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q).

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht, 13 PNI-B21-1060-0063 Hope Crock Page 145 of 162 Rcv. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F3 NOMENCLATURE ADS CH D DW PR BYP TI]

DESCRIPTION ADS Logic D High Drywell I Bypass Timer running DIGITAL ALARM POINT D4135 MER INIT SETPOINT, Various Iressure ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:

ADS Logic D High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer (5 minute) started.

OPERATOR ACTION:

VERIFY that the ADS High Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer initiation setpoint (RPV Level 1 (* -129")) has been reached.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION I T

1. The following ADS Logic D condition exist:

RPV Level 1 (* -129")

IA. REFER to HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(QO.

REFERENCES:

J-41-0, Sht. 13 PNI-B21-1060-0063 Hope Crecek Page 146 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F4 COMPUTER PT RETURN TO NORMAL Window Location C1-F4 OPERATOR ACTION:

R C s to d w

n o

a MONITOR CRT's to detennine which analog/digital point(s) are no longer in an alarn condition.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action Analog/digital point in REFER to Note below Alann only "cleared" condition will change from red Note to yellow AND then be removed from CRT.

Nomenclature associated with "cleared" analog/ digital point will change from red to yellow AND then be removed from CRT display screen.

REFERENCES:

J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 Hop~e Creek Page 147 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F4 NOMENCLATURE Analog/digital point no longer in an alarm condition SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION CRT display in alarmed condition (red) turns yellow AND then clears ORIGIN Multiple AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

MONITOR CRI ts to determine analog/digital point(s) which are no longer in an alarm condition.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE, ACTION

1. Field process variable changed from an abnormal to a normal state.

1A. MONITOR system parameter affected by alarn condition to verify normal operation has been re-establised.

REFERENCES:

J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 Hope Creek Page 148 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 COMPUTER PT IN ALARM Window Location C1-FS OPERATOR ACTION:

DETERMINE the analog or digital point in alarm AND REFER to operating procedures and guidelines.

INPUTS Digital Point/

Indication Nomenclature/Condition Automatic Action D4833 TAKEOVER AT C631 Alarm only A2995 RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F A TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A2996 RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F B TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A2997 RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F C TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A3005 RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F A TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A3006 RECfRC MOTOR B WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F B TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F A3007 RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING Alarm Only: High Alarm 150 F C TEMP Reflash at 199 F and 248 F D2911 RECIRC MG A DRIVE OIL TEMP Alarm Only: High Alarm 188 F D2912 RECIRC MG B DRIVE OIL TEMP Alarm Only: High Alarm 188 F

REFERENCES:

J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 VTD PN1-B31-COO1-0119 Hope Creek Page 149 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 NOMENCLATURE Computer point in alarm condition SE:TPOINT Various DESCRIPTION CRT analog/digital point and nomenclature displayed in red ORIGIN Various AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Alarm only OPERATOR ACTION:

DETERMINE the analog or digital point in alarm AND REFER to operating procedures and guidelines.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Field process variable in an abnormal state.l 1A. DETERMINE system affected AND REIFER to operating procedures and guidelines.

REFERENCES:

J-108-0, Sht. 12 E-6797-0, Sht. 3 Hopec Creek Page 150 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A2995 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING A TEMP SETTOINT 150F DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3826A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VALIDATE against CRIDS points A2996 and A2997 for failed TE.

2.

IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).

3.

ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per IiC.OP-SO.GB-0001 (Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-000 1(Q) as appropriate.

4.

MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.

5.

INITIATE corrective action listed below.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.

Motor Damage can occur if temperature exceeds 248F(120C). Ref: VTDPNI-B3 1-COO-0l 19.

IA. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and HC.OP-40.ZZ-0006(Q).

REFERENCES:

M-43-1, Sht. 2 PNl-B31-CO01-0l 19 IHope Creek Page 151 of 162 Rtev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A2996 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING B TEMP SETPOINT I 50F DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3828A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VALIDATE against CRIDS points A2995 and A2997 for failed TE.

2.

IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).

3.

ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DIV per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-000l(Q) as appropriate.

4.

MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.

5.

INITIATE corrective action listed below.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Loss of Reactor Recire Motor cooling.

lA. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PNI-Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and 1B31-COO-O119.

HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).

REFERENCES; M43-l, Sht. 2 PN1-B31-COOl-Ol 19 Hope Creek Page 152 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A2997 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR A WINDING C TEMP SETPOINT 150F I

DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3830A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VALIDATE against CRIDS points A2995 and A2996 for failed TE.

2.

IF TE has failed THEEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).

3.

ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DWperHC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) orHC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.

4.

MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.

5.

INITIATE corrective action listed below.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.

1A. BEFORE, temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PN1-Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B3 1-COO-0119.

HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).

REFERENCES:

M-43-1, Sht. 2 PN1-B31-COOI-0119 Hop~e Creek Page 153 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.Ol'-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A3005 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING A TEMP SETPOINT 15OF DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3826B AUTOMATIC ACTION:

None OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VALIDATE against CRIDS points A3006 and A3007 for failed TE.

2.

IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).

3.

ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.

4.

MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.

5.

INITIATE corrective action listed below.

CAUSE~

~

~

~

CORCIEAO CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION

1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.

1A. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PN1-Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B31-COO-01 19.

HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).

REFERENCES:

M-43-l, Sht. 2 PNI-B3 1-C001-01 19 Hope Creek Page 154 of 162 Revr. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Usc Only HC. OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

  • A'rACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A3006 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING B TEMP SETPOINT 1 5F DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3828B AUTOMATIC ACTION:

NONE OPERATOR ACTION:

I.

VALIDATE against CRIDS points A3005 and A3007 for failed TE.

2.

IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).

3.

ENSURE Chilled Water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.

4.

MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.

5.

INITIATE corrective action listed below.

1 CAUSE CORRECTIVE, ACTION

1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.

1A. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C). Ref: VTD PN1-Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and B31-COO-01 19.

HC.OP-IO.ZZ-0006(Q).

REFERENCES:

M-43-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B31-C001-01 19 1-lope Creelc Page 155 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 ANALOG ALARM POINT A3007 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MOTOR B WINDING C TEMP SETPOINT 150F DESCRIPTION Reactor Recirc Motor winding temperature is high ORIGIN BB TE-3830B AUTOMATIC ACTION:

NONE OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

VALIDATE against CRIDS points A3005 and A3007 for failed TE.

2.

IF TE has failed THEN SUBMIT notification AND PROCESS per SH.OP-AP.ZZ-0030(Q).

3.

ENSURE chilled water or RACS is being supplied to the DW per HC.OP-SO.GB-0001(Q) or HC.OP-SO.ED-0001(Q) as appropriate.

4.

MONITOR DWFD and DWED sump flows, Chilled Water and RACS head tank levels for system leakage.

5.

INITIATE corrective action listed below.

CAUSE CORRE CTIVE ACTION

1. Loss of Reactor Recirc Motor cooling.

IA. BEFORE temperature exceeds 248 F, Motor Damage can occur if temperature ENTER Reactor Recirculation System Single exceeds 248F (120C).

Loop Operation per HC.OP-SO.BB-0002(Q) and Ref: VTD PNI-B3 1-COO-0119.

HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0006(Q).

REFERENCES:

  • M-43-1, Sht. 2 PNI-B3 1-CO01-0119 Hope Creek Page 156 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.Or-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2911 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG A DRIVE OIL TEMP SETPOINT 188F DESCRIPTION Oil temperature in 'A' Recirc MG Fluid Drive HI ORIGIN BBTS-8295A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

NONE NOTE

'A' Recirc Pump TRIPS at 210 F Lube Oil Temperature OPERATOR ACTION:

DISPATCH Operator to investigate and control 'A' MG Set Lube Oil Temperature.

CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Inadequate TACS cooling to 'A' Recirc 1A. DIRECT Operator to adjust TACS flow to MG Lube Oil Cooler IA-E-126, MG Set A Hydraulic Oil Cooler to maintain lube oil temperature between 1 0O F and 130 F as indicated on TI-8290A, MG Set A Lube Oil Temp (Local)

REFERENCES:

PNI-B31-1030-0024, Sht. 6, 8, 10 PN-1-B31-S00 -0120 M-43-l sh.2 Hop~e Creek Page 157 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only ATTACHMENT F5 HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2912 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC MG B DRIVE OIL TEMP SE TPOINT 188F DESCRIPTION Oil temperature in 'B' Recirc MG Fluid Drive HI ORIGIN BBTS-8295B AUTOMATIC ACTION:

NONE NOTE

'B' Recire Pump TRIPS at 210 F Lube Oil Temper OPERATOR ACTION:

DISPATCH Operator to investigate and control 'B' MG Set Lube Oil Temperature rature CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Inadequate TACS cooling to 'B' ReciTc 1A. DIRECT Operator to adjust TACS flow to MG Lube Oil Cooler IB-B-126, MG Set B Hydraulic Oil Cooler to maintain lube oil temperature between 110 F and 130 F as indicated on TI-8290B, MG Set B Lube Oil Temp (Local)

REFERENCES:

PNI-B31-1030-0024, Sht. 6, 8, 10 PN1-B31-S001-0120 M-43-1 sh.2 Hope Creek Page 158 of 162 Rtev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D)2922 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PMP MOTOR A OIL LVL SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION Oil Level in Recirc Motor Upper/Lower Bearing HI/LO ORIGIN LSH/LSL-3793A LSH/LSL-3795A AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Computer Alarm Only NOTE This digital alarm point Input to overhead annunciator Cl-F5 is inhibited, Computer alarm only.

OPERATOR ACTION:

MONITOR Motor Bearing Temperatures CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. High OR Low Oil Level in Upper and/or IA. NOTIFY SM/CRS Lower Motor Bearing Reservoir 1B. REQUEST Shift I&C Tech Take voltage reading at Computer CabinetlOZ628, Box 6, TB 3, Terminals 19 & 20. Compare voltage reading to table on sheet 2 to determine cause of alarm.

REFERENCES:

PNI-B31-1030-0024, Sht. 6 PNI-B31-CO01-01 19 DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hop~e Crceek Page 159 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Internal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2922 VOLTAGE INDICATED PROBLEM I.,

Across Terminals 19 & 20 (Supply Voltage 128 VDC) 34.22 E 1.34 VDC (32.88 to 35.56) 37.15 A 1.45 VDC.

(35.70 to 38.60) 40.23 i 1.57 VDC (38.66 to 41.80) 48.32 4 1.89 VDC (46.43 to 50.21) 54.36 4 2.12 VDC (52.24 to 56.48) 61.22 i 2.39 VDC (58.83 to 63.61) 82.15 A 3.21 VDC (78.94 to 85.36) 101.24 i 3.95 VDC (97.29 to 105.19)

Upper Bearing Low Level AND Lower Bearing Low Level Upper Bearing High Level AND Lower Bearing Low Level Lower Bearing Low Level Upper Bearing Low Level AND Lower Bearing High Level Upper Bearing High Level AND Lower Bearing High Level Lower Bearing High Level Upper Bearing Low Level Upper Bearing High Level

REFERENCES:

DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hope Creek Page 160 of 162 Rev. 25 mmmmmmmmmmmmm

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSE G Intcrnal Use Only HC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT FS DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2923 NOMENCLATURE RECIRC PMP MOTOR.B OIL LVL SETPOINT Various DESCRIPTION Oil Level in Recirc Motor Upper/Lower Bearing HI/LO ORIGIN LSH/LSL-3793B LSI-IJLSL-3795B AUTOMATIC ACTION:

Computer Alarm Only NOTE This digital alarm point input to overhead annunciator C1-F5 Is Inhibited. Computer alarm only.

OPERATOR ACTION:

1.

MONITOR Motor Bearing Temperatures CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION

1. High OR Low Oil Level in Upper and/or 1A. NOTIFY SM/CRS Lower Motor Bearing Reservoir.

1B. REQUEST Shift I&C Tech take voltage reading at Computer CabinetlOZ628, Box 6, TB 3, Terminals 20 & 21.

COMPARE voltage reading to table on Sheet 2 to determine cause of alarm.

REFERENCES:

PNI-B31-1030-0024 Sht PNI-B31-COOI-01 19 DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hopec Creek Page 161 of 162 Rev. 25

USER RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING REVISION, STATUS AND CHANGES PRINTED 20041212 PSEG Internal Use Only IIC.OP-AR.ZZ-0008(Q)

ATTACHMENT F5 DIGITAL ALARM POINT D2923 VOLTAGE INDICATED PROBLEM Across Terminals 20 & 21 (Supply Voltage 128 VDC) 34.22 - 1.34 VDC Upper Bearing Low Level AND (32.88 to 35.56)

Lower Bearing Low Level 37.15 i 1.45 VDC Upper Bearing High Level AND (35.70 to 38.60)

Lower Bearing Low Level 40.23

  • 1.57 VDC Lower Bearing Low Level (38.66 to 41.80) 48.324 1.89 VDC Upper Bearing Low Level AND (46.43 to 50.21)

Lower Bearing High Level 54.36 i 2.12 VDC Upper Bearing High Level AND (52.24 to 56.48)

Lower Bearing High Level 61.22 i 2.39 VDC Lower Bearing High Level (58.83 to 63.61) 82.15 L 3.21 VDC Upper Bearing Low Level (78.94 to 85.36) 101.24 i 3.95 VDC Upper Bearing High Level (97.29 to 105.19)

REFERENCES:

DCP No. 4-HM-0601 Hope Creek Page 162 of 162 Rev. 25

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML050050116&oldid=5390345"